This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create tag 'wxPy_2_2_0'.

git-svn-id: https://svn.wxwidgets.org/svn/wx/wxWidgets/tags/wxPy_2_2_0@7758 c3d73ce0-8a6f-49c7-b76d-6d57e0e08775

include/.cvsignore

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-Makefile.in
-*.mch

include/wx/.cvsignore

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-Makefile.in
-

include/wx/accel.h

@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/accel.h
-// Purpose:     wxAcceleratorEntry and wxAcceleratorTable classes
-// Author:      Julian Smart, Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     31.05.01 (extracted from other files)
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ACCEL_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_ACCEL_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxAcceleratorTable;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuItem;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxKeyEvent;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxAcceleratorEntry flags
-enum
-{
-    wxACCEL_NORMAL  = 0x0000,   // no modifiers
-    wxACCEL_ALT     = 0x0001,   // hold Alt key down
-    wxACCEL_CTRL    = 0x0002,   // hold Ctrl key down
-    wxACCEL_SHIFT   = 0x0004    // hold Shift key down
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// an entry in wxAcceleratorTable corresponds to one accelerator
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxAcceleratorEntry
-{
-public:
-    wxAcceleratorEntry(int flags = 0, int keyCode = 0, int cmd = 0,
-                       wxMenuItem *item = NULL)
-        : m_flags(flags)
-        , m_keyCode(keyCode)
-        , m_command(cmd)
-        , m_item(item)
-        { }
-
-    wxAcceleratorEntry(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry)
-        : m_flags(entry.m_flags)
-        , m_keyCode(entry.m_keyCode)
-        , m_command(entry.m_command)
-        , m_item(entry.m_item)
-        { }
-
-    wxAcceleratorEntry& operator=(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry)
-    {
-        Set(entry.m_flags, entry.m_keyCode, entry.m_command, entry.m_item);
-        return *this;
-    }
-    
-    void Set(int flags, int keyCode, int cmd, wxMenuItem *item = NULL)
-    {
-        m_flags = flags;
-        m_keyCode = keyCode;
-        m_command = cmd;
-        m_item = item;
-    }
-
-    void SetMenuItem(wxMenuItem *item) { m_item = item; }
-
-    int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-    int GetKeyCode() const { return m_keyCode; }
-    int GetCommand() const { return m_command; }
-
-    wxMenuItem *GetMenuItem() const { return m_item; }
-
-    bool operator==(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry) const
-    {
-        return m_flags == entry.m_flags &&
-               m_keyCode == entry.m_keyCode &&
-               m_command == entry.m_command &&
-               m_item == entry.m_item;
-    }
-
-    bool operator!=(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry) const
-        { return !(*this == entry); }
-
-#if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    // Implementation use only
-    bool MatchesEvent(const wxKeyEvent& event) const;
-#endif
-    
-private:
-    int m_flags;    // combination of wxACCEL_XXX constants
-    int m_keyCode;  // ASCII or virtual keycode
-    int m_command;  // Command id to generate
-
-    // the menu item this entry corresponds to, may be NULL
-    wxMenuItem *m_item;
-
-    // for compatibility with old code, use accessors now!
-    friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenu;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include wxAcceleratorTable class declaration, it is only used by the library
-// and so doesn't have any published user visible interface
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/generic/accel.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/accel.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/accel.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/accel.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/accel.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/generic/accel.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/accel.h"
-#endif
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxAcceleratorTable) wxNullAcceleratorTable;
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_ACCEL_H_BASE_

include/wx/access.h

@@ -1,386 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/access.h
-// Purpose:     Accessibility classes
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     2003-02-12
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ACCESSBASE_H_
-#define _WX_ACCESSBASE_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "accessbase.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers we have to include here
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/variant.h"
-
-typedef enum
-{
-    wxACC_FAIL,
-    wxACC_FALSE,
-    wxACC_OK,
-    wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED,
-    wxACC_NOT_SUPPORTED
-} wxAccStatus;
-
-// Child ids are integer identifiers from 1 up.
-// So zero represents 'this' object.
-#define wxACC_SELF 0
-
-// Navigation constants
-
-typedef enum
-{
-    wxNAVDIR_DOWN,
-    wxNAVDIR_FIRSTCHILD,
-    wxNAVDIR_LASTCHILD,
-    wxNAVDIR_LEFT,
-    wxNAVDIR_NEXT,
-    wxNAVDIR_PREVIOUS,
-    wxNAVDIR_RIGHT,
-    wxNAVDIR_UP
-} wxNavDir;
-
-// Role constants
-
-typedef enum {  
-    wxROLE_NONE,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_ALERT,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_ANIMATION,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_APPLICATION,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_BORDER,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_BUTTONDROPDOWN,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_BUTTONDROPDOWNGRID,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_BUTTONMENU,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_CARET,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_CELL,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_CHARACTER,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_CHART,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_CHECKBUTTON,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_CLIENT,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_CLOCK,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_COLUMN,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_COLUMNHEADER,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_COMBOBOX,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_CURSOR,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_DIAGRAM,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_DIAL,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_DIALOG,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_DOCUMENT,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_DROPLIST,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_EQUATION,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_GRAPHIC,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_GRIP,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_GROUPING,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_HELPBALLOON,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_HOTKEYFIELD,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_INDICATOR,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_LINK,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_LIST,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_LISTITEM,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_MENUBAR,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_MENUITEM,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_MENUPOPUP,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_OUTLINE,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_OUTLINEITEM,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_PAGETAB,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_PAGETABLIST,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_PANE,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_PROGRESSBAR,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_PROPERTYPAGE,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_PUSHBUTTON,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_RADIOBUTTON,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_ROW,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_ROWHEADER,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_SCROLLBAR,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_SEPARATOR,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_SLIDER,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_SOUND,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_SPINBUTTON,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_STATICTEXT,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_STATUSBAR,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_TABLE,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_TEXT,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_TITLEBAR,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_TOOLBAR,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_TOOLTIP,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_WHITESPACE,
-    wxROLE_SYSTEM_WINDOW
-} wxAccRole;
-
-// Object types
-
-typedef enum {
-    wxOBJID_WINDOW =    0x00000000,
-    wxOBJID_SYSMENU =   0xFFFFFFFF,
-    wxOBJID_TITLEBAR =  0xFFFFFFFE,
-    wxOBJID_MENU =      0xFFFFFFFD,
-    wxOBJID_CLIENT =    0xFFFFFFFC,
-    wxOBJID_VSCROLL =   0xFFFFFFFB,
-    wxOBJID_HSCROLL =   0xFFFFFFFA,
-    wxOBJID_SIZEGRIP =  0xFFFFFFF9,
-    wxOBJID_CARET =     0xFFFFFFF8,
-    wxOBJID_CURSOR =    0xFFFFFFF7,
-    wxOBJID_ALERT =     0xFFFFFFF6,
-    wxOBJID_SOUND =     0xFFFFFFF5
-} wxAccObject;
-
-// Accessible states
-
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_ALERT_HIGH       0x00000001
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_ALERT_MEDIUM     0x00000002
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_ALERT_LOW        0x00000004
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_ANIMATED         0x00000008
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_BUSY             0x00000010
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_CHECKED          0x00000020
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_COLLAPSED        0x00000040
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_DEFAULT          0x00000080
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_EXPANDED         0x00000100
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_EXTSELECTABLE    0x00000200
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_FLOATING         0x00000400
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_FOCUSABLE        0x00000800
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_FOCUSED          0x00001000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_HOTTRACKED       0x00002000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_INVISIBLE        0x00004000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_MARQUEED         0x00008000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_MIXED            0x00010000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_MULTISELECTABLE  0x00020000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_OFFSCREEN        0x00040000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_PRESSED          0x00080000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_PROTECTED        0x00100000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_READONLY         0x00200000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_SELECTABLE       0x00400000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_SELECTED         0x00800000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_SELFVOICING      0x01000000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_UNAVAILABLE      0x02000000
-
-// Selection flag
-
-typedef enum
-{
-    wxACC_SEL_NONE            = 0,
-    wxACC_SEL_TAKEFOCUS       = 1,
-    wxACC_SEL_TAKESELECTION   = 2,
-    wxACC_SEL_EXTENDSELECTION = 4,
-    wxACC_SEL_ADDSELECTION    = 8,
-    wxACC_SEL_REMOVESELECTION = 16
-} wxAccSelectionFlags;
-
-// Accessibility event identifiers
-
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_SOUND              0x0001
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_ALERT              0x0002
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_FOREGROUND         0x0003
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MENUSTART          0x0004
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MENUEND            0x0005
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MENUPOPUPSTART     0x0006
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MENUPOPUPEND       0x0007
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_CAPTURESTART       0x0008
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_CAPTUREEND         0x0009
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MOVESIZESTART      0x000A
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MOVESIZEEND        0x000B
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_CONTEXTHELPSTART   0x000C
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_CONTEXTHELPEND     0x000D
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_DRAGDROPSTART      0x000E
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_DRAGDROPEND        0x000F
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_DIALOGSTART        0x0010
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_DIALOGEND          0x0011
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_SCROLLINGSTART     0x0012
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_SCROLLINGEND       0x0013
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_SWITCHSTART        0x0014
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_SWITCHEND          0x0015
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MINIMIZESTART      0x0016
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MINIMIZEEND        0x0017
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_CREATE                 0x8000
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_DESTROY                0x8001
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SHOW                   0x8002
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_HIDE                   0x8003
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_REORDER                0x8004
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_FOCUS                  0x8005
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SELECTION              0x8006
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SELECTIONADD           0x8007
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SELECTIONREMOVE        0x8008
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SELECTIONWITHIN        0x8009
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_STATECHANGE            0x800A
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_LOCATIONCHANGE         0x800B
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_NAMECHANGE             0x800C
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_DESCRIPTIONCHANGE      0x800D
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_VALUECHANGE            0x800E
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_PARENTCHANGE           0x800F
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_HELPCHANGE             0x8010
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_DEFACTIONCHANGE        0x8011
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_ACCELERATORCHANGE      0x8012
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAccessible
-// All functions return an indication of success, failure, or not implemented.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxAccessible;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPoint;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRect;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxAccessibleBase : public wxObject
-{
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAccessibleBase)
-
-public:
-    wxAccessibleBase(wxWindow* win): m_window(win) {};
-    virtual ~wxAccessibleBase() {};
-
-// Overridables
-
-        // Can return either a child object, or an integer
-        // representing the child element, starting from 1.
-        // pt is in screen coordinates.
-    virtual wxAccStatus HitTest(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt), int* WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccessible** WXUNUSED(childObject))
-         { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
-        // Returns the rectangle for this object (id = 0) or a child element (id > 0).
-        // rect is in screen coordinates.
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetLocation(wxRect& WXUNUSED(rect), int WXUNUSED(elementId))
-         { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
-        // Navigates from fromId to toId/toObject.
-    virtual wxAccStatus Navigate(wxNavDir WXUNUSED(navDir), int WXUNUSED(fromId),
-                int* WXUNUSED(toId), wxAccessible** WXUNUSED(toObject))
-         { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
-        // Gets the name of the specified object.
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetName(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(name))
-         { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
-        // Gets the number of children.
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetChildCount(int* WXUNUSED(childCount))
-         { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
-        // Gets the specified child (starting from 1).
-        // If *child is NULL and return value is wxACC_OK,
-        // this means that the child is a simple element and
-        // not an accessible object.
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetChild(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccessible** WXUNUSED(child))
-         { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
-        // Gets the parent, or NULL.
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetParent(wxAccessible** WXUNUSED(parent))
-         { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
-        // Performs the default action. childId is 0 (the action for this object)
-        // or > 0 (the action for a child).
-        // Return wxACC_NOT_SUPPORTED if there is no default action for this
-        // window (e.g. an edit control).
-    virtual wxAccStatus DoDefaultAction(int WXUNUSED(childId))
-         { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
-        // Gets the default action for this object (0) or > 0 (the action for a child).
-        // Return wxACC_OK even if there is no action. actionName is the action, or the empty
-        // string if there is no action.
-        // The retrieved string describes the action that is performed on an object,
-        // not what the object does as a result. For example, a toolbar button that prints
-        // a document has a default action of "Press" rather than "Prints the current document."
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetDefaultAction(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(actionName))
-         { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
-        // Returns the description for this object or a child.
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetDescription(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(description))
-         { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
-        // Returns help text for this object or a child, similar to tooltip text.
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetHelpText(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(helpText))
-         { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
-        // Returns the keyboard shortcut for this object or child.
-        // Return e.g. ALT+K
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetKeyboardShortcut(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(shortcut))
-         { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
-        // Returns a role constant.
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetRole(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccRole* WXUNUSED(role))
-         { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
-        // Returns a state constant.
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetState(int WXUNUSED(childId), long* WXUNUSED(state))
-         { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
-        // Returns a localized string representing the value for the object
-        // or child.
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetValue(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(strValue))
-         { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
-        // Selects the object or child.
-    virtual wxAccStatus Select(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccSelectionFlags WXUNUSED(selectFlags))
-         { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
-        // Gets the window with the keyboard focus.
-        // If childId is 0 and child is NULL, no object in
-        // this subhierarchy has the focus.
-        // If this object has the focus, child should be 'this'.
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetFocus(int* WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccessible** WXUNUSED(child))
-         { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
-        // Gets a variant representing the selected children
-        // of this object.
-        // Acceptable values:
-        // - a null variant (IsNull() returns TRUE)
-        // - a list variant (GetType() == wxT("list"))
-        // - an integer representing the selected child element,
-        //   or 0 if this object is selected (GetType() == wxT("long"))
-        // - a "void*" pointer to a wxAccessible child object
-    virtual wxAccStatus GetSelections(wxVariant* WXUNUSED(selections))
-         { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
-// Accessors
-
-        // Returns the window associated with this object.
-
-    wxWindow* GetWindow() { return m_window; }
-
-        // Sets the window associated with this object.
-
-    void SetWindow(wxWindow* window) { m_window = window; }
-
-// Operations
-
-        // Each platform's implementation must define this
-    // static void NotifyEvent(int eventType, wxWindow* window, wxAccObject objectType,
-    //                         int objectId);
-
-private:
-
-// Data members
-
-    wxWindow*   m_window;
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// now include the declaration of the real class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/ole/access.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/generic/access.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-    #include "wx/generic/access.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/generic/access.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-    #include "wx/generic/access.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/generic/access.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/generic/access.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_ACCESSBASE_H_
-

include/wx/app.h

@@ -1,634 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/app.h
-// Purpose:     wxAppBase class and macros used for declaration of wxApp
-//              derived class in the user code
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_APP_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_APP_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers we have to include here
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/event.h"       // for the base class
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-    #include "wx/window.h"  // for wxTopLevelWindows
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-#include "wx/build.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxApp;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxAppTraits;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCmdLineParser;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxLog;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMessageOutput;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// typedefs
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the type of the function used to create a wxApp object on program start up
-typedef wxApp* (*wxAppInitializerFunction)();
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum
-{
-    wxPRINT_WINDOWS = 1,
-    wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT = 2
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// support for framebuffer ports
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-// VS: Fullscreen/framebuffer application needs to choose display mode prior
-//     to wxWindows initialization. This class holds information about display
-//     mode. It is used by  wxApp::Set/GetDisplayMode.
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDisplayModeInfo
-{
-public:
-    wxDisplayModeInfo() : m_ok(FALSE) {}
-    wxDisplayModeInfo(unsigned width, unsigned height, unsigned depth)
-        : m_width(width), m_height(height), m_depth(depth), m_ok(TRUE) {}
-
-    unsigned GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
-    unsigned GetHeight() const { return m_height; }
-    unsigned GetDepth() const { return m_depth; }
-    bool IsOk() const { return m_ok; }
-
-private:
-    unsigned m_width, m_height, m_depth;
-    bool     m_ok;
-};
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAppConsole: wxApp for non-GUI applications
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxAppConsole : public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
-    // ctor and dtor
-    wxAppConsole();
-    virtual ~wxAppConsole();
-
-
-    // the virtual functions which may/must be overridden in the derived class
-    // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-    // Called before OnRun(), this is a good place to do initialization -- if
-    // anything fails, return false from here to prevent the program from
-    // continuing. The command line is normally parsed here, call the base
-    // class OnInit() to do it.
-    virtual bool OnInit();
-
-    // This is the replacement for the normal main(): all program work should
-    // be done here. When OnRun() returns, the programs starts shutting down.
-    virtual int OnRun() = 0;
-
-    // This is only called if OnInit() returned true so it's a good place to do
-    // any cleanup matching the initializations done there.
-    virtual int OnExit();
-
-    // Called when a fatal exception occurs, this function should take care not
-    // to do anything which might provoke a nested exception! It may be
-    // overridden if you wish to react somehow in non-default way (core dump
-    // under Unix, application crash under Windows) to fatal program errors,
-    // however extreme care should be taken if you don't want this function to
-    // crash.
-    virtual void OnFatalException() { }
-
-    // Called from wxExit() function, should terminate the application a.s.a.p.
-    virtual void Exit();
-
-
-    // application info: name, description, vendor
-    // -------------------------------------------
-
-    // NB: all these should be set by the application itself, there are no
-    //     reasonable default except for the application name which is taken to
-    //     be argv[0]
-
-        // set/get the application name
-    wxString GetAppName() const
-    {
-        return m_appName.empty() ? m_className : m_appName;
-    }
-    void SetAppName(const wxString& name) { m_appName = name; }
-
-        // set/get the app class name
-    wxString GetClassName() const { return m_className; }
-    void SetClassName(const wxString& name) { m_className = name; }
-
-        // set/get the vendor name
-    const wxString& GetVendorName() const { return m_vendorName; }
-    void SetVendorName(const wxString& name) { m_vendorName = name; }
-
-
-    // cmd line parsing stuff
-    // ----------------------
-
-    // all of these methods may be overridden in the derived class to
-    // customize the command line parsing (by default only a few standard
-    // options are handled)
-    //
-    // you also need to call wxApp::OnInit() from YourApp::OnInit() for all
-    // this to work
-
-#if wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER
-    // this one is called from OnInit() to add all supported options
-    // to the given parser
-    virtual void OnInitCmdLine(wxCmdLineParser& parser);
-
-    // called after successfully parsing the command line, return TRUE
-    // to continue and FALSE to exit
-    virtual bool OnCmdLineParsed(wxCmdLineParser& parser);
-
-    // called if "--help" option was specified, return TRUE to continue
-    // and FALSE to exit
-    virtual bool OnCmdLineHelp(wxCmdLineParser& parser);
-
-    // called if incorrect command line options were given, return
-    // FALSE to abort and TRUE to continue
-    virtual bool OnCmdLineError(wxCmdLineParser& parser);
-#endif // wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER
-
-
-    // miscellaneous customization functions
-    // -------------------------------------
-
-    // create the app traits object to which we delegate for everything which
-    // either should be configurable by the user (then he can change the
-    // default behaviour simply by overriding CreateTraits() and returning his
-    // own traits object) or which is GUI/console dependent as then wxAppTraits
-    // allows us to abstract the differences behind the common fa<66>ade
-    wxAppTraits *GetTraits();
-
-    // the functions below shouldn't be used now that we have wxAppTraits
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-
-#if wxUSE_LOG
-        // override this function to create default log target of arbitrary
-        // user-defined class (default implementation creates a wxLogGui
-        // object) -- this log object is used by default by all wxLogXXX()
-        // functions.
-    virtual wxLog *CreateLogTarget();
-#endif // wxUSE_LOG
-
-        // similar to CreateLogTarget() but for the global wxMessageOutput
-        // object
-    virtual wxMessageOutput *CreateMessageOutput();
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
-
-
-    // event processing functions
-    // --------------------------
-
-    // this method allows to filter all the events processed by the program, so
-    // you should try to return quickly from it to avoid slowing down the
-    // program to the crawl
-    //
-    // return value should be -1 to continue with the normal event processing,
-    // or TRUE or FALSE to stop further processing and pretend that the event
-    // had been already processed or won't be processed at all, respectively
-    virtual int FilterEvent(wxEvent& event);
-
-    // process all events in the wxPendingEvents list -- it is necessary to
-    // call this function to process posted events. This happens during each
-    // event loop iteration in GUI mode but if there is no main loop, it may be
-    // also called directly.
-    virtual void ProcessPendingEvents();
-
-    // doesn't do anything in this class, just a hook for GUI wxApp
-    virtual bool Yield(bool WXUNUSED(onlyIfNeeded) = false) { return true; }
-
-    // make sure that idle events are sent again
-    virtual void WakeUpIdle() { }
-
-
-    // debugging support
-    // -----------------
-
-    // this function is called when an assert failure occurs, the base class
-    // version does the normal processing (i.e. shows the usual assert failure
-    // dialog box)
-    //
-    // the arguments are the place where the assert occured, the text of the
-    // assert itself and the user-specified message
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-    virtual void OnAssert(const wxChar *file,
-                          int line,
-                          const wxChar *cond,
-                          const wxChar *msg);
-#endif // __WXDEBUG__
-
-    // check that the wxBuildOptions object (constructed in the application
-    // itself, usually the one from IMPLEMENT_APP() macro) matches the build
-    // options of the library and abort if it doesn't
-    static bool CheckBuildOptions(const wxBuildOptions& buildOptions);
-
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    // -------------------------------
-
-    // helpers for dynamic wxApp construction
-    static void SetInitializerFunction(wxAppInitializerFunction fn)
-        { ms_appInitFn = fn; }
-    static wxAppInitializerFunction GetInitializerFunction()
-        { return ms_appInitFn; }
-
-
-    // command line arguments (public for backwards compatibility)
-    int      argc;
-    wxChar **argv;
-
-protected:
-    // the function which creates the traits object when GetTraits() needs it
-    // for the first time
-    virtual wxAppTraits *CreateTraits();
-
-
-    // function used for dynamic wxApp creation
-    static wxAppInitializerFunction ms_appInitFn;
-
-    // application info (must be set from the user code)
-    wxString m_vendorName,      // vendor name (ACME Inc)
-             m_appName,         // app name
-             m_className;       // class name
-
-    // the class defining the application behaviour, NULL initially and created
-    // by GetTraits() when first needed
-    wxAppTraits *m_traits;
-
-
-    // the application object is a singleton anyhow, there is no sense in
-    // copying it
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAppConsole)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAppBase: the common part of wxApp implementations for all platforms
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxAppBase : public wxAppConsole
-{
-public:
-    wxAppBase();
-    virtual ~wxAppBase();
-
-    // the virtual functions which may/must be overridden in the derived class
-    // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-        // a platform-dependent version of OnInit(): the code here is likely to
-        // depend on the toolkit. default version does nothing.
-        //
-        // Override: rarely.
-    virtual bool OnInitGui();
-
-        // called to start program execution - the default version just enters
-        // the main GUI loop in which events are received and processed until
-        // the last window is not deleted (if GetExitOnFrameDelete) or
-        // ExitMainLoop() is called. In console mode programs, the execution
-        // of the program really starts here
-        //
-        // Override: rarely in GUI applications, always in console ones.
-    virtual int OnRun();
-
-        // exit the main loop thus terminating the application
-    virtual void Exit();
-
-
-    // the worker functions - usually not used directly by the user code
-    // -----------------------------------------------------------------
-
-        // execute the main GUI loop, the function returns when the loop ends
-    virtual int MainLoop() = 0;
-
-        // exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration (i.e. it does not
-        // stop the program immediately!)
-    virtual void ExitMainLoop() = 0;
-
-        // returns TRUE if the program is initialized
-    virtual bool Initialized() = 0;
-
-        // returns TRUE if there are unprocessed events in the event queue
-    virtual bool Pending() = 0;
-
-        // process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
-        // apperas if there are none currently)
-    virtual void Dispatch() = 0;
-
-        // process all currently pending events right now
-        //
-        // it is an error to call Yield() recursively unless the value of
-        // onlyIfNeeded is TRUE
-        //
-        // WARNING: this function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
-        //          reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it
-        //          may result in calling the same event handler again), use
-        //          with _extreme_ care or, better, don't use at all!
-    virtual bool Yield(bool onlyIfNeeded = FALSE) = 0;
-
-        // this virtual function is called in the GUI mode when the application
-        // becomes idle and normally just sends wxIdleEvent to all interested
-        // parties
-        //
-        // it should return TRUE if more idle events are needed, FALSE if not
-    virtual bool ProcessIdle() = 0;
-
-
-    // top level window functions
-    // --------------------------
-
-        // return TRUE if our app has focus
-    virtual bool IsActive() const { return m_isActive; }
-
-        // set the "main" top level window
-    void SetTopWindow(wxWindow *win) { m_topWindow = win; }
-
-        // return the "main" top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
-        // with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
-        // there are none, will return NULL)
-    virtual wxWindow *GetTopWindow() const
-    {
-        if (m_topWindow)
-            return m_topWindow;
-        else if (wxTopLevelWindows.GetCount() > 0)
-            return wxTopLevelWindows.GetFirst()->GetData();
-        else
-            return (wxWindow *)NULL;
-    }
-
-        // control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the
-        // main loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level
-        // program window is deleted. Beware that if you disable this behaviour
-        // (with SetExitOnFrameDelete(FALSE)), you'll have to call
-        // ExitMainLoop() explicitly from somewhere.
-    void SetExitOnFrameDelete(bool flag)
-        { m_exitOnFrameDelete = flag ? Yes : No; }
-    bool GetExitOnFrameDelete() const
-        { return m_exitOnFrameDelete == Yes; }
-
-
-    // display mode, visual, printing mode, ...
-    // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-        // Get display mode that is used use. This is only used in framebuffer
-        // wxWin ports (such as wxMGL).
-    virtual wxDisplayModeInfo GetDisplayMode() const { return wxDisplayModeInfo(); }
-        // Set display mode to use. This is only used in framebuffer wxWin
-        // ports (such as wxMGL). This method should be called from
-        // wxApp::OnInitGui
-    virtual bool SetDisplayMode(const wxDisplayModeInfo& WXUNUSED(info)) { return TRUE; }
-
-        // set use of best visual flag (see below)
-    void SetUseBestVisual( bool flag ) { m_useBestVisual = flag; }
-    bool GetUseBestVisual() const { return m_useBestVisual; }
-
-        // set/get printing mode: see wxPRINT_XXX constants.
-        //
-        // default behaviour is the normal one for Unix: always use PostScript
-        // printing.
-    virtual void SetPrintMode(int WXUNUSED(mode)) { }
-    int GetPrintMode() const { return wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT; }
-
-
-    // miscellaneous other stuff
-    // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-    // called by toolkit-specific code to set the app status: active (we have
-    // focus) or not and also the last window which had focus before we were
-    // deactivated
-    virtual void SetActive(bool isActive, wxWindow *lastFocus);
-
-
-protected:
-    // override base class method to use GUI traits
-    virtual wxAppTraits *CreateTraits();
-
-
-    // the main top level window (may be NULL)
-    wxWindow *m_topWindow;
-
-    // if Yes, exit the main loop when the last top level window is deleted, if
-    // No don't do it and if Later -- only do it once we reach our OnRun()
-    //
-    // the explanation for using this strange scheme is given in appcmn.cpp
-    enum
-    {
-        Later = -1,
-        No,
-        Yes
-    } m_exitOnFrameDelete;
-
-    // TRUE if the apps whats to use the best visual on systems where
-    // more than one are available (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4.0 ?)
-    bool m_useBestVisual;
-
-    // does any of our windows has focus?
-    bool m_isActive;
-
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAppBase)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// now include the declaration of the real class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-    #if defined(__WXMSW__)
-        #include "wx/msw/app.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-        #include "wx/motif/app.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-        #include "wx/mgl/app.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-        #include "wx/gtk/app.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXX11__)
-        #include "wx/x11/app.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-        #include "wx/mac/app.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-        #include "wx/cocoa/app.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXPM__)
-        #include "wx/os2/app.h"
-    #endif
-#else // !GUI
-    // can't use typedef because wxApp forward declared as a class
-    class WXDLLEXPORT wxApp : public wxAppConsole
-    {
-    };
-#endif // GUI/!GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// the global data
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the one and only application object - use of wxTheApp in application code
-// is discouraged, consider using DECLARE_APP() after which you may call
-// wxGetApp() which will return the object of the correct type (i.e. MyApp and
-// not wxApp)
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxApp*) wxTheApp;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// event loop related functions only work in GUI programs
-// ------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Force an exit from main loop
-extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxExit();
-
-// Yield to other apps/messages
-extern bool WXDLLEXPORT wxYield();
-
-// Yield to other apps/messages
-extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxWakeUpIdle();
-
-
-// console applications may avoid using DECLARE_APP and IMPLEMENT_APP macros
-// and call these functions instead at the program startup and termination
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if !wxUSE_GUI
-
-// initialize the library (may be called as many times as needed, but each
-// call to wxInitialize() must be matched by wxUninitialize())
-extern bool WXDLLEXPORT wxInitialize();
-
-// clean up - the library can't be used any more after the last call to
-// wxUninitialize()
-extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxUninitialize();
-
-// create an object of this class on stack to initialize/cleanup thel ibrary
-// automatically
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxInitializer
-{
-public:
-    // initialize the library
-    wxInitializer() { m_ok = wxInitialize(); }
-
-    // has the initialization been successful? (explicit test)
-    bool IsOk() const { return m_ok; }
-
-    // has the initialization been successful? (implicit test)
-    operator bool() const { return m_ok; }
-
-    // dtor only does clean up if we initialized the library properly
-    ~wxInitializer() { if ( m_ok ) wxUninitialize(); }
-
-private:
-    bool m_ok;
-};
-
-#endif // !wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros for dynamic creation of the application object
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Having a global instance of this class allows wxApp to be aware of the app
-// creator function. wxApp can then call this function to create a new app
-// object. Convoluted, but necessary.
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxAppInitializer
-{
-public:
-    wxAppInitializer(wxAppInitializerFunction fn)
-        { wxApp::SetInitializerFunction(fn); }
-};
-
-// Here's a macro you can use if your compiler really, really wants main() to
-// be in your main program (e.g. hello.cpp). Now IMPLEMENT_APP should add this
-// code if required.
-
-#if !wxUSE_GUI || defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXPM__) || defined(__WXMGL__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #define IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN \
-        extern int wxEntry( int argc, char **argv ); \
-        int main(int argc, char **argv) { return wxEntry(argc, argv); }
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    // wxMac seems to have a specific wxEntry prototype
-    #define IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN \
-        extern int wxEntry( int argc, char **argv, bool enterLoop = TRUE ); \
-        int main(int argc, char **argv) { return wxEntry(argc, argv); }
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__) && defined(WXUSINGDLL)
-    // NT defines APIENTRY, 3.x not
-    #if !defined(WXAPIENTRY)
-        #define WXAPIENTRY WXFAR wxSTDCALL
-    #endif
-
-    #include <windows.h>
-    #include "wx/msw/winundef.h"
-
-    #define IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN \
-        extern "C" int WXAPIENTRY WinMain(HINSTANCE hInstance,\
-                                          HINSTANCE hPrevInstance,\
-                                          LPSTR m_lpCmdLine, int nCmdShow)\
-        {\
-            return wxEntry((WXHINSTANCE) hInstance,\
-                           (WXHINSTANCE) hPrevInstance,\
-                           m_lpCmdLine, nCmdShow);\
-        }
-#else
-    #define IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
-    #include "wx/univ/theme.h"
-
-    #define IMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT \
-        WX_USE_THEME(win32); \
-        WX_USE_THEME(gtk);
-#else
-    #define IMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-// Use this macro if you want to define your own main() or WinMain() function
-// and call wxEntry() from there.
-#define IMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(appname)                   \
-    wxApp *wxCreateApp()                                 \
-    {                                                    \
-        wxApp::CheckBuildOptions(wxBuildOptions());      \
-        return new appname;                              \
-    }                                                    \
-    wxAppInitializer wxTheAppInitializer((wxAppInitializerFunction) wxCreateApp); \
-    appname& wxGetApp() { return *(appname *)wxTheApp; }
-
-// Same as IMPLEMENT_APP() normally but doesn't include themes support in
-// wxUniversal builds
-#define IMPLEMENT_APP_NO_THEMES(appname)    \
-    IMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(appname)          \
-    IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN
-
-// Use this macro exactly once, the argument is the name of the wxApp-derived
-// class which is the class of your application.
-#define IMPLEMENT_APP(appname)              \
-    IMPLEMENT_APP_NO_THEMES(appname)        \
-    IMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT
-
-// this macro can be used multiple times and just allows you to use wxGetApp()
-// function
-#define DECLARE_APP(appname) extern appname& wxGetApp();
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_APP_H_BASE_

include/wx/apptrait.h

@@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/apptrait.h
-// Purpose:     declaration of wxAppTraits and derived classes
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     19.06.2003
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_APPTRAIT_H_
-#define _WX_APPTRAIT_H_
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxAppTraits;
-#if wxUSE_FONTMAP
-    class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontMapper;
-#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxLog;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMessageOutput;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAppTraits: this class defines various configurable aspects of wxApp
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxAppTraitsBase
-{
-public:
-    // wxAppTraits is an ABC, but we also provide 2 standard implementations of
-    // it, one for the console apps and the other for the GUI ones
-    static wxAppTraits *CreateConsole();
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-    static wxAppTraits *CreateGUI();
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-
-    // hooks for creating the global objects, may be overridden by the user
-    // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_LOG
-    // create the default log target
-    virtual wxLog *CreateLogTarget() = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_LOG
-
-    // create the global object used for printing out messages
-    virtual wxMessageOutput *CreateMessageOutput() = 0;
-
-#if wxUSE_FONTMAP
-    // create the global font mapper object used for encodings/charset mapping
-    virtual wxFontMapper *CreateFontMapper() = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP
-
-
-    // functions abstracting differences between GUI and console modes
-    // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-    // show the assert dialog with the specified message in GUI or just print
-    // the string to stderr in console mode
-    //
-    // base class version has an implementation (in spite of being pure
-    // virtual) in base/appbase.cpp which can be called as last resort.
-    //
-    // return true to suppress subsequent asserts, false to continue as before
-    virtual bool ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msg) = 0;
-#endif // __WXDEBUG__
-
-    // return true if fprintf(stderr) goes somewhere, false otherwise
-    virtual bool HasStderr() = 0;
-
-    // managing "pending delete" list: in GUI mode we can't immediately delete
-    // some objects because there may be unprocessed events for them and so we
-    // only do it during the next idle loop iteration while this is, of course,
-    // unnecessary in wxBase, so we have a few functions to abstract these
-    // operations
-
-    // add the object to the pending delete list in GUI, delete it immediately
-    // in wxBase
-    virtual void ScheduleForDestroy(wxObject *object) = 0;
-
-    // remove this object from the pending delete list in GUI, do nothing in
-    // wxBase
-    virtual void RemoveFromPendingDelete(wxObject *object) = 0;
-
-
-    // other miscellaneous helpers
-    // ---------------------------
-
-    // wxGetOsVersion() behaves differently in GUI and non-GUI builds under
-    // Unix: in the former case it returns the information about the toolkit
-    // and in the latter -- about the OS, so we need to virtualize it
-    virtual int GetOSVersion(int *verMaj, int *verMin) = 0;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the platform-specific version of the class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/apptbase.h"
-#elif defined(__UNIX__)
-    #include "wx/unix/apptbase.h"
-#else // no platform-specific methods to add to wxAppTraits
-    typedef 
-    // wxAppTraits must be a class because it was forward declared as class
-    class WXDLLEXPORT wxAppTraits : public wxAppTraitsBase
-    {
-    };
-#endif // platform
-
-// ============================================================================
-// standard traits for console and GUI applications
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxConsoleAppTraitsBase: wxAppTraits implementation for the console apps
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxConsoleAppTraitsBase : public wxAppTraits
-{
-public:
-#if wxUSE_LOG
-    virtual wxLog *CreateLogTarget();
-#endif // wxUSE_LOG
-    virtual wxMessageOutput *CreateMessageOutput();
-#if wxUSE_FONTMAP
-    virtual wxFontMapper *CreateFontMapper();
-#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP
-
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-    virtual bool ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msg);
-#endif // __WXDEBUG__
-    virtual bool HasStderr();
-
-    virtual void ScheduleForDestroy(wxObject *object);
-    virtual void RemoveFromPendingDelete(wxObject *object);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGUIAppTraitsBase: wxAppTraits implementation for the GUI apps
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-class wxGUIAppTraitsBase : public wxAppTraits
-{
-public:
-#if wxUSE_LOG
-    virtual wxLog *CreateLogTarget();
-#endif // wxUSE_LOG
-    virtual wxMessageOutput *CreateMessageOutput();
-#if wxUSE_FONTMAP
-    virtual wxFontMapper *CreateFontMapper();
-#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP
-
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-    virtual bool ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msg);
-#endif // __WXDEBUG__
-    virtual bool HasStderr();
-
-    virtual void ScheduleForDestroy(wxObject *object);
-    virtual void RemoveFromPendingDelete(wxObject *object);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the platform-specific version of the classes above
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/apptrait.h"
-#elif defined(__UNIX__)
-    #include "wx/unix/apptrait.h"
-#else // no platform-specific methods to add to wxAppTraits
-    #if wxUSE_GUI
-        typedef wxGUIAppTraitsBase wxGUIAppTraits;
-    #endif // wxUSE_GUI
-    typedef wxConsoleAppTraitsBase wxConsoleAppTraits;
-#endif // platform
-
-#endif // _WX_APPTRAIT_H_
-

include/wx/arrimpl.cpp

@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/arrimpl.cpp
-// Purpose:     helper file for implementation of dynamic lists
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     16.10.97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1997 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows license
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*****************************************************************************
- * Purpose: implements methods of "template" class declared in               *
- *          DECLARE_OBJARRAY macro and which couldn't be implemented inline  *
- *          (because they need the full definition of type T in scope)       *
- *                                                                           *
- * Usage:   1) #include dynarray.h                                           *
- *          2) WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY                                           *
- *          3) #include arrimpl.cpp                                          *
- *          4) WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY                                            *
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-// needed to resolve the conflict between global T and macro parameter T
-
-#define _WX_ERROR_REMOVE2(x)     wxT("bad index in ") wxT(#x) wxT("::RemoveAt()")
-
-// macro implements remaining (not inline) methods of template list
-// (it's private to this file)
-#undef  _DEFINE_OBJARRAY
-#define _DEFINE_OBJARRAY(T, name)                                             \
-name::~name()                                                                 \
-{                                                                             \
-  Empty();                                                                    \
-}                                                                             \
-                                                                              \
-void name::DoCopy(const name& src)                                            \
-{                                                                             \
-  for ( size_t ui = 0; ui < src.Count(); ui++ )                               \
-    Add(src[ui]);                                                             \
-}                                                                             \
-                                                                              \
-name& name::operator=(const name& src)                                        \
-{                                                                             \
-  Empty();                                                                    \
-  DoCopy(src);                                                                \
-                                                                              \
-  return *this;                                                               \
-}                                                                             \
-                                                                              \
-name::name(const name& src) : wxArrayPtrVoid()                                \
-{                                                                             \
-  DoCopy(src);                                                                \
-}                                                                             \
-                                                                              \
-void name::DoEmpty()                                                          \
-{                                                                             \
-  for ( size_t ui = 0; ui < Count(); ui++ )                                   \
-    delete (T*)wxBaseArrayPtrVoid::Item(ui);                                  \
-}                                                                             \
-                                                                              \
-void name::RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove)                           \
-{                                                                             \
-  wxCHECK_RET( uiIndex < Count(), _WX_ERROR_REMOVE2(name) );                  \
-                                                                              \
-  for (size_t i = 0; i < nRemove; i++ )                                       \
-    delete (T*)wxBaseArrayPtrVoid::Item(uiIndex + i);                         \
-                                                                              \
-  wxBaseArrayPtrVoid::RemoveAt(uiIndex, nRemove);                             \
-}                                                                             \
-                                                                              \
-void name::Add(const T& item, size_t nInsert)                                 \
-{                                                                             \
-  if (nInsert == 0)                                                           \
-    return;                                                                   \
-  T* pItem = new T(item);                                                     \
-  size_t nOldSize = GetCount();                                               \
-  if ( pItem != NULL )                                                        \
-    wxBaseArrayPtrVoid::Add(pItem, nInsert);                                  \
-  for (size_t i = 1; i < nInsert; i++)                                        \
-    wxBaseArrayPtrVoid::Item(nOldSize + i) = new T(item);                     \
-}                                                                             \
-                                                                              \
-void name::Insert(const T& item, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert)              \
-{                                                                             \
-  if (nInsert == 0)                                                           \
-    return;                                                                   \
-  T* pItem = new T(item);                                                     \
-  if ( pItem != NULL )                                                        \
-    wxBaseArrayPtrVoid::Insert(pItem, uiIndex, nInsert);                      \
-  for (size_t i = 1; i < nInsert; i++)                                        \
-    wxBaseArrayPtrVoid::Item(uiIndex + i) = new T(item);                      \
-}                                                                             \
-                                                                              \
-int name::Index(const T& Item, bool bFromEnd) const                           \
-{                                                                             \
-  if ( bFromEnd ) {                                                           \
-    if ( Count() > 0 ) {                                                      \
-      size_t ui = Count() - 1;                                                \
-      do {                                                                    \
-        if ( (T*)wxBaseArrayPtrVoid::Item(ui) == &Item )                      \
-          return ui;                                                          \
-        ui--;                                                                 \
-      }                                                                       \
-      while ( ui != 0 );                                                      \
-    }                                                                         \
-  }                                                                           \
-  else {                                                                      \
-    for( size_t ui = 0; ui < Count(); ui++ ) {                                \
-      if( (T*)wxBaseArrayPtrVoid::Item(ui) == &Item )                         \
-        return ui;                                                            \
-    }                                                                         \
-  }                                                                           \
-                                                                              \
-  return wxNOT_FOUND;                                                         \
-}
-
-// redefine the macro so that now it will generate the class implementation
-// old value would provoke a compile-time error if this file is not included
-#undef  WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY
-#define WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(name) _DEFINE_OBJARRAY(_wxObjArray##name, name)

include/wx/artprov.h

@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        artprov.h
-// Purpose:     wxArtProvider class
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     18/03/2002
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ARTPROV_H_
-#define _WX_ARTPROV_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "artprov.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxArtProvidersList;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxArtProviderCache;
-class wxArtProviderModule;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef wxString wxArtClient;
-typedef wxString wxArtID;
-
-#define wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID_FROM_STR(id)  (wxString(id)+_T("_C"))
-#define wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(id)           _T(#id) _T("_C")
-#define wxART_MAKE_ART_ID_FROM_STR(id)     (id)
-#define wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(id)              _T(#id)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Art clients
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxART_TOOLBAR              wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_TOOLBAR)         
-#define wxART_MENU                 wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_MENU)            
-#define wxART_FRAME_ICON           wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_FRAME_ICON)      
-
-#define wxART_CMN_DIALOG           wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_CMN_DIALOG)      
-#define wxART_HELP_BROWSER         wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_HELP_BROWSER)    
-#define wxART_MESSAGE_BOX          wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_MESSAGE_BOX)     
-
-#define wxART_OTHER                wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_OTHER)           
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Art IDs
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxART_ADD_BOOKMARK         wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_ADD_BOOKMARK)       
-#define wxART_DEL_BOOKMARK         wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_DEL_BOOKMARK)       
-#define wxART_HELP_SIDE_PANEL      wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_SIDE_PANEL)    
-#define wxART_HELP_SETTINGS        wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_SETTINGS)      
-#define wxART_HELP_BOOK            wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_BOOK)          
-#define wxART_HELP_FOLDER          wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_FOLDER)        
-#define wxART_HELP_PAGE            wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_PAGE)          
-#define wxART_GO_BACK              wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_BACK)            
-#define wxART_GO_FORWARD           wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_FORWARD)         
-#define wxART_GO_UP                wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_UP)              
-#define wxART_GO_DOWN              wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_DOWN)            
-#define wxART_GO_TO_PARENT         wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_TO_PARENT)       
-#define wxART_GO_HOME              wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_HOME)            
-#define wxART_FILE_OPEN            wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FILE_OPEN)          
-#define wxART_PRINT                wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_PRINT)              
-#define wxART_HELP                 wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP)               
-#define wxART_TIP                  wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_TIP)                
-#define wxART_REPORT_VIEW          wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_REPORT_VIEW)        
-#define wxART_LIST_VIEW            wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_LIST_VIEW)          
-#define wxART_NEW_DIR              wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_NEW_DIR)            
-#define wxART_FOLDER               wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FOLDER)             
-#define wxART_GO_DIR_UP            wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_DIR_UP)          
-#define wxART_EXECUTABLE_FILE      wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_EXECUTABLE_FILE)    
-#define wxART_NORMAL_FILE          wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_NORMAL_FILE)        
-#define wxART_TICK_MARK            wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_TICK_MARK)          
-#define wxART_CROSS_MARK           wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_CROSS_MARK)         
-#define wxART_ERROR                wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_ERROR)              
-#define wxART_QUESTION             wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_QUESTION)           
-#define wxART_WARNING              wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_WARNING)            
-#define wxART_INFORMATION          wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_INFORMATION)        
-#define wxART_MISSING_IMAGE        wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_MISSING_IMAGE)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxArtProvider class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxArtProvider : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    // Add new provider to the top of providers stack.
-    static void PushProvider(wxArtProvider *provider);
-
-    // Remove latest added provider and delete it.
-    static bool PopProvider();
-
-    // Remove provider. The provider must have been added previously!
-    // The provider is _not_ deleted.
-    static bool RemoveProvider(wxArtProvider *provider);
-    
-    // Query the providers for bitmap with given ID and return it. Return
-    // wxNullBitmap if no provider provides it.
-    static wxBitmap GetBitmap(const wxArtID& id, 
-                              const wxArtClient& client = wxART_OTHER,
-                              const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize);
-
-    // Query the providers for icon with given ID and return it. Return
-    // wxNullIcon if no provider provides it.
-    static wxIcon GetIcon(const wxArtID& id,
-                          const wxArtClient& client = wxART_OTHER,
-                          const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize);
-
-protected:
-    friend class wxArtProviderModule;
-    // Initializes default provider
-    static void InitStdProvider();
-    // Destroy caches & all providers
-    static void CleanUpProviders();
-
-    // Derived classes must override this method to create requested 
-    // art resource. This method is called only once per instance's
-    // lifetime for each requested wxArtID.
-    virtual wxBitmap CreateBitmap(const wxArtID& WXUNUSED(id),
-                                  const wxArtClient& WXUNUSED(client),
-                                  const wxSize& WXUNUSED(size)) = 0;
-
-private:
-    // list of providers:
-    static wxArtProvidersList *sm_providers;
-    // art resources cache (so that CreateXXX is not called that often):
-    static wxArtProviderCache *sm_cache;
-
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxArtProvider)
-};
-
-
-#endif // _WX_ARTPROV_H_

include/wx/bitmap.h

@@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/bitmap.h
-// Purpose:     wxBitmap class interface
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     22.04.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_BITMAP_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_BITMAP_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "bitmapbase.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"  // for wxBitmapType
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapHandler;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxImage;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMask;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPalette;
-
-#if defined(__WXMGL__) || defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__)
-// Only used by some ports
-// FIXME -- make all ports (but MSW which uses wxGDIImage) use these base classes
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBitmapHandler: class which knows how to create/load/save bitmaps in
-// different formats
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapHandlerBase : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxBitmapHandlerBase()
-        : m_name()
-        , m_extension()
-        , m_type(wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID)
-    { }
-
-    virtual ~wxBitmapHandlerBase() { }
-
-    virtual bool Create(wxBitmap *bitmap, void *data, long flags,
-                          int width, int height, int depth = 1) = 0;
-    virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, long flags,
-                          int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight) = 0;
-    virtual bool SaveFile(const wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name,
-                          int type, const wxPalette *palette = NULL) = 0;
-
-    void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
-    void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; }
-    void SetType(wxBitmapType type) { m_type = type; }
-    wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
-    wxString GetExtension() const { return m_extension; }
-    wxBitmapType GetType() const { return m_type; }
-
-protected:
-    wxString      m_name;
-    wxString      m_extension;
-    wxBitmapType  m_type;
-
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxBitmapHandlerBase)
-};
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapBase : public wxGDIObject
-{
-public:
-    wxBitmapBase() : wxGDIObject() {}
-    virtual ~wxBitmapBase() {}
-
-    /*
-    Derived class must implement these:
-
-    wxBitmap();
-    wxBitmap(int width, int height, int depth = -1);
-    wxBitmap(const char bits[], int width, int height, int depth = 1);
-    wxBitmap(const char **bits);
-    wxBitmap(char **bits);
-    wxBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp);
-    wxBitmap(const wxString &filename, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM);
-    wxBitmap(const wxImage& image, int depth = -1);
-    wxBitmap& operator = (const wxBitmap& bmp);
-    bool operator == (const wxBitmap& bmp) const;
-    bool operator != (const wxBitmap& bmp) const;
-
-    bool Create(int width, int height, int depth = -1);
-
-    static void InitStandardHandlers();
-    */
-
-    virtual bool Ok() const = 0;
-
-    virtual int GetHeight() const = 0;
-    virtual int GetWidth() const = 0;
-    virtual int GetDepth() const = 0;
-
-    virtual wxImage ConvertToImage() const = 0;
-
-    virtual wxMask *GetMask() const = 0;
-    virtual void SetMask(wxMask *mask) = 0;
-
-    virtual wxBitmap GetSubBitmap(const wxRect& rect) const = 0;
-
-    virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString &name, wxBitmapType type,
-                          const wxPalette *palette = (wxPalette *)NULL) const = 0;
-    virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString &name, wxBitmapType type) = 0;
-
-    /*
-       If raw bitmap access is supported (see wx/rawbmp.h), the following
-       methods should be implemented:
-
-       virtual bool GetRawData(wxRawBitmapData *data) = 0;
-       virtual void UngetRawData(wxRawBitmapData *data) = 0;
-     */
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
-    virtual wxPalette *GetPalette() const = 0;
-    virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette) = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
-    // copies the contents and mask of the given (colour) icon to the bitmap
-    virtual bool CopyFromIcon(const wxIcon& icon) = 0;
-
-    // implementation:
-    virtual void SetHeight(int height) = 0;
-    virtual void SetWidth(int width) = 0;
-    virtual void SetDepth(int depth) = 0;
-
-    // Format handling
-    static inline wxList& GetHandlers() { return sm_handlers; }
-    static void AddHandler(wxBitmapHandlerBase *handler);
-    static void InsertHandler(wxBitmapHandlerBase *handler);
-    static bool RemoveHandler(const wxString& name);
-    static wxBitmapHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& name);
-    static wxBitmapHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& extension, wxBitmapType bitmapType);
-    static wxBitmapHandler *FindHandler(wxBitmapType bitmapType);
-
-    //static void InitStandardHandlers();
-    //  (wxBitmap must implement this one)
-
-    static void CleanUpHandlers();
-
-protected:
-    static wxList sm_handlers;
-
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxBitmapBase)
-};
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-#include "wx/msw/bitmap.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-#include "wx/x11/bitmap.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#include "wx/gtk/bitmap.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-#include "wx/x11/bitmap.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-#include "wx/mgl/bitmap.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-#include "wx/mac/bitmap.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-#include "wx/cocoa/bitmap.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/bitmap.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_BITMAP_H_BASE_

include/wx/bmpbuttn.h

@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/bmpbutton.h
-// Purpose:     wxBitmapButton class interface
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     25.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_BMPBUTTON_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_BMPBUTTON_H_BASE_
-
-#if wxUSE_BMPBUTTON
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/button.h"
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxButtonNameStr;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBitmapButton: a button which shows bitmaps instead of the usual string.
-// It has different bitmaps for different states (focused/disabled/pressed)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapButtonBase : public wxButton
-{
-public:
-    wxBitmapButtonBase()
-        : m_bmpNormal(), m_bmpSelected(), m_bmpFocus(), m_bmpDisabled()
-        , m_marginX(0), m_marginY(0)
-        { }
-
-    // set the bitmaps
-    void SetBitmapLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
-        { m_bmpNormal = bitmap; OnSetBitmap(); }
-    void SetBitmapSelected(const wxBitmap& sel)
-        { m_bmpSelected = sel; OnSetBitmap(); };
-    void SetBitmapFocus(const wxBitmap& focus)
-        { m_bmpFocus = focus; OnSetBitmap(); };
-    void SetBitmapDisabled(const wxBitmap& disabled)
-        { m_bmpDisabled = disabled; OnSetBitmap(); };
-    void SetLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
-        { SetBitmapLabel(bitmap); }
-
-    // retrieve the bitmaps
-    const wxBitmap& GetBitmapLabel() const { return m_bmpNormal; }
-    const wxBitmap& GetBitmapSelected() const { return m_bmpSelected; }
-    const wxBitmap& GetBitmapFocus() const { return m_bmpFocus; }
-    const wxBitmap& GetBitmapDisabled() const { return m_bmpDisabled; }
-    wxBitmap& GetBitmapLabel() { return m_bmpNormal; }
-    wxBitmap& GetBitmapSelected() { return m_bmpSelected; }
-    wxBitmap& GetBitmapFocus() { return m_bmpFocus; }
-    wxBitmap& GetBitmapDisabled() { return m_bmpDisabled; }
-
-    // set/get the margins around the button
-    virtual void SetMargins(int x, int y) { m_marginX = x; m_marginY = y; }
-    int GetMarginX() const { return m_marginX; }
-    int GetMarginY() const { return m_marginY; }
-
-protected:
-    // function called when any of the bitmaps changes
-    virtual void OnSetBitmap() { }
-
-    // the bitmaps for various states
-    wxBitmap m_bmpNormal,
-             m_bmpSelected,
-             m_bmpFocus,
-             m_bmpDisabled;
-
-    // the margins around the bitmap
-    int m_marginX,
-        m_marginY;
-private:
-    // Prevent Virtual function hiding warnings
-    void SetLabel(const wxString& rsLabel)
-    { wxWindowBase::SetLabel(rsLabel); }
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/bmpbuttn.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/bmpbuttn.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/bmpbuttn.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/bmpbuttn.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/bmpbuttn.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/bmpbuttn.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/bmpbuttn.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_BMPBUTTON
-
-#endif // _WX_BMPBUTTON_H_BASE_

include/wx/brush.h

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _WX_BRUSH_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_BRUSH_H_BASE_
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-#include "wx/msw/brush.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-#include "wx/x11/brush.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#include "wx/gtk/brush.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-#include "wx/x11/brush.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-#include "wx/mgl/brush.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-#include "wx/mac/brush.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-#include "wx/cocoa/brush.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/brush.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_BRUSH_H_BASE_

include/wx/buffer.h

@@ -1,272 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/buffer.h
-// Purpose:     auto buffer classes: buffers which automatically free memory
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12.04.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// these classes are for private use only for now, they're not documented
-
-#ifndef _WX_BUFFER_H
-#define _WX_BUFFER_H
-
-#include "wx/wxchar.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Special classes for (wide) character strings: they use malloc/free instead
-// of new/delete
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define DEFINE_BUFFER(classname, chartype, strdupfunc)                      \
-class classname                                                             \
-{                                                                           \
-public:                                                                     \
-    classname(const chartype *str)                                          \
-        : m_str(str ? strdupfunc(str) : NULL)                               \
-    {                                                                       \
-    }                                                                       \
-                                                                            \
-    classname(size_t len)                                                   \
-        : m_str((chartype *)malloc((len + 1)*sizeof(chartype)))             \
-    {                                                                       \
-        m_str[len] = (chartype)0;                                           \
-    }                                                                       \
-                                                                            \
-    /* no need to check for NULL, free() does it */                         \
-    ~classname() { free(m_str); }                                           \
-                                                                            \
-    /*                                                                      \
-        WARNING:                                                            \
-                                                                            \
-        the copy ctor and assignment operators change the passed in object  \
-        even although it is declared as "const", so:                        \
-                                                                            \
-        a) it shouldn't be really const                                     \
-        b) you shouldn't use it afterwards (or know that it was reset)      \
-                                                                            \
-        This is very ugly but is unfortunately needed to make the normal use\
-        of classname buffer objects possible and is very similar to what    \
-        std::auto_ptr<> does (as if it were an excuse...)                   \
-    */                                                                      \
-                                                                            \
-    /*                                                                      \
-       because of the remark above, release() is declared const even if it  \
-       isn't really const                                                   \
-     */                                                                     \
-    chartype *release() const                                               \
-    {                                                                       \
-        chartype *p = m_str;                                                \
-        ((classname *)this)->m_str = NULL;                                  \
-        return p;                                                           \
-    }                                                                       \
-                                                                            \
-    classname(const classname& src)                                         \
-        : m_str(src.release())                                              \
-    {                                                                       \
-    }                                                                       \
-                                                                            \
-    classname& operator=(const chartype *str)                               \
-    {                                                                       \
-        free(m_str);                                                        \
-        m_str = str ? strdupfunc(str) : NULL;                               \
-        return *this;                                                       \
-    }                                                                       \
-                                                                            \
-    classname& operator=(const classname& src)                              \
-    {                                                                       \
-        free(m_str);                                                        \
-        m_str = src.release();                                              \
-                                                                            \
-        return *this;                                                       \
-    }                                                                       \
-                                                                            \
-    chartype *data() { return m_str; }                                      \
-    const chartype *data() const { return m_str; }                          \
-    operator const chartype *() const { return m_str; }                     \
-    chartype operator[](size_t n) const { return m_str[n]; }                \
-                                                                            \
-private:                                                                    \
-    chartype *m_str;                                                        \
-}
-
-DEFINE_BUFFER(wxCharBuffer, char, wxStrdupA);
-
-#if wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-
-DEFINE_BUFFER(wxWCharBuffer, wchar_t, wxStrdupW);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-
-#undef DEFINE_BUFFER
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    #define wxMB2WXbuf wxWCharBuffer
-    #define wxWX2MBbuf wxCharBuffer
-    #define wxWC2WXbuf wxChar*
-    #define wxWX2WCbuf wxChar*
-#else // ANSI
-    #define wxMB2WXbuf wxChar*
-    #define wxWX2MBbuf wxChar*
-    #define wxWC2WXbuf wxCharBuffer
-    #define wxWX2WCbuf wxWCharBuffer
-#endif // Unicode/ANSI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// A class for holding growable data buffers (not necessarily strings)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This class manages the actual data buffer pointer and is ref-counted.
-class wxMemoryBufferData
-{
-public:
-    // the initial size and also the size added by ResizeIfNeeded()
-    enum { BLOCK_SIZE = 1024 };
-
-    friend class wxMemoryBuffer;
-
-    // everyting is private as it can only be used by wxMemoryBuffer
-private:
-    wxMemoryBufferData(size_t size = wxMemoryBufferData::BLOCK_SIZE)
-        : m_data(size ? malloc(size) : NULL), m_size(size), m_len(0), m_ref(0)
-    {
-    }
-    ~wxMemoryBufferData() { free(m_data); }
-
-
-    void ResizeIfNeeded(size_t newSize)
-    {
-        if (newSize > m_size)
-        {
-            void *dataOld = m_data;
-            m_data = realloc(m_data, newSize + wxMemoryBufferData::BLOCK_SIZE);
-            if ( !m_data )
-            {
-                free(dataOld);
-            }
-
-            m_size = newSize + wxMemoryBufferData::BLOCK_SIZE;
-        }
-    }
-
-    void IncRef() { m_ref += 1; }
-    void DecRef()
-    {
-        m_ref -= 1;
-        if (m_ref == 0)  // are there no more references?
-            delete this;
-    }
-
-
-    // the buffer containing the data
-    void  *m_data;
-
-    // the size of the buffer
-    size_t m_size;
-
-    // the amount of data currently in the buffer
-    size_t m_len;
-
-    // the reference count
-    size_t m_ref;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMemoryBufferData)
-};
-
-
-class wxMemoryBuffer
-{
-public:
-    // ctor and dtor
-    wxMemoryBuffer(size_t size = wxMemoryBufferData::BLOCK_SIZE)
-    {
-        m_bufdata = new wxMemoryBufferData(size);
-        m_bufdata->IncRef();
-    }
-
-    ~wxMemoryBuffer() { m_bufdata->DecRef(); }
-
-
-    // copy and assignment
-    wxMemoryBuffer(const wxMemoryBuffer& src)
-        : m_bufdata(src.m_bufdata)
-    {
-        m_bufdata->IncRef();
-    }
-
-    wxMemoryBuffer& operator=(const wxMemoryBuffer& src)
-    {
-        m_bufdata->DecRef();
-        m_bufdata = src.m_bufdata;
-        m_bufdata->IncRef();
-        return *this;
-    }
-
-
-    // Accessors
-    void  *GetData() const    { return m_bufdata->m_data; }
-    size_t GetBufSize() const { return m_bufdata->m_size; }
-    size_t GetDataLen() const { return m_bufdata->m_len; }
-
-    void   SetBufSize(size_t size) { m_bufdata->ResizeIfNeeded(size); }
-    void   SetDataLen(size_t len)
-    {
-        wxASSERT(len <= m_bufdata->m_size);
-        m_bufdata->m_len = len;
-    }
-
-    // Ensure the buffer is big enough and return a pointer to it
-    void *GetWriteBuf(size_t sizeNeeded)
-    {
-        m_bufdata->ResizeIfNeeded(sizeNeeded);
-        return m_bufdata->m_data;
-    }
-
-    // Update the length after the write
-    void  UngetWriteBuf(size_t sizeUsed) { SetDataLen(sizeUsed); }
-
-    // Like the above, but appends to the buffer
-    void *GetAppendBuf(size_t sizeNeeded)
-    {
-        m_bufdata->ResizeIfNeeded(m_bufdata->m_len + sizeNeeded);
-        return (char*)m_bufdata->m_data + m_bufdata->m_len;
-    }
-
-    // Update the length after the append
-    void  UngetAppendBuf(size_t sizeUsed)
-    {
-        SetDataLen(m_bufdata->m_len + sizeUsed);
-    }
-
-    // Other ways to append to the buffer
-    void  AppendByte(char data)
-    {
-        wxCHECK_RET( m_bufdata->m_data, _T("invalid wxMemoryBuffer") );
-
-        m_bufdata->ResizeIfNeeded(m_bufdata->m_len + 1);
-        *(((char*)m_bufdata->m_data) + m_bufdata->m_len) = data;
-        m_bufdata->m_len += 1;
-    }
-
-    void  AppendData(void* data, size_t len)
-    {
-        memcpy(GetAppendBuf(len), data, len);
-        UngetAppendBuf(len);
-    }
-
-    operator const char *() const { return (const char*)GetData(); }
-
-private:
-    wxMemoryBufferData*  m_bufdata;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// template class for any kind of data
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// TODO
-
-#endif // _WX_BUFFER_H

include/wx/build.h

@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/build.h
-// Purpose:     wxBuildOptions class declaration
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     07.05.02
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 2002 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_BUILD_H_
-#define _WX_BUILD_H_
-
-#include "wx/version.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxAppConsole;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBuildOptions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxBuildOptions
-{
-public:
-    // the ctor must be inline to get the compilation settings of the code
-    // which included this header
-    wxBuildOptions()
-    {
-        // debug/release
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-        m_isDebug = TRUE;
-#else
-        m_isDebug = FALSE;
-#endif
-
-        // version: we don't test the micro version as hopefully changes
-        // between 2 micro versions don't result in fatal compatibility
-        // problems
-        m_verMaj = wxMAJOR_VERSION;
-        m_verMin = wxMINOR_VERSION;
-    }
-
-private:
-    // the version
-    int m_verMaj,
-        m_verMin;
-
-    // compiled with __WXDEBUG__?
-    bool m_isDebug;
-
-    // actually only CheckBuildOptions() should be our friend but well...
-    friend class wxAppConsole;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_BUILD_H_
-

include/wx/busyinfo.h

@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        busyinfo.h
-// Purpose:     Information window (when app is busy)
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __INFOWIN_H__
-#define __INFOWIN_H__
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "busyinfo.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/wxprec.h"
-
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
-#pragma hdrstop
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/frame.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_BUSYINFO
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxInfoFrame : public wxFrame
-{
-public:
-    wxInfoFrame(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message);
-};
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBusyInfo
-//                  Displays progress information
-//                  Can be used in exactly same way as wxBusyCursor
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBusyInfo : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxBusyInfo(const wxString& message, wxWindow *parent = NULL);
-
-    virtual ~wxBusyInfo();
-
-private:
-    wxInfoFrame *m_InfoFrame;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBusyInfo)
-};
-
-
-#endif
-
-#endif

include/wx/button.h

@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/button.h
-// Purpose:     wxButtonBase class
-// Author:      Vadim Zetlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     15.08.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zetlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_BUTTON_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_BUTTON_H_BASE_
-
-#if wxUSE_BUTTON
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxButton flags
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// These two flags are obsolete
-#define wxBU_NOAUTODRAW      0x0000
-#define wxBU_AUTODRAW        0x0004
-
-// These flags affect label alignment
-#define wxBU_LEFT            0x0040
-#define wxBU_TOP             0x0080
-#define wxBU_RIGHT           0x0100
-#define wxBU_BOTTOM          0x0200
-
-// by default, the buttons will be created with some (system dependent)
-// minimal size to make them look nicer, giving this style will make them as
-// small as possible
-#define wxBU_EXACTFIT        0x0001
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxButtonNameStr;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxButton: a push button
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxButtonBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
-    // show the image in the button in addition to the label
-    virtual void SetImageLabel(const wxBitmap& WXUNUSED(bitmap)) { }
-
-    // set the margins around the image
-    virtual void SetImageMargins(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y)) { }
-
-    // this wxButton method is called when the button becomes the default one
-    // on its panel
-    virtual void SetDefault() { }
-
-    // returns the default button size for this platform
-    static wxSize GetDefaultSize();
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/button.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/button.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/button.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/button.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/button.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/button.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/button.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_BUTTON_H_BASE_

include/wx/calctrl.h

@@ -1,216 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/calctrl.h
-// Purpose:     date-picker control
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     29.12.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*
-   TODO
-
-   1. implement multiple selections for date ranges
-   2. background bitmap for the calendar?
- */
-
-#ifndef _WX_CALCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_CALCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL
-
-#include "wx/datetime.h"
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/font.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCalendarCtrl flags
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum
-{
-    // show Sunday as the first day of the week (default)
-    wxCAL_SUNDAY_FIRST               = 0x0000,
-
-    // show Monder as the first day of the week
-    wxCAL_MONDAY_FIRST               = 0x0001,
-
-    // highlight holidays
-    wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS              = 0x0002,
-
-    // disable the year change control, show only the month change one
-    wxCAL_NO_YEAR_CHANGE             = 0x0004,
-
-    // don't allow changing neither month nor year (implies
-    // wxCAL_NO_YEAR_CHANGE)
-    wxCAL_NO_MONTH_CHANGE            = 0x000c,
-
-    // use MS-style month-selection instead of combo-spin combination
-    wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION = 0x0010,
-
-    // show the neighbouring weeks in the previous and next month
-    wxCAL_SHOW_SURROUNDING_WEEKS     = 0x0020
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// return values for the HitTest() method
-enum wxCalendarHitTestResult
-{
-    wxCAL_HITTEST_NOWHERE,      // outside of anything
-    wxCAL_HITTEST_HEADER,       // on the header (weekdays)
-    wxCAL_HITTEST_DAY,          // on a day in the calendar
-    wxCAL_HITTEST_INCMONTH,
-    wxCAL_HITTEST_DECMONTH,
-    wxCAL_HITTEST_SURROUNDING_WEEK
-};
-
-// border types for a date
-enum wxCalendarDateBorder
-{
-    wxCAL_BORDER_NONE,          // no border (default)
-    wxCAL_BORDER_SQUARE,        // a rectangular border
-    wxCAL_BORDER_ROUND          // a round border
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCalendarDateAttr: custom attributes for a calendar date
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCalendarDateAttr
-{
-#if !defined(__VISAGECPP__)
-protected:
-    // This has to be before the use of Init(), for MSVC++ 1.5
-    // But dorks up Visualage!
-    void Init(wxCalendarDateBorder border = wxCAL_BORDER_NONE)
-    {
-        m_border = border;
-        m_holiday = FALSE;
-    }
-#endif
-public:
-    // ctors
-    wxCalendarDateAttr() { Init(); }
-    wxCalendarDateAttr(const wxColour& colText,
-                       const wxColour& colBack = wxNullColour,
-                       const wxColour& colBorder = wxNullColour,
-                       const wxFont& font = wxNullFont,
-                       wxCalendarDateBorder border = wxCAL_BORDER_NONE)
-        : m_colText(colText), m_colBack(colBack),
-          m_colBorder(colBorder), m_font(font)
-    {
-        Init(border);
-    }
-    wxCalendarDateAttr(wxCalendarDateBorder border,
-                       const wxColour& colBorder = wxNullColour)
-        : m_colBorder(colBorder)
-    {
-        Init(border);
-    }
-
-    // setters
-    void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText) { m_colText = colText; }
-    void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack) { m_colBack = colBack; }
-    void SetBorderColour(const wxColour& col) { m_colBorder = col; }
-    void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; }
-    void SetBorder(wxCalendarDateBorder border) { m_border = border; }
-    void SetHoliday(bool holiday) { m_holiday = holiday; }
-
-    // accessors
-    bool HasTextColour() const { return m_colText.Ok(); }
-    bool HasBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack.Ok(); }
-    bool HasBorderColour() const { return m_colBorder.Ok(); }
-    bool HasFont() const { return m_font.Ok(); }
-    bool HasBorder() const { return m_border != wxCAL_BORDER_NONE; }
-
-    bool IsHoliday() const { return m_holiday; }
-
-    const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_colText; }
-    const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack; }
-    const wxColour& GetBorderColour() const { return m_colBorder; }
-    const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; }
-    wxCalendarDateBorder GetBorder() const { return m_border; }
-#if defined(__VISAGECPP__)
-protected:
-    // This has to be here for VisualAge
-    void Init(wxCalendarDateBorder border = wxCAL_BORDER_NONE)
-    {
-        m_border = border;
-        m_holiday = FALSE;
-    }
-#endif
-private:
-    wxColour m_colText,
-             m_colBack,
-             m_colBorder;
-    wxFont   m_font;
-    wxCalendarDateBorder m_border;
-    bool m_holiday;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCalendarCtrl events
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCalendarCtrl;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCalendarEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-friend class wxCalendarCtrl;
-public:
-    wxCalendarEvent() { Init(); }
-    wxCalendarEvent(wxCalendarCtrl *cal, wxEventType type);
-
-    const wxDateTime& GetDate() const { return m_date; }
-    wxDateTime::WeekDay GetWeekDay() const { return m_wday; }
-
-protected:
-    void Init();
-
-private:
-    wxDateTime m_date;
-    wxDateTime::WeekDay m_wday;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCalendarEvent)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCalendarCtrl
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// so far we only have a generic version, so keep it simple
-#include "wx/generic/calctrl.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// calendar event types and macros for handling them
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED, 950)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_CALENDAR_DAY_CHANGED, 951)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_CALENDAR_MONTH_CHANGED, 952)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_CALENDAR_YEAR_CHANGED, 953)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_CALENDAR_DOUBLECLICKED, 954)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_CALENDAR_WEEKDAY_CLICKED, 955)
-END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCalendarEventFunction)(wxCalendarEvent&);
-
-#define EVT_CALENDAR(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(wxEVT_CALENDAR_DOUBLECLICKED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction) (wxCalendarEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL),
-#define EVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(wxEVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction) (wxCalendarEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL),
-#define EVT_CALENDAR_DAY(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(wxEVT_CALENDAR_DAY_CHANGED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction) (wxCalendarEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL),
-#define EVT_CALENDAR_MONTH(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(wxEVT_CALENDAR_MONTH_CHANGED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction) (wxCalendarEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL),
-#define EVT_CALENDAR_YEAR(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(wxEVT_CALENDAR_YEAR_CHANGED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction) (wxCalendarEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL),
-#define EVT_CALENDAR_WEEKDAY_CLICKED(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(wxEVT_CALENDAR_WEEKDAY_CLICKED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction) (wxCalendarEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL),
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_CALCTRL_H_
-

include/wx/caret.h

@@ -1,234 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        caret.h
-// Purpose:     wxCaretBase class - the interface of wxCaret
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     23.05.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CARET_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CARET_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_CARET
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "caret.h"
-#endif
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declarations
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindowBase;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers we have to include
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"  // for wxPoint, wxSize
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// A caret is a blinking cursor showing the position where the typed text will
-// appear. It can be either a solid block or a custom bitmap (TODO)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCaretBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-    // -----
-        // default - use Create
-    wxCaretBase() { Init(); }
-        // create the caret of given (in pixels) width and height and associate
-        // with the given window
-    wxCaretBase(wxWindowBase *window, int width, int height)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        (void)Create(window, width, height);
-    }
-        // same as above
-    wxCaretBase(wxWindowBase *window, const wxSize& size)
-    {
-        Init();
-
-        (void)Create(window, size);
-    }
-
-    // Create() functions - same as ctor but returns the success code
-    // --------------------------------------------------------------
-
-        // same as ctor
-    bool Create(wxWindowBase *window, int width, int height)
-        { return DoCreate(window, width, height); }
-        // same as ctor
-    bool Create(wxWindowBase *window, const wxSize& size)
-        { return DoCreate(window, size.x, size.y); }
-
-    // accessors
-    // ---------
-
-        // is the caret valid?
-    bool IsOk() const { return m_width != 0 && m_height != 0; }
-
-        // is the caret currently shown?
-    bool IsVisible() const { return m_countVisible > 0; }
-
-        // get the caret position
-    void GetPosition(int *x, int *y) const
-    {
-        if ( x ) *x = m_x;
-        if ( y ) *y = m_y;
-    }
-    wxPoint GetPosition() const { return wxPoint(m_x, m_y); }
-
-        // get the caret size
-    void GetSize(int *width, int *height) const
-    {
-        if ( width ) *width = m_width;
-        if ( height ) *height = m_height;
-    }
-    wxSize GetSize() const { return wxSize(m_width, m_height); }
-
-        // get the window we're associated with
-    wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return (wxWindow *)m_window; }
-
-        // change the size of the caret
-    void SetSize(int width, int height) {
-        m_width = width;
-        m_height = height;
-        DoSize();
-    }
-    void SetSize(const wxSize& size) { SetSize(size.x, size.y); }
-
-
-    // operations
-    // ----------
-
-        // move the caret to given position (in logical coords)
-    void Move(int x, int y) { m_x = x; m_y = y; DoMove(); }
-    void Move(const wxPoint& pt) { m_x = pt.x; m_y = pt.y; DoMove(); }
-
-        // show/hide the caret (should be called by wxWindow when needed):
-        // Show() must be called as many times as Hide() + 1 to make the caret
-        // visible
-    virtual void Show(bool show = TRUE)
-        {
-            if ( show )
-            {
-                if ( m_countVisible++ == 0 )
-                    DoShow();
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                if ( --m_countVisible == 0 )
-                    DoHide();
-            }
-        }
-    virtual void Hide() { Show(FALSE); }
-
-        // blink time is measured in milliseconds and is the time elapsed
-        // between 2 inversions of the caret (blink time of the caret is common
-        // to all carets in the Universe, so these functions are static)
-    static int GetBlinkTime();
-    static void SetBlinkTime(int milliseconds);
-
-    // implementation from now on
-    // --------------------------
-
-    // these functions should be called by wxWindow when the window gets/loses
-    // the focus - we create/show and hide/destroy the caret here
-    virtual void OnSetFocus() { }
-    virtual void OnKillFocus() { }
-
-protected:
-    // these functions may be overriden in the derived classes, but they
-    // should call the base class version first
-    virtual bool DoCreate(wxWindowBase *window, int width, int height)
-    {
-        m_window = window;
-        m_width = width;
-        m_height = height;
-
-        return TRUE;
-    }
-
-    // pure virtuals to implement in the derived class
-    virtual void DoShow() = 0;
-    virtual void DoHide() = 0;
-    virtual void DoMove() = 0;
-    virtual void DoSize() { }
-
-    // the common initialization
-    void Init()
-    {
-        m_window = (wxWindowBase *)NULL;
-        m_x = m_y = 0;
-        m_width = m_height = 0;
-        m_countVisible = 0;
-    }
-
-    // the size of the caret
-    int m_width, m_height;
-
-    // the position of the caret
-    int m_x, m_y;
-
-    // the window we're associated with
-    wxWindowBase *m_window;
-
-    // visibility count: the caret is visible only if it's positive
-    int m_countVisible;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCaretBase)
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// now include the real thing
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/caret.h"
-#else
-    #include "wx/generic/caret.h"
-#endif // platform
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCaretSuspend: a simple class which hides the caret in its ctor and
-// restores it in the dtor, this should be used when drawing on the screen to
-// avoid overdrawing the caret
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCaretSuspend
-{
-public:
-    wxCaretSuspend(wxWindow *win)
-    {
-        m_caret = win->GetCaret();
-        if ( m_caret )
-            m_caret->Hide();
-    }
-
-    ~wxCaretSuspend()
-    {
-        if ( m_caret )
-            m_caret->Show();
-    }
-
-private:
-    wxCaret *m_caret;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCaretSuspend)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CARET
-
-#endif // _WX_CARET_H_BASE_
-

include/wx/checkbox.h

@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/checkbox.h
-// Purpose:     wxCheckBox class interface
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     07.09.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CHECKBOX_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CHECKBOX_H_BASE_
-
-#if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxCheckBoxNameStr;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCheckBox: a control which shows a label and a box which may be checked
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckBoxBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
-    // set/get the checked status of the listbox
-    virtual void SetValue(bool value) = 0;
-    virtual bool GetValue() const = 0;
-
-    bool IsChecked() const { return GetValue(); }
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/checkbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/checkbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/checkbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/checkbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/checkbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/checkbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/checkbox.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_CHECKBOX_H_BASE_

include/wx/checklst.h

@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/checklst.h
-// Purpose:     wxCheckListBox class interface
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12.09.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CHECKLST_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CHECKLST_H_BASE_
-
-#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
-
-#include "wx/listbox.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCheckListBox: a listbox whose items may be checked
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckListBoxBase : public wxListBox
-{
-public:
-    // check list box specific methods
-    virtual bool IsChecked(size_t item) const = 0;
-    virtual void Check(size_t item, bool check = TRUE) = 0;
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/checklst.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/checklst.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/checklst.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/checklst.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/checklst.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/checklst.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/checklst.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_CHECKLST_H_BASE_

include/wx/choicdlg.h

@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _WX_CHOICDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CHOICDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/generic/choicdgg.h"
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_CHOICDLG_H_BASE_

include/wx/choice.h

@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/choice.h
-// Purpose:     wxChoice class interface
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     26.07.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CHOICE_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CHOICE_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "choicebase.h"
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_CHOICE
-
-#include "wx/ctrlsub.h"     // the base class
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global data
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxChoiceNameStr;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxChoice allows to select one of a non-modifiable list of strings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxChoiceBase : public wxControlWithItems
-{
-public:
-    // all generic methods are in wxControlWithItems
-    virtual ~wxChoiceBase();
-
-    // single selection logic
-    virtual void SetSelection(int n) = 0;
-    virtual bool SetStringSelection(const wxString& s);
-
-    // don't override this
-    virtual void Select(int n) { SetSelection(n); }
-
-    // set/get the number of columns in the control (as they're not supported on
-    // most platforms, they do nothing by default)
-    virtual void SetColumns(int WXUNUSED(n) = 1 ) { }
-    virtual int GetColumns() const { return 1 ; }
-
-    // emulate selecting the item event.GetInt()
-    void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the platform-dependent class definition
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/choice.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/choice.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/choice.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/choice.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/choice.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/choice.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/choice.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CHOICE
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_CHOICE_H_BASE_

include/wx/clipbrd.h

@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/clipbrd.h
-// Purpose:     wxClipboad class and clipboard functions
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     19.10.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows Team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CLIPBRD_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CLIPBRD_H_BASE_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "clipboardbase.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
-
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/wxchar.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataFormat;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataObject;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxClipboard represents the system clipboard. Normally, you should use
-// wxTheClipboard which is a global pointer to the (unique) clipboard.
-//
-// Clipboard can be used to copy data to/paste data from. It works together
-// with wxDataObject.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxClipboardBase : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxClipboardBase();
-
-    // open the clipboard before Add/SetData() and GetData()
-    virtual bool Open() = 0;
-
-    // close the clipboard after Add/SetData() and GetData()
-    virtual void Close() = 0;
-
-    // query whether the clipboard is opened
-    virtual bool IsOpened() const = 0;
-
-    // add to the clipboard data
-    //
-    // NB: the clipboard owns the pointer and will delete it, so data must be
-    //     allocated on the heap
-    virtual bool AddData( wxDataObject *data ) = 0;
-
-    // set the clipboard data, this is the same as Clear() followed by
-    // AddData()
-    virtual bool SetData( wxDataObject *data ) = 0;
-
-    // ask if data in correct format is available
-    virtual bool IsSupported( const wxDataFormat& format ) = 0;
-
-    // fill data with data on the clipboard (if available)
-    virtual bool GetData( wxDataObject& data ) = 0;
-    
-    // clears wxTheClipboard and the system's clipboard if possible
-    virtual void Clear() = 0;
-
-    // flushes the clipboard: this means that the data which is currently on
-    // clipboard will stay available even after the application exits (possibly
-    // eating memory), otherwise the clipboard will be emptied on exit
-    virtual bool Flush() { return FALSE; }
-
-    // X11 has two clipboards which get selected by this call. Empty on MSW.
-    virtual void UsePrimarySelection( bool WXUNUSED(primary) = FALSE ) { }
-
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include platform-specific class declaration
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/clipbrd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/clipbrd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/clipbrd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-    #include "wx/x11/clipbrd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-    #include "wx/mgl/clipbrd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/clipbrd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/clipbrd.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// globals
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// The global clipboard object
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxClipboard *) wxTheClipboard;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// helpful class for opening the clipboard and automatically closing it
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxClipboardLocker
-{
-public:
-    wxClipboardLocker(wxClipboard *clipboard = (wxClipboard *)NULL)
-    {
-        m_clipboard = clipboard ? clipboard : wxTheClipboard;
-        if ( m_clipboard )
-        {
-            m_clipboard->Open();
-        }
-    }
-
-    bool operator!() const { return !m_clipboard->IsOpened(); }
-
-    ~wxClipboardLocker()
-    {
-        if ( m_clipboard )
-        {
-            m_clipboard->Close();
-        }
-    }
-
-private:
-    wxClipboard *m_clipboard;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxClipboardLocker)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
-
-#endif // _WX_CLIPBRD_H_BASE_

include/wx/clntdata.h

@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/clntdata.h
-// Purpose:     A mixin class for holding a wxClientData or void pointer
-// Author:      Robin Dunn
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     9-Oct-2001
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CLNTDATAH__
-#define _WX_CLNTDATAH__
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "clntdata.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// what kind of client data do we have?
-enum wxClientDataType
-{
-    wxClientData_None,    // we don't know yet because we don't have it at all
-    wxClientData_Object,  // our client data is typed and we own it
-    wxClientData_Void     // client data is untyped and we don't own it
-};
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxClientData
-{
-public:
-    wxClientData() { }
-    virtual ~wxClientData() { }
-};
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStringClientData : public wxClientData
-{
-public:
-    wxStringClientData() : m_data() { }
-    wxStringClientData( const wxString &data ) : m_data(data) { }
-    void SetData( const wxString &data ) { m_data = data; }
-    const wxString& GetData() const { return m_data; }
-
-private:
-    wxString  m_data;
-};
-
-// This class is a mixin that provides storage and management of "client
-// data."  The client data stored can either be a pointer to a wxClientData
-// object in which case it is managed by the container (i.e. it will delete
-// the data when it's destroyed) or an untyped pointer which won't be deleted
-// by the container - but not both of them
-//
-// NOTE:  This functionality is currently duplicated in wxEvtHandler in order
-//        to avoid having more than one vtable in that class hierarchy.
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxClientDataContainer
-{
-public:
-    wxClientDataContainer();
-    virtual ~wxClientDataContainer();
-
-    void SetClientObject( wxClientData *data ) { DoSetClientObject(data); }
-    wxClientData *GetClientObject() const { return DoGetClientObject(); }
-
-    void SetClientData( void *data ) { DoSetClientData(data); }
-    void *GetClientData() const { return DoGetClientData(); }
-
-protected:
-    // The user data: either an object which will be deleted by the container
-    // when it's deleted or some raw pointer which we do nothing with. Only
-    // one type of data can be used with the given window, i.e. you cannot set
-    // the void data and then associate the container with wxClientData or vice
-    // versa.
-    union
-    {
-        wxClientData *m_clientObject;
-        void         *m_clientData;
-    };
-
-    // client data accessors
-    virtual void DoSetClientObject( wxClientData *data );
-    virtual wxClientData *DoGetClientObject() const;
-
-    virtual void DoSetClientData( void *data );
-    virtual void *DoGetClientData() const;
-
-    // what kind of data do we have?
-    wxClientDataType m_clientDataType;
-
-};
-
-// not Motif-specific, but currently used only under Motif
-#ifdef __WXMOTIF__
-
-#include <wx/vector.h>
-
-struct WXDLLEXPORT wxClientDataDictionaryPair
-{
-    wxClientDataDictionaryPair( size_t idx ) : index( idx ), data( 0 ) { }
-
-    size_t index;
-    wxClientData* data;
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_VECTOR(wxClientDataDictionaryPair,wxClientDataDictionaryPairVector);
-
-// this class is used internally to maintain the association between items
-// of (some subclasses of) wxControlWithItems and their client data
-// NOTE: this class does not keep track of whether it contains
-// wxClientData or void*. The client must ensure that
-// it does not contain a mix of the two, and that
-// DestroyData is called if it contains wxClientData
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxClientDataDictionary
-{
-public:
-    wxClientDataDictionary() {};
-
-    // deletes all the data
-    void DestroyData()
-    {
-        for( size_t i = 0, end = m_vec.size(); i != end; ++i )
-            delete m_vec[i].data;
-        m_vec.clear();
-    }
-
-    // if data for the given index is not present, add it,
-    // if it is present, delete the old data and replace it with
-    // the new one
-    void Set( size_t index, wxClientData* data, bool doDelete )
-    {
-        size_t ptr = Find( index );
-
-        if( !data )
-        {
-            if( ptr == m_vec.size() ) return;
-            if( doDelete )
-                delete m_vec[ptr].data;
-            m_vec.erase( ptr );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            if( ptr == m_vec.size() )
-            {
-                m_vec.push_back( wxClientDataDictionaryPair( index ) );
-                ptr = m_vec.size() - 1;
-            }
-
-            if( doDelete )
-                delete m_vec[ptr].data;
-            m_vec[ptr].data = data;
-        }
-    }
-
-    // get the data associated with the given index,
-    // return 0 if not found
-    wxClientData* Get( size_t index ) const
-    {
-        size_t it = Find( index );
-        if( it == m_vec.size() ) return 0;
-        return (wxClientData*)m_vec[it].data; // const cast
-    }
-
-    // delete the data associated with the given index
-    // it also decreases by one the indices of all the elements
-    // with an index greater than the given index
-    void Delete( size_t index, bool doDelete )
-    {
-        size_t todel = m_vec.size();
-
-        for( size_t i = 0, end = m_vec.size(); i != end; ++i )
-        {
-            if( m_vec[i].index == index )
-                todel = i;
-            else if( m_vec[i].index > index )
-                --(m_vec[i].index);
-        }
-
-        if( todel != m_vec.size() )
-        {
-            if( doDelete )
-                delete m_vec[todel].data;
-            m_vec.erase( todel );
-        }
-    }
-private:
-    // returns MyVec.size() if not found
-    size_t Find( size_t index ) const
-    {
-        for( size_t i = 0, end = m_vec.size(); i != end; ++i )
-        {
-            if( m_vec[i].index == index )
-                return i;
-        }
-
-        return m_vec.size();
-    }
-
-    wxClientDataDictionaryPairVector m_vec;
-};
-
-#endif // __WXMOTIF__
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#endif
-

include/wx/cmdline.h

@@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/cmdline.h
-// Purpose:     wxCmdLineParser and related classes for parsing the command
-//              line options
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     04.01.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CMDLINE_H_
-#define _WX_CMDLINE_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "cmdline.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDateTime;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// by default, options are optional (sic) and each call to AddParam() allows
-// one more parameter - this may be changed by giving non-default flags to it
-enum
-{
-    wxCMD_LINE_OPTION_MANDATORY = 0x01, // this option must be given
-    wxCMD_LINE_PARAM_OPTIONAL   = 0x02, // the parameter may be omitted
-    wxCMD_LINE_PARAM_MULTIPLE   = 0x04, // the parameter may be repeated
-    wxCMD_LINE_OPTION_HELP      = 0x08, // this option is a help request
-    wxCMD_LINE_NEEDS_SEPARATOR  = 0x10  // must have sep before the value
-};
-
-// an option value or parameter may be a string (the most common case), a
-// number or a date
-enum wxCmdLineParamType
-{
-    wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING,  // should be 0 (default)
-    wxCMD_LINE_VAL_NUMBER,
-    wxCMD_LINE_VAL_DATE,
-    wxCMD_LINE_VAL_NONE
-};
-
-// for constructing the cmd line description using Init()
-enum wxCmdLineEntryType
-{
-    wxCMD_LINE_SWITCH,
-    wxCMD_LINE_OPTION,
-    wxCMD_LINE_PARAM,
-    wxCMD_LINE_NONE         // to terminate the list
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCmdLineEntryDesc is a description of one command line
-// switch/option/parameter
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct wxCmdLineEntryDesc
-{
-    wxCmdLineEntryType kind;
-    const wxChar *shortName;
-    const wxChar *longName;
-    const wxChar *description;
-    wxCmdLineParamType type;
-    int flags;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCmdLineParser is a class for parsing command line.
-//
-// It has the following features:
-//
-// 1. distinguishes options, switches and parameters; allows option grouping
-// 2. allows both short and long options
-// 3. automatically generates the usage message from the cmd line description
-// 4. does type checks on the options values (number, date, ...)
-//
-// To use it you should:
-//
-// 1. construct it giving it the cmd line to parse and optionally its desc
-// 2. construct the cmd line description using AddXXX() if not done in (1)
-// 3. call Parse()
-// 4. use GetXXX() to retrieve the parsed info
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCmdLineParser
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and initializers
-    // ----------------------
-
-    // default ctor or ctor giving the cmd line in either Unix or Win form
-    wxCmdLineParser() { Init(); }
-    wxCmdLineParser(int argc, wxChar **argv) { Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); }
-    wxCmdLineParser(const wxString& cmdline) { Init(); SetCmdLine(cmdline); }
-
-    // the same as above, but also gives the cmd line description - otherwise,
-    // use AddXXX() later
-    wxCmdLineParser(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc)
-        { Init(); SetDesc(desc); }
-    wxCmdLineParser(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc, int argc, wxChar **argv)
-        { Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); SetDesc(desc); }
-    wxCmdLineParser(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc, const wxString& cmdline)
-        { Init(); SetCmdLine(cmdline); SetDesc(desc); }
-
-    // set cmd line to parse after using one of the ctors which don't do it
-    void SetCmdLine(int argc, wxChar **argv);
-    void SetCmdLine(const wxString& cmdline);
-
-    // not virtual, don't use this class polymorphically
-    ~wxCmdLineParser();
-
-    // set different parser options
-    // ----------------------------
-
-    // by default, '-' is switch char under Unix, '-' or '/' under Win:
-    // switchChars contains all characters with which an option or switch may
-    // start
-    void SetSwitchChars(const wxString& switchChars);
-
-    // long options are not POSIX-compliant, this option allows to disable them
-    void EnableLongOptions(bool enable = TRUE);
-    void DisableLongOptions() { EnableLongOptions(FALSE); }
-
-    bool AreLongOptionsEnabled();
-
-    // extra text may be shown by Usage() method if set by this function
-    void SetLogo(const wxString& logo);
-
-    // construct the cmd line description
-    // ----------------------------------
-
-    // take the cmd line description from the wxCMD_LINE_NONE terminated table
-    void SetDesc(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc);
-
-    // a switch: i.e. an option without value
-    void AddSwitch(const wxString& name, const wxString& lng = wxEmptyString,
-                   const wxString& desc = wxEmptyString,
-                   int flags = 0);
-
-    // an option taking a value of the given type
-    void AddOption(const wxString& name, const wxString& lng = wxEmptyString,
-                   const wxString& desc = wxEmptyString,
-                   wxCmdLineParamType type = wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING,
-                   int flags = 0);
-
-    // a parameter
-    void AddParam(const wxString& desc = wxEmptyString,
-                  wxCmdLineParamType type = wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING,
-                  int flags = 0);
-
-    // actions
-    // -------
-
-    // parse the command line, return 0 if ok, -1 if "-h" or "--help" option
-    // was encountered and the help message was given or a positive value if a
-    // syntax error occured
-    //
-    // if showUsage is true, Usage() is called in case of syntax error or if
-    // help was requested
-    int Parse(bool showUsage = TRUE);
-
-    // give the usage message describing all program options
-    void Usage();
-
-    // get the command line arguments
-    // ------------------------------
-
-    // returns TRUE if the given switch was found
-    bool Found(const wxString& name) const;
-
-    // returns TRUE if an option taking a string value was found and stores the
-    // value in the provided pointer
-    bool Found(const wxString& name, wxString *value) const;
-
-    // returns TRUE if an option taking an integer value was found and stores
-    // the value in the provided pointer
-    bool Found(const wxString& name, long *value) const;
-
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
-    // returns TRUE if an option taking a date value was found and stores the
-    // value in the provided pointer
-    bool Found(const wxString& name, wxDateTime *value) const;
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
-
-    // gets the number of parameters found
-    size_t GetParamCount() const;
-
-    // gets the value of Nth parameter (as string only for now)
-    wxString GetParam(size_t n = 0u) const;
-
-    // Resets switches and options
-    void Reset();
-
-    // break down the command line in arguments
-    static wxArrayString ConvertStringToArgs(const wxChar *cmdline);
-
-private:
-    // get usage string
-    wxString GetUsageString();
-
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    struct wxCmdLineParserData *m_data;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCmdLineParser)
-};
-
-#else // !wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER
-
-// this function is always available (even if !wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER) because it
-// is used by wxWin itself under Windows
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCmdLineParser
-{
-public:
-    static wxArrayString ConvertStringToArgs(const wxChar *cmdline);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER/!wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER
-
-#endif // _WX_CMDLINE_H_
-

include/wx/cmdproc.h

@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/cmdproc.h
-// Purpose:     undo/redo capable command processing framework
-// Author:      Julian Smart (extracted from docview.h by VZ)
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     05.11.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CMDPROC_H_
-#define _WX_CMDPROC_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "cmdproc.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenu;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCommand: a single command capable of performing itself
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCommand : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxCommand(bool canUndoIt = FALSE, const wxString& name = wxT(""));
-    ~wxCommand();
-
-    // Override this to perform a command
-    virtual bool Do() = 0;
-
-    // Override this to undo a command
-    virtual bool Undo() = 0;
-
-    virtual bool CanUndo() const { return m_canUndo; }
-    virtual wxString GetName() const { return m_commandName; }
-
-protected:
-    bool     m_canUndo;
-    wxString m_commandName;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxCommand)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCommandProcessor: wxCommand manager
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCommandProcessor : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    // if max number of commands is -1, it is unlimited
-    wxCommandProcessor(int maxCommands = -1);
-    virtual ~wxCommandProcessor();
-
-    // Pass a command to the processor. The processor calls Do(); if
-    // successful, is appended to the command history unless storeIt is FALSE.
-    virtual bool Submit(wxCommand *command, bool storeIt = TRUE);
-
-    // just store the command without executing it
-    virtual void Store(wxCommand *command);
-
-    virtual bool Undo();
-    virtual bool Redo();
-    virtual bool CanUndo() const;
-    virtual bool CanRedo() const;
-
-    // Initialises the current command and menu strings.
-    virtual void Initialize();
-
-    // Sets the Undo/Redo menu strings for the current menu.
-    virtual void SetMenuStrings();
-
-    // Gets the current Undo menu label.
-    wxString GetUndoMenuLabel() const;
-
-    // Gets the current Undo menu label.
-    wxString GetRedoMenuLabel() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-    // Call this to manage an edit menu.
-    void SetEditMenu(wxMenu *menu) { m_commandEditMenu = menu; }
-    wxMenu *GetEditMenu() const { return m_commandEditMenu; }
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-    // command list access
-    wxList& GetCommands() const { return (wxList&) m_commands; }
-    wxCommand *GetCurrentCommand() const
-    {
-        return (wxCommand *)(m_currentCommand ? m_currentCommand->GetData() : NULL);
-    }
-    int GetMaxCommands() const { return m_maxNoCommands; }
-    virtual void ClearCommands();
-
-    // By default, the accelerators are "\tCtrl+Z" and "\tCtrl+Y"
-    const wxString& GetUndoAccelerator() const { return m_undoAccelerator; }
-    const wxString& GetRedoAccelerator() const { return m_redoAccelerator; }
-
-    void SetUndoAccelerator(const wxString& accel) { m_undoAccelerator = accel; }
-    void SetRedoAccelerator(const wxString& accel) { m_redoAccelerator = accel; }
-
-protected:
-    // for further flexibility, command processor doesn't call wxCommand::Do()
-    // and Undo() directly but uses these functions which can be overridden in
-    // the derived class
-    virtual bool DoCommand(wxCommand& cmd);
-    virtual bool UndoCommand(wxCommand& cmd);
-
-    int           m_maxNoCommands;
-    wxList        m_commands;
-    wxNode*       m_currentCommand;
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-    wxMenu*       m_commandEditMenu;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-    wxString      m_undoAccelerator;
-    wxString      m_redoAccelerator;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCommandProcessor)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCommandProcessor)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_CMDPROC_H_

include/wx/cmndata.h

@@ -1,455 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        cmndata.h
-// Purpose:     Common GDI data classes
-// Author:      Julian Smart and others
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CMNDATA_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CMNDATA_H_BASE_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "cmndata.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/window.h"
-#include "wx/font.h"
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxColourData: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxColourData();
-    wxColourData(const wxColourData& data);
-    ~wxColourData();
-
-    void SetChooseFull(bool flag) { m_chooseFull = flag; }
-    bool GetChooseFull() const { return m_chooseFull; }
-    void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_dataColour = colour; }
-    const wxColour& GetColour() const { return m_dataColour; }
-    wxColour& GetColour() { return m_dataColour; }
-
-    // Array of 16 custom colours
-    void SetCustomColour(int i, const wxColour& colour);
-    wxColour GetCustomColour(int i);
-
-    void operator=(const wxColourData& data);
-
-public:
-    wxColour        m_dataColour;
-    wxColour        m_custColours[16];
-    bool            m_chooseFull;
-    
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourData)
-};
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontData: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxFontData();
-    ~wxFontData();
-
-    wxFontData(const wxFontData& data)
-        : wxObject()
-        , m_fontColour(data.m_fontColour)
-        , m_showHelp(data.m_showHelp)
-        , m_allowSymbols(data.m_allowSymbols)
-        , m_enableEffects(data.m_enableEffects)
-        , m_initialFont(data.m_initialFont)
-        , m_chosenFont(data.m_chosenFont)
-        , m_minSize(data.m_minSize)
-        , m_maxSize(data.m_maxSize)
-        , m_encoding(data.m_encoding)
-        , m_encodingInfo(data.m_encodingInfo)
-    {
-    }
-
-    wxFontData& operator=(const wxFontData& data)
-    {
-        wxObject::operator=(data);
-        m_fontColour     = data.m_fontColour;
-        m_showHelp       = data.m_showHelp;
-        m_allowSymbols   = data.m_allowSymbols;
-        m_enableEffects  = data.m_enableEffects;
-        m_initialFont    = data.m_initialFont;
-        m_chosenFont     = data.m_chosenFont;
-        m_minSize        = data.m_minSize;
-        m_maxSize        = data.m_maxSize;
-        m_encoding     = data.m_encoding;
-        m_encodingInfo = data.m_encodingInfo;
-        return *this;
-    }
-                          
-    void SetAllowSymbols(bool flag) { m_allowSymbols = flag; }
-    bool GetAllowSymbols() const { return m_allowSymbols; }
-
-    void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_fontColour = colour; }
-    wxColour &GetColour() { return m_fontColour; }
-
-    void SetShowHelp(bool flag) { m_showHelp = flag; }
-    bool GetShowHelp() const { return m_showHelp; }
-
-    void EnableEffects(bool flag) { m_enableEffects = flag; }
-    bool GetEnableEffects() const { return m_enableEffects; }
-
-    void SetInitialFont(const wxFont& font) { m_initialFont = font; }
-    wxFont GetInitialFont() const { return m_initialFont; }
-
-    void SetChosenFont(const wxFont& font) { m_chosenFont = font; }
-    wxFont GetChosenFont() const { return m_chosenFont; }
-
-    void SetRange(int minRange, int maxRange) { m_minSize = minRange; m_maxSize = maxRange; }
-
-    // encoding info is split into 2 parts: the logical wxWin encoding
-    // (wxFontEncoding) and a structure containing the native parameters for
-    // it (wxNativeEncodingInfo)
-    wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const { return m_encoding; }
-    void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding) { m_encoding = encoding; }
-
-    wxNativeEncodingInfo& EncodingInfo() { return m_encodingInfo; }
-
-public:
-    wxColour        m_fontColour;
-    bool            m_showHelp;
-    bool            m_allowSymbols;
-    bool            m_enableEffects;
-    wxFont          m_initialFont;
-    wxFont          m_chosenFont;
-    int             m_minSize;
-    int             m_maxSize;
-
-private:
-    wxFontEncoding       m_encoding;
-    wxNativeEncodingInfo m_encodingInfo;
-    
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontData)
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-/*
- * wxPrintData
- * Encapsulates printer information (not printer dialog information)
- */
-
-#ifdef __WXMAC__
-
-class wxNativePrintData ;
-
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrintData: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxPrintData();
-    wxPrintData(const wxPrintData& printData);
-    ~wxPrintData();
-
-    int GetNoCopies() const { return m_printNoCopies; };
-    bool GetCollate() const { return m_printCollate; };
-    int  GetOrientation() const { return m_printOrientation; };
-
-    // Is this data OK for showing the print dialog?
-    bool Ok() const ;
-
-    const wxString& GetPrinterName() const { return m_printerName; }
-    bool GetColour() const { return m_colour; }
-    wxDuplexMode GetDuplex() const { return m_duplexMode; }
-    wxPaperSize GetPaperId() const { return m_paperId; }
-    const wxSize& GetPaperSize() const { return m_paperSize; } // Not used yet: confusable with paper size
-                                                                      // in wxPageSetupDialogData
-    wxPrintQuality GetQuality() const { return m_printQuality; }
-
-    void SetNoCopies(int v) { m_printNoCopies = v; };
-    void SetCollate(bool flag) { m_printCollate = flag; };
-    void SetOrientation(int orient) { m_printOrientation = orient; };
-
-    void SetPrinterName(const wxString& name) { m_printerName = name; }
-    void SetColour(bool colour) { m_colour = colour; }
-    void SetDuplex(wxDuplexMode duplex) { m_duplexMode = duplex; }
-    void SetPaperId(wxPaperSize sizeId) { m_paperId = sizeId; }
-    void SetPaperSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_paperSize = sz; }
-    void SetQuality(wxPrintQuality quality) { m_printQuality = quality; }
-
-    // PostScript-specific data
-    const wxString& GetPrinterCommand() const { return m_printerCommand; }
-    const wxString& GetPrinterOptions() const { return m_printerOptions; }
-    const wxString& GetPreviewCommand() const { return m_previewCommand; }
-    const wxString& GetFilename() const { return m_filename; }
-    const wxString& GetFontMetricPath() const { return m_afmPath; }
-    double GetPrinterScaleX() const { return m_printerScaleX; }
-    double GetPrinterScaleY() const { return m_printerScaleY; }
-    long GetPrinterTranslateX() const { return m_printerTranslateX; }
-    long GetPrinterTranslateY() const { return m_printerTranslateY; }
-    wxPrintMode GetPrintMode() const { return m_printMode; }
-
-    void SetPrinterCommand(const wxString& command) { m_printerCommand = command; }
-    void SetPrinterOptions(const wxString& options) { m_printerOptions = options; }
-    void SetPreviewCommand(const wxString& command) { m_previewCommand = command; }
-    void SetFilename(const wxString& filename) { m_filename = filename; }
-    void SetFontMetricPath(const wxString& path) { m_afmPath = path; }
-    void SetPrinterScaleX(double x) { m_printerScaleX = x; }
-    void SetPrinterScaleY(double y) { m_printerScaleY = y; }
-    void SetPrinterScaling(double x, double y) { m_printerScaleX = x; m_printerScaleY = y; }
-    void SetPrinterTranslateX(long x) { m_printerTranslateX = x; }
-    void SetPrinterTranslateY(long y) { m_printerTranslateY = y; }
-    void SetPrinterTranslation(long x, long y) { m_printerTranslateX = x; m_printerTranslateY = y; }
-    void SetPrintMode(wxPrintMode printMode) { m_printMode = printMode; }
-
-    void operator=(const wxPrintData& data);
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    // Convert to/from the DEVMODE structure
-    void ConvertToNative();
-    void ConvertFromNative();
-    void* GetNativeData() const { return m_devMode; }
-    void SetNativeData(void* data) { m_devMode = data; }
-    void* GetNativeDataDevNames() const { return m_devNames; }
-    void SetNativeDataDevNames(void* data) { m_devNames = data; }
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-  void ConvertToNative();
-  void ConvertFromNative();
-#endif
-
-public:
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    void*           m_devMode;
-    void*           m_devNames;
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    wxNativePrintData* m_nativePrintData ;
-#endif
-
-private:
-
-    int             m_printNoCopies;
-    int             m_printOrientation;
-    bool            m_printCollate;
-
-    // New members, 24/3/99
-    wxString        m_printerName;
-    bool            m_colour;
-    wxDuplexMode    m_duplexMode;
-    wxPrintQuality  m_printQuality;
-    wxPaperSize     m_paperId;
-    wxSize          m_paperSize;
-
-    // PostScript-specific data
-    wxString        m_printerCommand;
-    wxString        m_previewCommand;
-    wxString        m_printerOptions;
-    wxString        m_filename;
-    wxString        m_afmPath;
-    double          m_printerScaleX;
-    double          m_printerScaleY;
-    long            m_printerTranslateX;
-    long            m_printerTranslateY;
-    wxPrintMode     m_printMode;
-    
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintData)
-};
-
-/*
- * wxPrintDialogData
- * Encapsulates information displayed and edited in the printer dialog box.
- * Contains a wxPrintData object which is filled in according to the values retrieved
- * from the dialog.
- */
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrintDialogData: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxPrintDialogData();
-    wxPrintDialogData(const wxPrintDialogData& dialogData);
-    wxPrintDialogData(const wxPrintData& printData);
-    ~wxPrintDialogData();
-
-    int GetFromPage() const { return m_printFromPage; };
-    int GetToPage() const { return m_printToPage; };
-    int GetMinPage() const { return m_printMinPage; };
-    int GetMaxPage() const { return m_printMaxPage; };
-    int GetNoCopies() const { return m_printNoCopies; };
-    bool GetAllPages() const { return m_printAllPages; };
-    bool GetSelection() const { return m_printSelection; };
-    bool GetCollate() const { return m_printCollate; };
-    bool GetPrintToFile() const { return m_printToFile; };
-    bool GetSetupDialog() const { return m_printSetupDialog; };
-
-    void SetFromPage(int v) { m_printFromPage = v; };
-    void SetToPage(int v) { m_printToPage = v; };
-    void SetMinPage(int v) { m_printMinPage = v; };
-    void SetMaxPage(int v) { m_printMaxPage = v; };
-    void SetNoCopies(int v) { m_printNoCopies = v; };
-    void SetAllPages(bool flag) { m_printAllPages = flag; };
-    void SetSelection(bool flag) { m_printSelection = flag; };
-    void SetCollate(bool flag) { m_printCollate = flag; };
-    void SetPrintToFile(bool flag) { m_printToFile = flag; };
-    void SetSetupDialog(bool flag) { m_printSetupDialog = flag; };
-
-    void EnablePrintToFile(bool flag) { m_printEnablePrintToFile = flag; };
-    void EnableSelection(bool flag) { m_printEnableSelection = flag; };
-    void EnablePageNumbers(bool flag) { m_printEnablePageNumbers = flag; };
-    void EnableHelp(bool flag) { m_printEnableHelp = flag; };
-
-    bool GetEnablePrintToFile() const { return m_printEnablePrintToFile; };
-    bool GetEnableSelection() const { return m_printEnableSelection; };
-    bool GetEnablePageNumbers() const { return m_printEnablePageNumbers; };
-    bool GetEnableHelp() const { return m_printEnableHelp; };
-
-    // Is this data OK for showing the print dialog?
-    bool Ok() const { return m_printData.Ok() ; }
-
-    wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; }
-    void SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& printData) { m_printData = printData; }
-
-    void operator=(const wxPrintDialogData& data);
-    void operator=(const wxPrintData& data); // Sets internal m_printData member
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-    // Convert to/from the PRINTDLG structure
-    void ConvertToNative();
-    void ConvertFromNative();
-    void SetOwnerWindow(wxWindow* win);
-    void* GetNativeData() const { return m_printDlgData; }
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    void ConvertToNative();
-    void ConvertFromNative();
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-    void*           m_printDlgData;
-#endif
-
-private:
-    int             m_printFromPage;
-    int             m_printToPage;
-    int             m_printMinPage;
-    int             m_printMaxPage;
-    int             m_printNoCopies;
-    bool            m_printAllPages;
-    bool            m_printCollate;
-    bool            m_printToFile;
-    bool            m_printSelection;
-    bool            m_printEnableSelection;
-    bool            m_printEnablePageNumbers;
-    bool            m_printEnableHelp;
-    bool            m_printEnablePrintToFile;
-    bool            m_printSetupDialog;
-    wxPrintData     m_printData;
-
-private:    
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintDialogData)
-};
-
-/*
-* This is the data used (and returned) by the wxPageSetupDialog.
-*/
-
-// Compatibility with old name
-#define wxPageSetupData wxPageSetupDialogData
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPageSetupDialogData: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxPageSetupDialogData();
-    wxPageSetupDialogData(const wxPageSetupDialogData& dialogData);
-    wxPageSetupDialogData(const wxPrintData& printData);
-    ~wxPageSetupDialogData();
-
-    wxSize GetPaperSize() const { return m_paperSize; };
-    wxPaperSize GetPaperId() const { return m_printData.GetPaperId(); };
-    wxPoint GetMinMarginTopLeft() const { return m_minMarginTopLeft; };
-    wxPoint GetMinMarginBottomRight() const { return m_minMarginBottomRight; };
-    wxPoint GetMarginTopLeft() const { return m_marginTopLeft; };
-    wxPoint GetMarginBottomRight() const { return m_marginBottomRight; };
-
-    bool GetDefaultMinMargins() const { return m_defaultMinMargins; };
-    bool GetEnableMargins() const { return m_enableMargins; };
-    bool GetEnableOrientation() const { return m_enableOrientation; };
-    bool GetEnablePaper() const { return m_enablePaper; };
-    bool GetEnablePrinter() const { return m_enablePrinter; };
-    bool GetDefaultInfo() const { return m_getDefaultInfo; };
-    bool GetEnableHelp() const { return m_enableHelp; };
-
-    // Is this data OK for showing the page setup dialog?
-    bool Ok() const { return m_printData.Ok() ; }
-
-    // If a corresponding paper type is found in the paper database, will set the m_printData
-    // paper size id member as well.
-    void SetPaperSize(const wxSize& sz);
-
-    void SetPaperId(wxPaperSize id) { m_printData.SetPaperId(id); };
-
-    // Sets the wxPrintData id, plus the paper width/height if found in the paper database.
-    void SetPaperSize(wxPaperSize id);
-
-    void SetMinMarginTopLeft(const wxPoint& pt) { m_minMarginTopLeft = pt; };
-    void SetMinMarginBottomRight(const wxPoint& pt) { m_minMarginBottomRight = pt; };
-    void SetMarginTopLeft(const wxPoint& pt) { m_marginTopLeft = pt; };
-    void SetMarginBottomRight(const wxPoint& pt) { m_marginBottomRight = pt; };
-    void SetDefaultMinMargins(bool flag) { m_defaultMinMargins = flag; };
-    void SetDefaultInfo(bool flag) { m_getDefaultInfo = flag; };
-
-    void EnableMargins(bool flag) { m_enableMargins = flag; };
-    void EnableOrientation(bool flag) { m_enableOrientation = flag; };
-    void EnablePaper(bool flag) { m_enablePaper = flag; };
-    void EnablePrinter(bool flag) { m_enablePrinter = flag; };
-    void EnableHelp(bool flag) { m_enableHelp = flag; };
-
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-    // Convert to/from the PAGESETUPDLG structure
-    void ConvertToNative();
-    void ConvertFromNative();
-    void SetOwnerWindow(wxWindow* win);
-    void* GetNativeData() const { return m_pageSetupData; }
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    void ConvertToNative();
-    void ConvertFromNative();
-#endif
-
-    // Use paper size defined in this object to set the wxPrintData
-    // paper id
-    void CalculateIdFromPaperSize();
-
-    // Use paper id in wxPrintData to set this object's paper size
-    void CalculatePaperSizeFromId();
-
-    wxPageSetupDialogData& operator=(const wxPageSetupData& data);
-    wxPageSetupDialogData& operator=(const wxPrintData& data);
-
-    wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; }
-    void SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& printData) { m_printData = printData; }
-
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-    void*           m_pageSetupData;
-#endif
-
-private:
-    wxSize          m_paperSize; // The dimensions selected by the user (on return, same as in wxPrintData?)
-    wxPoint         m_minMarginTopLeft;
-    wxPoint         m_minMarginBottomRight;
-    wxPoint         m_marginTopLeft;
-    wxPoint         m_marginBottomRight;
-    bool            m_defaultMinMargins;
-    bool            m_enableMargins;
-    bool            m_enableOrientation;
-    bool            m_enablePaper;
-    bool            m_enablePrinter;
-    bool            m_getDefaultInfo; // Equiv. to PSD_RETURNDEFAULT
-    bool            m_enableHelp;
-    wxPrintData     m_printData;
-    
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialogData)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#endif
-// _WX_CMNDATA_H_BASE_

include/wx/colordlg.h

@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/colrdlgg.h
-// Purpose:     wxColourDialog
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitiln
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_COLORDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_COLORDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#if wxUSE_COLOURDLG
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/msw/colordlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/mac/colordlg.h"
-#else
-    #include "wx/generic/colrdlgg.h"
-
-    #define wxColourDialog wxGenericColourDialog
-    #define sm_classwxColourDialog sm_classwxGenericColourDialog
-#endif
-
-// get the colour from user and return it
-wxColour WXDLLEXPORT
-wxGetColourFromUser(wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *)NULL,
-                    const wxColour& colInit = wxNullColour);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_COLOURDLG
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_COLORDLG_H_BASE_

include/wx/colour.h

@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _WX_COLOUR_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_COLOUR_H_BASE_
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-#include "wx/msw/colour.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-#include "wx/motif/colour.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#include "wx/gtk/colour.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-#include "wx/mgl/colour.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-#include "wx/x11/colour.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-#include "wx/mac/colour.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-#include "wx/cocoa/colour.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/colour.h"
-#endif
-
-#define wxColor wxColour
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_COLOUR_H_BASE_

include/wx/combobox.h

@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/combobox.h
-// Purpose:     wxComboBox declaration
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     24.12.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1996-2000 wxWindows team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_COMBOBOX_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_COMBOBOX_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxComboBoxNameStr;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxComboBoxBase: this interface defines the methods wxComboBox must implement
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/ctrlsub.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxComboBoxBase : public wxItemContainer
-{
-public:
-    // wxTextCtrl-like methods wxComboBox must implement
-    virtual wxString GetValue() const = 0;
-    virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value) = 0;
-
-    virtual void Copy() = 0;
-    virtual void Cut() = 0;
-    virtual void Paste() = 0;
-    virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos) = 0;
-    virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const = 0;
-    virtual long GetLastPosition() const = 0;
-    virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value) = 0;
-    virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to) = 0;
-    virtual void SetEditable(bool editable) = 0;
-
-    virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd()
-        { SetInsertionPoint(GetLastPosition()); }
-    virtual void Remove(long from, long to)
-        { Replace(from, to, wxEmptyString); }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the platform-dependent header defining the real class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/combobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/combobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/combobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/combobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/combobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/combobox.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_COMBOBOX_H_BASE_

include/wx/confbase.h

@@ -1,351 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        confbase.h
-// Purpose:     declaration of the base class of all config implementations
-//              (see also: fileconf.h and msw/regconf.h and iniconf.h)
-// Author:      Karsten Ball<6C>der & Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     07.04.98 (adapted from appconf.h)
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1997 Karsten Ball<6C>der   Ballueder@usa.net
-//                       Vadim Zeitlin      <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef   _WX_CONFBASE_H_
-#define   _WX_CONFBASE_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "confbase.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/// shall we be case sensitive in parsing variable names?
-#ifndef wxCONFIG_CASE_SENSITIVE
-  #define  wxCONFIG_CASE_SENSITIVE       0
-#endif
-
-/// separates group and entry names (probably shouldn't be changed)
-#ifndef wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR
-  #define   wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR     _T('/')
-#endif
-
-/// introduces immutable entries
-// (i.e. the ones which can't be changed from the local config file)
-#ifndef wxCONFIG_IMMUTABLE_PREFIX
-  #define   wxCONFIG_IMMUTABLE_PREFIX   _T('!')
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-/// should we use registry instead of configuration files under Windows?
-// (i.e. whether wxConfigBase::Create() will create a wxFileConfig (if it's
-//  FALSE) or wxRegConfig (if it's true and we're under Win32) or wxIniConfig
-//  (under Win16))
-#ifndef   wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE
-  #define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE 1
-#endif
-
-// Style flags for constructor style parameter
-enum
-{
-    wxCONFIG_USE_LOCAL_FILE = 1,
-    wxCONFIG_USE_GLOBAL_FILE = 2,
-    wxCONFIG_USE_RELATIVE_PATH = 4,
-    wxCONFIG_USE_NO_ESCAPE_CHARACTERS = 8
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// abstract base class wxConfigBase which defines the interface for derived
-// classes
-//
-// wxConfig organizes the items in a tree-like structure (modeled after the
-// Unix/Dos filesystem). There are groups (directories) and keys (files).
-// There is always one current group given by the current path.
-//
-// Keys are pairs "key_name = value" where value may be of string or integer
-// (long) type (TODO doubles and other types such as wxDate coming soon).
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxConfigBase
-{
-public:
-  // constants
-    // the type of an entry
-  enum EntryType
-  {
-    Type_Unknown,
-    Type_String,
-    Type_Boolean,
-    Type_Integer,    // use Read(long *)
-    Type_Float       // use Read(double *)
-  };
-
-  // static functions
-    // sets the config object, returns the previous pointer
-  static wxConfigBase *Set(wxConfigBase *pConfig);
-    // get the config object, creates it on demand unless DontCreateOnDemand
-    // was called
-  static wxConfigBase *Get(bool createOnDemand = TRUE) 
-       { if ( createOnDemand && (!ms_pConfig) ) Create(); return ms_pConfig; }
-    // create a new config object: this function will create the "best"
-    // implementation of wxConfig available for the current platform, see
-    // comments near definition wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE for details. It returns
-    // the created object and also sets it as ms_pConfig.
-  static wxConfigBase *Create();
-    // should Get() try to create a new log object if the current one is NULL?
-  static void DontCreateOnDemand() { ms_bAutoCreate = FALSE; }
-
-  // ctor & virtual dtor
-      // ctor (can be used as default ctor too)
-      //
-      // Not all args will always be used by derived classes, but including
-      // them all in each class ensures compatibility. If appName is empty,
-      // uses wxApp name
-  wxConfigBase(const wxString& appName = wxEmptyString,
-               const wxString& vendorName = wxEmptyString,
-               const wxString& localFilename = wxEmptyString,
-               const wxString& globalFilename = wxEmptyString,
-               long style = 0);
-
-    // empty but ensures that dtor of all derived classes is virtual
-  virtual ~wxConfigBase();
-
-  // path management
-    // set current path: if the first character is '/', it's the absolute path,
-    // otherwise it's a relative path. '..' is supported. If the strPath
-    // doesn't exist it is created.
-  virtual void SetPath(const wxString& strPath) = 0;
-    // retrieve the current path (always as absolute path)
-  virtual const wxString& GetPath() const = 0;
-
-  // enumeration: all functions here return false when there are no more items.
-  // you must pass the same lIndex to GetNext and GetFirst (don't modify it)
-    // enumerate subgroups
-  virtual bool GetFirstGroup(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const = 0;
-  virtual bool GetNextGroup (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const = 0;
-    // enumerate entries
-  virtual bool GetFirstEntry(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const = 0;
-  virtual bool GetNextEntry (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const = 0;
-    // get number of entries/subgroups in the current group, with or without
-    // it's subgroups
-  virtual size_t GetNumberOfEntries(bool bRecursive = FALSE) const = 0;
-  virtual size_t GetNumberOfGroups(bool bRecursive = FALSE) const = 0;
-
-  // tests of existence
-    // returns TRUE if the group by this name exists
-  virtual bool HasGroup(const wxString& strName) const = 0;
-    // same as above, but for an entry
-  virtual bool HasEntry(const wxString& strName) const = 0;
-    // returns TRUE if either a group or an entry with a given name exist
-  bool Exists(const wxString& strName) const
-    { return HasGroup(strName) || HasEntry(strName); }
-
-    // get the entry type
-  virtual EntryType GetEntryType(const wxString& name) const
-  {
-    // by default all entries are strings
-    return HasEntry(name) ? Type_String : Type_Unknown;
-  }
-
-  // key access: returns TRUE if value was really read, FALSE if default used
-  // (and if the key is not found the default value is returned.)
-
-    // read a string from the key
-  bool Read(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr) const;
-  bool Read(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr, const wxString& defVal) const;
-
-    // read a number (long)
-  bool Read(const wxString& key, long *pl) const;
-  bool Read(const wxString& key, long *pl, long defVal) const;
-
-    // read an int
-  bool Read(const wxString& key, int *pi) const;
-  bool Read(const wxString& key, int *pi, int defVal) const;
-
-    // read a double
-  bool Read(const wxString& key, double* val) const;
-  bool Read(const wxString& key, double* val, double defVal) const;
-
-    // read a bool
-  bool Read(const wxString& key, bool* val) const;
-  bool Read(const wxString& key, bool* val, bool defVal) const;
-
-  // convenience functions returning directly the value (we don't have them for
-  // int/double/bool as there would be ambiguities with the long one then)
-  wxString Read(const wxString& key,
-                const wxString& defVal = wxEmptyString) const
-    { wxString s; (void)Read(key, &s, defVal); return s; }
-
-  long Read(const wxString& key, long defVal) const
-    { long l; (void)Read(key, &l, defVal); return l; }
-
-    // write the value (return true on success)
-  bool Write(const wxString& key, const wxString& value)
-    { return DoWriteString(key, value); }
-
-  bool Write(const wxString& key, long value)
-    { return DoWriteLong(key, value); }
-
-  bool Write(const wxString& key, int value)
-    { return DoWriteInt(key, value); }
-
-  bool Write(const wxString& key, double value)
-    { return DoWriteDouble(key, value); }
-
-  bool Write(const wxString& key, bool value)
-    { return DoWriteBool(key, value); }
-
-  // we have to provide a separate version for C strings as otherwise they
-  // would be converted to bool and not to wxString as expected!
-  bool Write(const wxString& key, const wxChar *value)
-    { return Write(key, wxString(value)); }
-
-  // permanently writes all changes
-  virtual bool Flush(bool bCurrentOnly = FALSE) = 0;
-
-  // renaming, all functions return FALSE on failure (probably because the new
-  // name is already taken by an existing entry)
-    // rename an entry
-  virtual bool RenameEntry(const wxString& oldName,
-                           const wxString& newName) = 0;
-    // rename a group
-  virtual bool RenameGroup(const wxString& oldName,
-                           const wxString& newName) = 0;
-
-  // delete entries/groups
-    // deletes the specified entry and the group it belongs to if
-    // it was the last key in it and the second parameter is true
-  virtual bool DeleteEntry(const wxString& key,
-                           bool bDeleteGroupIfEmpty = TRUE) = 0;
-    // delete the group (with all subgroups)
-  virtual bool DeleteGroup(const wxString& key) = 0;
-    // delete the whole underlying object (disk file, registry key, ...)
-    // primarly for use by desinstallation routine.
-  virtual bool DeleteAll() = 0;
-
-  // options
-    // we can automatically expand environment variables in the config entries
-    // (this option is on by default, you can turn it on/off at any time)
-  bool IsExpandingEnvVars() const { return m_bExpandEnvVars; }
-  void SetExpandEnvVars(bool bDoIt = TRUE) { m_bExpandEnvVars = bDoIt; }
-    // recording of default values
-  void SetRecordDefaults(bool bDoIt = TRUE) { m_bRecordDefaults = bDoIt; }
-  bool IsRecordingDefaults() const { return m_bRecordDefaults; }
-  // does expansion only if needed
-  wxString ExpandEnvVars(const wxString& str) const;
-
-    // misc accessors
-  wxString GetAppName() const { return m_appName; }
-  wxString GetVendorName() const { return m_vendorName; }
-
-  // Used wxIniConfig to set members in constructor
-  void SetAppName(const wxString& appName) { m_appName = appName; }
-  void SetVendorName(const wxString& vendorName) { m_vendorName = vendorName; }
-
-  void SetStyle(long style) { m_style = style; }
-  long GetStyle() const { return m_style; }
-
-protected:
-  static bool IsImmutable(const wxString& key)
-    { return !key.IsEmpty() && key[0] == wxCONFIG_IMMUTABLE_PREFIX; }
-
-  // do read/write the values of different types
-  virtual bool DoReadString(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr) const = 0;
-  virtual bool DoReadLong(const wxString& key, long *pl) const = 0;
-  virtual bool DoReadInt(const wxString& key, int *pi) const;
-  virtual bool DoReadDouble(const wxString& key, double* val) const;
-  virtual bool DoReadBool(const wxString& key, bool* val) const;
-
-  virtual bool DoWriteString(const wxString& key, const wxString& value) = 0;
-  virtual bool DoWriteLong(const wxString& key, long value) = 0;
-  virtual bool DoWriteInt(const wxString& key, int value);
-  virtual bool DoWriteDouble(const wxString& key, double value);
-  virtual bool DoWriteBool(const wxString& key, bool value);
-
-private:
-  // are we doing automatic environment variable expansion?
-  bool m_bExpandEnvVars;
-  // do we record default values?
-  bool m_bRecordDefaults;
-
-  // static variables
-  static wxConfigBase *ms_pConfig;
-  static bool          ms_bAutoCreate;
-
-  // Application name and organisation name
-  wxString          m_appName;
-  wxString          m_vendorName;
-
-  // Style flag
-  long              m_style;
-};
-
-// a handy little class which changes current path to the path of given entry
-// and restores it in dtor: so if you declare a local variable of this type,
-// you work in the entry directory and the path is automatically restored
-// when the function returns
-// Taken out of wxConfig since not all compilers can cope with nested classes.
-class wxConfigPathChanger
-{
-public:
-  // ctor/dtor do path changing/restorin
-  wxConfigPathChanger(const wxConfigBase *pContainer, const wxString& strEntry);
- ~wxConfigPathChanger();
-
-  // get the key name
-  const wxString& Name() const { return m_strName; }
-
-private:
-  wxConfigBase *m_pContainer;   // object we live in
-  wxString      m_strName,      // name of entry (i.e. name only)
-                m_strOldPath;   // saved path
-  bool          m_bChanged;     // was the path changed?
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxConfigPathChanger)
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// the native wxConfigBase implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// under Windows we prefer to use the native implementation
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE
-  #ifdef __WIN32__
-    #define wxConfig  wxRegConfig
-    #define sm_classwxConfig sm_classwxRegConfig
-  #else  //WIN16
-    #define wxConfig  wxIniConfig
-    #define sm_classwxConfig sm_classwxIniConfig
-  #endif
-#else // either we're under Unix or wish to use files even under Windows
-  #define wxConfig  wxFileConfig
-  #define sm_classwxConfig sm_classwxFileConfig
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-/*
-  Replace environment variables ($SOMETHING) with their values. The format is
-  $VARNAME or ${VARNAME} where VARNAME contains alphanumeric characters and
-  '_' only. '$' must be escaped ('\$') in order to be taken literally.
-*/
-
-WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxExpandEnvVars(const wxString &sz);
-
-/*
-  Split path into parts removing '..' in progress
- */
-WXDLLEXPORT void wxSplitPath(wxArrayString& aParts, const wxChar *sz);
-
-
-#endif
-  // _WX_CONFIG_H_
-

include/wx/config.h

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _WX_CONFIG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CONFIG_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/confbase.h"
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE
-#  ifdef __WIN32__
-#    include "wx/msw/regconf.h"
-#else
-#    include "wx/msw/iniconf.h"
-#  endif
-#else
-#    include "wx/fileconf.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_CONFIG_H_BASE_

include/wx/containr.h

@@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/containr.h
-// Purpose:     wxControlContainer class declration: a "mix-in" class which
-//              implements the TAB navigation between the controls
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     06.08.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CONTAINR_H_
-#define _WX_CONTAINR_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "containr.h"
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFocusEvent;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxNavigationKeyEvent;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindowBase;
-
-/*
-   Implementation note: wxControlContainer is not a real mix-in but rather
-   a class meant to be agregated with (and not inherited from). Although
-   logically it should be a mix-in, doing it like this has no advantage from
-   the point of view of the existing code but does have some problems (we'd
-   need to play tricks with event handlers which may be difficult to do
-   safely). The price we pay for this simplicity is the ugly macros below.
- */
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxControlContainer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxControlContainer
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and such
-    wxControlContainer(wxWindow *winParent = NULL);
-    void SetContainerWindow(wxWindow *winParent) { m_winParent = winParent; }
-
-    // default item access: we have a permanent default item which is the one
-    // set by the user code but we may also have a temporary default item which
-    // would be chosen if the user pressed "Enter" now but the default action
-    // reverts to the "permanent" default as soon as this temporary default
-    // item lsoes focus
-
-    // get the default item, temporary or permanent
-    wxWindow *GetDefaultItem() const
-        { return m_winTmpDefault ? m_winTmpDefault : m_winDefault; }
-
-    // set the permanent default item, return its old value
-    wxWindow *SetDefaultItem(wxWindow *win)
-        { wxWindow *winOld = m_winDefault; m_winDefault = win; return winOld; }
-
-    // set a temporary default item, SetTmpDefaultItem(NULL) should be called
-    // soon after a call to SetTmpDefaultItem(window)
-    void SetTmpDefaultItem(wxWindow *win) { m_winTmpDefault = win; }
-
-    // the methods to be called from the window event handlers
-    void HandleOnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event);
-    void HandleOnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
-    void HandleOnWindowDestroy(wxWindowBase *child);
-
-    // should be called from SetFocus(), returns FALSE if we did nothing with
-    // the focus and the default processing should take place
-    bool DoSetFocus();
-
-    // can our child get the focus?
-    bool AcceptsFocus() const;
-
-    // called from OnChildFocus() handler, i.e. when one of our (grand)
-    // children gets the focus
-    void SetLastFocus(wxWindow *win);
-
-protected:
-    // set the focus to the child which had it the last time
-    bool SetFocusToChild();
-
-    // the parent window we manage the children for
-    wxWindow *m_winParent;
-
-    // the child which had the focus last time this panel was activated
-    wxWindow *m_winLastFocused;
-
-    // a default window (usually a button) or NULL
-    wxWindow *m_winDefault;
-
-    // a temporary override of m_winDefault, use the latter if NULL
-    wxWindow *m_winTmpDefault;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxControlContainer)
-};
-
-// this function is for wxWindows internal use only
-extern bool wxSetFocusToChild(wxWindow *win, wxWindow **child);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros which may be used by the classes wishing to implement TAB navigation
-// among their children
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// declare the methods to be forwarded
-#define WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER() \
-public: \
-    void OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event); \
-    void OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); \
-    virtual void OnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& event); \
-    virtual void SetFocus(); \
-    virtual void RemoveChild(wxWindowBase *child); \
-    virtual wxWindow *GetDefaultItem() const; \
-    virtual wxWindow *SetDefaultItem(wxWindow *child); \
-    virtual void SetTmpDefaultItem(wxWindow *win); \
-    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const; \
-\
-protected: \
-    wxControlContainer m_container
-
-// implement the event table entries for wxControlContainer
-#define WX_EVENT_TABLE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(classname) \
-    EVT_SET_FOCUS(classname::OnFocus) \
-    EVT_CHILD_FOCUS(classname::OnChildFocus) \
-    EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY(classname::OnNavigationKey)
-
-// implement the methods forwarding to the wxControlContainer
-#define WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER(classname)  \
-wxWindow *classname::SetDefaultItem(wxWindow *child) \
-{ \
-    return m_container.SetDefaultItem(child); \
-} \
- \
-void classname::SetTmpDefaultItem(wxWindow *child) \
-{ \
-    m_container.SetTmpDefaultItem(child); \
-} \
- \
-wxWindow *classname::GetDefaultItem() const \
-{ \
-    return m_container.GetDefaultItem(); \
-} \
- \
-void classname::OnNavigationKey( wxNavigationKeyEvent& event ) \
-{ \
-    m_container.HandleOnNavigationKey(event); \
-} \
- \
-void classname::RemoveChild(wxWindowBase *child) \
-{ \
-    m_container.HandleOnWindowDestroy(child); \
- \
-    wxWindow::RemoveChild(child); \
-} \
- \
-void classname::SetFocus() \
-{ \
-    if ( !m_container.DoSetFocus() ) \
-        wxWindow::SetFocus(); \
-} \
- \
-void classname::OnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& event) \
-{ \
-    m_container.SetLastFocus(event.GetWindow()); \
-} \
- \
-void classname::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) \
-{ \
-    m_container.HandleOnFocus(event); \
-} \
-bool classname::AcceptsFocus() const \
-{ \
-    return m_container.AcceptsFocus(); \
-}
-
-
-#endif // _WX_CONTAINR_H_

include/wx/control.h

@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/control.h
-// Purpose:     wxControl common interface
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     26.07.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CONTROL_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CONTROL_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "controlbase.h"
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
-
-#include "wx/window.h"      // base class
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxControlNameStr;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxControl is the base class for all controls
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxControlBase : public wxWindow
-{
-public:
-    virtual ~wxControlBase();
-
-    // Create() function adds the validator parameter
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = 0,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr);
-
-    // simulates the event of given type (i.e. wxButton::Command() is just as
-    // if the button was clicked)
-    virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent &event);
-
-    // get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)
-    int GetAlignment() const { return m_windowStyle & wxALIGN_MASK; }
-
-protected:
-    // creates the control (calls wxWindowBase::CreateBase inside) and adds it
-    // to the list of parents children
-    bool CreateControl(wxWindowBase *parent,
-                       wxWindowID id,
-                       const wxPoint& pos,
-                       const wxSize& size,
-                       long style,
-                       const wxValidator& validator,
-                       const wxString& name);
-
-    // inherit colour and font settings from the parent window
-    void InheritAttributes();
-
-    // initialize the common fields of wxCommandEvent
-    void InitCommandEvent(wxCommandEvent& event) const;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include platform-dependent wxControl declarations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/control.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/control.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/control.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/control.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/control.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/control.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/control.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_CONTROL_H_BASE_

include/wx/cshelp.h

@@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/cshelp.h
-// Purpose:     Context-sensitive help support classes
-// Author:      Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     08/09/2000
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CSHELPH__
-#define _WX_CSHELPH__
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "cshelp.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HELP
-
-#include "wx/help.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_BMPBUTTON
-#include "wx/bmpbuttn.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// classes used to implement context help UI
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- * wxContextHelp
- * Invokes context-sensitive help. When the user
- * clicks on a window, a wxEVT_HELP event will be sent to that
- * window for the application to display help for.
- */
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxContextHelp : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxContextHelp(wxWindow* win = NULL, bool beginHelp = TRUE);
-    virtual ~wxContextHelp();
-
-    bool BeginContextHelp(wxWindow* win);
-    bool EndContextHelp();
-
-    bool EventLoop();
-    bool DispatchEvent(wxWindow* win, const wxPoint& pt);
-
-    void SetStatus(bool status) { m_status = status; }
-
-protected:
-    bool    m_inHelp;
-    bool    m_status; // TRUE if the user left-clicked
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxContextHelp)
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_BMPBUTTON
-/*
- * wxContextHelpButton
- * You can add this to your dialogs (especially on non-Windows platforms)
- * to put the application into context help mode.
- */
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxContextHelpButton : public wxBitmapButton
-{
-public:
-    wxContextHelpButton(wxWindow* parent,
-                        wxWindowID id = wxID_CONTEXT_HELP,
-                        const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                        long style = wxBU_AUTODRAW);
-
-    void OnContextHelp(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxContextHelpButton)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// classes used to implement context help support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxHelpProvider is an abstract class used by the program implementing context help to
-// show the help text (or whatever: it may be HTML page or anything else) for
-// the given window.
-//
-// The current help provider must be explicitly set by the application using
-// wxHelpProvider::Set().
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHelpProvider
-{
-public:
-    // get/set the current (application-global) help provider (Set() returns
-    // the previous one)
-    static wxHelpProvider *Set(wxHelpProvider *helpProvider)
-    {
-        wxHelpProvider *helpProviderOld = ms_helpProvider;
-        ms_helpProvider = helpProvider;
-        return helpProviderOld;
-    }
-
-    // unlike some other class, the help provider is not created on demand,
-    // this must be explicitly done by the application
-    static wxHelpProvider *Get() { return ms_helpProvider; }
-
-    // get the help string (whose interpretation is help provider dependent
-    // except that empty string always means that no help is associated with
-    // the window) for this window
-    virtual wxString GetHelp(const wxWindowBase *window) = 0;
-
-    // do show help for the given window (uses GetHelp() internally if
-    // applicable), return TRUE if it was done or FALSE if no help available
-    // for this window
-    virtual bool ShowHelp(wxWindowBase *window) = 0;
-
-    // associate the text with the given window or id: although all help
-    // providers have these functions to allow making wxWindow::SetHelpText()
-    // work, not all of them implement them
-    virtual void AddHelp(wxWindowBase *window, const wxString& text);
-
-    // this version associates the given text with all window with this id
-    // (may be used to set the same help string for all [Cancel] buttons in
-    // the application, for example)
-    virtual void AddHelp(wxWindowID id, const wxString& text);
-
-    // removes the association
-    virtual void RemoveHelp(wxWindowBase* window);
-
-    // virtual dtor for any base class
-    virtual ~wxHelpProvider();
-
-private:
-    static wxHelpProvider *ms_helpProvider;
-};
-
-// wxSimpleHelpProvider is an implementation of wxHelpProvider which supports
-// only plain text help strings and shows the string associated with the
-// control (if any) in a tooltip
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSimpleHelpProvider : public wxHelpProvider
-{
-public:
-    // implement wxHelpProvider methods
-    virtual wxString GetHelp(const wxWindowBase *window);
-    virtual bool ShowHelp(wxWindowBase *window);
-    virtual void AddHelp(wxWindowBase *window, const wxString& text);
-    virtual void AddHelp(wxWindowID id, const wxString& text);
-    virtual void RemoveHelp(wxWindowBase* window);
-
-protected:
-    // we use 2 hashes for storing the help strings associated with windows
-    // and the ids
-    wxStringHashTable m_hashWindows,
-                     m_hashIds;
-};
-
-// wxHelpControllerHelpProvider is an implementation of wxHelpProvider which supports
-// both context identifiers and plain text help strings. If the help text is an integer,
-// it is passed to wxHelpController::DisplayContextPopup. Otherwise, it shows the string
-// in a tooltip as per wxSimpleHelpProvider.
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHelpControllerHelpProvider : public wxSimpleHelpProvider
-{
-public:
-    // Note that it doesn't own the help controller. The help controller
-    // should be deleted separately.
-    wxHelpControllerHelpProvider(wxHelpControllerBase* hc = (wxHelpControllerBase*) NULL);
-
-    // implement wxHelpProvider methods
-    virtual bool ShowHelp(wxWindowBase *window);
-
-    // Other accessors
-    void SetHelpController(wxHelpControllerBase* hc) { m_helpController = hc; }
-    wxHelpControllerBase* GetHelpController() const { return m_helpController; }
-
-protected:
-    wxHelpControllerBase*   m_helpController;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHelpControllerHelpProvider)
-};
-
-// Convenience function for turning context id into wxString
-WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxContextId(int id);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HELP
-
-#endif // _WX_CSHELPH__
-

include/wx/ctrlsub.h

@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/ctrlsub.h (read: "wxConTRoL with SUBitems")
-// Purpose:     wxControlWithItems interface
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     22.10.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CTRLSUB_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CTRLSUB_H_BASE_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "controlwithitems.h"
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
-
-#include "wx/control.h"      // base class
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxItemContainer defines an interface which is implemented by all controls
-// which have string subitems each of which may be selected.
-//
-// Examples: wxListBox, wxCheckListBox, wxChoice and wxComboBox (which
-// implements an extended interface deriving from this one)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxItemContainer
-{
-public:
-    wxItemContainer() { m_clientDataItemsType = wxClientData_None; }
-    virtual ~wxItemContainer();
-
-    // adding items
-    // ------------
-
-    int Append(const wxString& item)
-        { return DoAppend(item); }
-    int Append(const wxString& item, void *clientData)
-        { int n = DoAppend(item); SetClientData(n, clientData); return n; }
-    int Append(const wxString& item, wxClientData *clientData)
-        { int n = DoAppend(item); SetClientObject(n, clientData); return n; }
-
-    // append several items at once to the control
-    void Append(const wxArrayString& strings);
-
-    int Insert(const wxString& item, int pos)
-        { return DoInsert(item, pos); }
-    int Insert(const wxString& item, int pos, void *clientData);
-    int Insert(const wxString& item, int pos, wxClientData *clientData);
-
-    // deleting items
-    // --------------
-
-    virtual void Clear() = 0;
-    virtual void Delete(int n) = 0;
-
-    // accessing strings
-    // -----------------
-
-    virtual int GetCount() const = 0;
-    bool IsEmpty() const { return GetCount() == 0; }
-
-    virtual wxString GetString(int n) const = 0;
-    virtual void SetString(int n, const wxString& s) = 0;
-    virtual int FindString(const wxString& s) const = 0;
-
-    // selection
-    // ---------
-
-    virtual void Select(int n) = 0;
-    virtual int GetSelection() const = 0;
-
-    wxString GetStringSelection() const;
-
-    // misc
-    // ----
-
-    // client data stuff
-    void SetClientData(int n, void* clientData);
-    void* GetClientData(int n) const;
-
-    void SetClientObject(int n, wxClientData* clientData);
-    wxClientData* GetClientObject(int n) const;
-
-    bool HasClientObjectData() const
-        { return m_clientDataItemsType == wxClientData_Object; }
-    bool HasClientUntypedData() const
-        { return m_clientDataItemsType == wxClientData_Void; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_2
-    // compatibility - these functions are deprecated, use the new ones
-    // instead
-    int Number() const { return GetCount(); }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_2
-
-protected:
-    virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item) = 0;
-    virtual int DoInsert(const wxString& item, int pos) = 0;
-
-    virtual void DoSetItemClientData(int n, void* clientData) = 0;
-    virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(int n) const = 0;
-    virtual void DoSetItemClientObject(int n, wxClientData* clientData) = 0;
-    virtual wxClientData* DoGetItemClientObject(int n) const = 0;
-
-    // the type of the client data for the items
-    wxClientDataType m_clientDataItemsType;
-};
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxControlWithItems : public wxControl, public wxItemContainer
-{
-public:
-    wxControlWithItems() { }
-    virtual ~wxControlWithItems();
-    
-    // we have to redefine these functions here to avoid ambiguities in classes
-    // deriving from us which would arise otherwise because both base classses
-    // have the methods with the same names - hopefully, a smart compiler can
-    // optimize away these simple inline wrappers so we don't suffer much from
-    // this
-
-    void SetClientData(void *data)
-    {
-        wxControl::SetClientData(data);
-    }
-
-    void *GetClientData() const
-    {
-        return wxControl::GetClientData();
-    }
-
-    void SetClientObject(wxClientData *data)
-    {
-        wxControl::SetClientObject(data);
-    }
-
-    wxClientData *GetClientObject() const
-    {
-        return wxControl::GetClientObject();
-    }
-
-    void SetClientData(int n, void* clientData)
-    {
-        wxItemContainer::SetClientData(n, clientData);
-    }
-
-    void* GetClientData(int n) const
-    {
-        return wxItemContainer::GetClientData(n);
-    }
-
-    void SetClientObject(int n, wxClientData* clientData)
-    {
-        wxItemContainer::SetClientObject(n, clientData);
-    }
-
-    wxClientData* GetClientObject(int n) const
-    {
-        return wxItemContainer::GetClientObject(n);
-    }
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
-
-#endif // _WX_CTRLSUB_H_BASE_
-

include/wx/cursor.h

@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _WX_CURSOR_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CURSOR_H_BASE_
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-#include "wx/msw/cursor.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-#include "wx/motif/cursor.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#include "wx/gtk/cursor.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-#include "wx/x11/cursor.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-#include "wx/mgl/cursor.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-#include "wx/mac/cursor.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-#include "wx/cocoa/cursor.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/cursor.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/utils.h"
-
-/* This is a small class which can be used by all ports
-   to temporarily suspend the busy cursor. Useful in modal
-   dialogs.
-
-   Actually that is not (any longer) quite true..  currently it is
-   only used in wxGTK Dialog::ShowModal() and now uses static
-   wxBusyCursor methods that are only implemented for wxGTK so far.
-   The BusyCursor handling code should probably be implemented in
-   common code somewhere instead of the separate implementations we
-   currently have.  Also the name BusyCursorSuspender is a little
-   misleading since it doesn't actually suspend the BusyCursor, just
-   masks one that is already showing.
-   If another call to wxBeginBusyCursor is made while this is active
-   the Busy Cursor will again be shown.  But at least now it doesn't
-   interfere with the state of wxIsBusy() -- RL
-
-*/
-class wxBusyCursorSuspender
-{
-public:
-    wxBusyCursorSuspender()
-    {
-        if( wxIsBusy() )
-        {
-            wxSetCursor( wxBusyCursor::GetStoredCursor() );
-        }
-    }
-    ~wxBusyCursorSuspender()
-    {
-        if( wxIsBusy() )
-        {
-            wxSetCursor( wxBusyCursor::GetBusyCursor() );
-        }
-    }
-};
-#endif
-    // _WX_CURSOR_H_BASE_

include/wx/dataobj.h

@@ -1,486 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/dataobj.h
-// Purpose:     common data object classes
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     26.05.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows Team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DATAOBJ_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DATAOBJ_H_BASE_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "dataobjbase.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DATAOBJ
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-
-// ============================================================================
-/*
-   Generic data transfer related classes. The class hierarchy is as follows:
-
-                                - wxDataObject-
-                               /               \
-                              /                 \
-            wxDataObjectSimple                  wxDataObjectComposite
-           /           |      \
-          /            |       \
-   wxTextDataObject    |     wxBitmapDataObject
-                       |
-               wxCustomDataObject
-
-*/
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataFormat class is declared in platform-specific headers: it represents
-// a format for data which may be either one of the standard ones (text,
-// bitmap, ...) or a custom one which is then identified by a unique string.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/* the class interface looks like this (pseudo code):
-
-class wxDataFormat
-{
-public:
-    typedef <integral type> NativeFormat;
-
-    wxDataFormat(NativeFormat format = wxDF_INVALID);
-    wxDataFormat(const wxChar *format);
-
-    wxDataFormat& operator=(NativeFormat format);
-    wxDataFormat& operator=(const wxDataFormat& format);
-
-    bool operator==(NativeFormat format) const;
-    bool operator!=(NativeFormat format) const;
-
-    void SetType(NativeFormat format);
-    NativeFormat GetType() const;
-
-    wxString GetId() const;
-    void SetId(const wxChar *format);
-};
-
-*/
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/ole/dataform.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/dataform.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/dataform.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-    #include "wx/x11/dataform.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/dataform.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/dataform.h"
-#endif
-
-// the value for default argument to some functions (corresponds to
-// wxDF_INVALID)
-extern WXDLLEXPORT const wxDataFormat& wxFormatInvalid;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataObject represents a piece of data which knows which formats it
-// supports and knows how to render itself in each of them - GetDataHere(),
-// and how to restore data from the buffer (SetData()).
-//
-// Although this class may be used directly (i.e. custom classes may be
-// derived from it), in many cases it might be simpler to use either
-// wxDataObjectSimple or wxDataObjectComposite classes.
-//
-// A data object may be "read only", i.e. support only GetData() functions or
-// "read-write", i.e. support both GetData() and SetData() (in principle, it
-// might be "write only" too, but this is rare). Moreover, it doesn't have to
-// support the same formats in Get() and Set() directions: for example, a data
-// object containing JPEG image might accept BMPs in GetData() because JPEG
-// image may be easily transformed into BMP but not in SetData(). Accordingly,
-// all methods dealing with formats take an additional "direction" argument
-// which is either SET or GET and which tells the function if the format needs
-// to be supported by SetData() or GetDataHere().
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataObjectBase
-{
-public:
-    enum Direction
-    {
-        Get  = 0x01,    // format is supported by GetDataHere()
-        Set  = 0x02,    // format is supported by SetData()
-        Both = 0x03     // format is supported by both (unused currently)
-    };
-
-    // this class is polymorphic, hence it needs a virtual dtor
-    virtual ~wxDataObjectBase();
-
-    // get the best suited format for rendering our data
-    virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(Direction dir = Get) const = 0;
-
-    // get the number of formats we support
-    virtual size_t GetFormatCount(Direction dir = Get) const = 0;
-
-    // return all formats in the provided array (of size GetFormatCount())
-    virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats,
-                               Direction dir = Get) const = 0;
-
-    // get the (total) size of data for the given format
-    virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const = 0;
-
-    // copy raw data (in the specified format) to the provided buffer, return
-    // TRUE if data copied successfully, FALSE otherwise
-    virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const = 0;
-
-    // get data from the buffer of specified length (in the given format),
-    // return TRUE if the data was read successfully, FALSE otherwise
-    virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
-                         size_t WXUNUSED(len), const void * WXUNUSED(buf))
-    {
-        return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    // returns TRUE if this format is supported
-    bool IsSupported(const wxDataFormat& format, Direction dir = Get) const;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the platform-specific declarations of wxDataObject
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/ole/dataobj.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/dataobj.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-    #include "wx/x11/dataobj.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/dataobj.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/dataobj.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/dataobj.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataObjectSimple is a wxDataObject which only supports one format (in
-// both Get and Set directions, but you may return FALSE from GetDataHere() or
-// SetData() if one of them is not supported). This is the simplest possible
-// wxDataObject implementation.
-//
-// This is still an "abstract base class" (although it doesn't have any pure
-// virtual functions), to use it you should derive from it and implement
-// GetDataSize(), GetDataHere() and SetData() functions because the base class
-// versions don't do anything - they just return "not implemented".
-//
-// This class should be used when you provide data in only one format (no
-// conversion to/from other formats), either a standard or a custom one.
-// Otherwise, you should use wxDataObjectComposite or wxDataObject directly.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataObjectSimple : public wxDataObject
-{
-public:
-    // ctor takes the format we support, but it can also be set later with
-    // SetFormat()
-    wxDataObjectSimple(const wxDataFormat& format = wxFormatInvalid)
-        : m_format(format)
-        {
-        }
-
-    // get/set the format we support
-    const wxDataFormat& GetFormat() const { return m_format; }
-    void SetFormat(const wxDataFormat& format) { m_format = format; }
-
-    // virtual functions to override in derived class (the base class versions
-    // just return "not implemented")
-    // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-    // get the size of our data
-    virtual size_t GetDataSize() const
-        { return 0; }
-
-    // copy our data to the buffer
-    virtual bool GetDataHere(void *WXUNUSED(buf)) const
-        { return FALSE; }
-
-    // copy data from buffer to our data
-    virtual bool SetData(size_t WXUNUSED(len), const void *WXUNUSED(buf))
-        { return FALSE; }
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    // ----------------------------------
-    virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const
-        { return m_format; }
-    virtual size_t GetFormatCount(wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const
-        { return 1; }
-    virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats,
-                               wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const
-        { *formats = m_format; }
-    virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) const
-        { return GetDataSize(); }
-    virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
-                             void *buf) const
-        { return GetDataHere(buf); }
-    virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
-                         size_t len, const void *buf)
-        { return SetData(len, buf); }
-
-private:
-    // the one and only format we support
-    wxDataFormat m_format;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataObjectComposite is the simplest way to implement wxDataObject
-// supporting multiple formats. It contains several wxDataObjectSimple and
-// supports all formats supported by any of them.
-//
-// This class shouldn't be (normally) derived from, but may be used directly.
-// If you need more flexibility than what it provides, you should probably use
-// wxDataObject directly.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxDataObjectSimple, wxSimpleDataObjectList);
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataObjectComposite : public wxDataObject
-{
-public:
-    // ctor
-    wxDataObjectComposite();
-
-    // add data object (it will be deleted by wxDataObjectComposite, hence it
-    // must be allocated on the heap) whose format will become the preferred
-    // one if preferred == TRUE
-    void Add(wxDataObjectSimple *dataObject, bool preferred = FALSE);
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    // ----------------------------------
-    virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(wxDataObjectBase::Direction dir = Get) const;
-    virtual size_t GetFormatCount(wxDataObjectBase::Direction dir = Get) const;
-    virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats, wxDataObjectBase::Direction dir = Get) const;
-    virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const;
-    virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const;
-    virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, size_t len, const void *buf);
-
-protected:
-    // returns the pointer to the object which supports this format or NULL
-    wxDataObjectSimple *GetObject(const wxDataFormat& format) const;
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    virtual const void* GetSizeFromBuffer( const void* buffer, size_t* size,
-                                           const wxDataFormat& format );
-    virtual void* SetSizeInBuffer( void* buffer, size_t size,
-                                   const wxDataFormat& format );
-    virtual size_t GetBufferOffset( const wxDataFormat& format );
-#endif
-
-private:
-    // the list of all (simple) data objects whose formats we support
-    wxSimpleDataObjectList m_dataObjects;
-
-    // the index of the preferred one (0 initially, so by default the first
-    // one is the preferred)
-    size_t m_preferred;
-};
-
-// ============================================================================
-// Standard implementations of wxDataObjectSimple which can be used directly
-// (i.e. without having to derive from them) for standard data type transfers.
-//
-// Note that although all of them can work with provided data, you can also
-// override their virtual GetXXX() functions to only provide data on demand.
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextDataObject contains text data
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple
-{
-public:
-    // ctor: you can specify the text here or in SetText(), or override
-    // GetText()
-    wxTextDataObject(const wxString& text = wxEmptyString)
-        : wxDataObjectSimple(wxUSE_UNICODE?wxDF_UNICODETEXT:wxDF_TEXT),
-          m_text(text)
-        {
-        }
-
-    // virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide text on
-    // demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used
-    virtual size_t GetTextLength() const { return m_text.Len() + 1; }
-    virtual wxString GetText() const { return m_text; }
-    virtual void SetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; }
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    // ----------------------------------
-    virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
-    virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
-    virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
-
-private:
-    wxString m_text;
-
-    // virtual function hiding supression
-    size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const
-        { return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataSize(format)); }
-    bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *pBuf) const
-        { return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataHere(format, pBuf)); }
-    bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, size_t nLen, const void* pBuf)
-        { return(wxDataObjectSimple::SetData(format, nLen, pBuf)); }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBitmapDataObject contains a bitmap
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapDataObjectBase : public wxDataObjectSimple
-{
-public:
-    // ctor: you can specify the bitmap here or in SetBitmap(), or override
-    // GetBitmap()
-    wxBitmapDataObjectBase(const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap)
-        : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_BITMAP), m_bitmap(bitmap)
-        {
-        }
-
-    // virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide data on
-    // demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used
-    virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
-    virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_bitmap = bitmap; }
-
-protected:
-    wxBitmap m_bitmap;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileDataObject contains a list of filenames
-//
-// NB: notice that this is a "write only" object, it can only be filled with
-//     data from drag and drop operation.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileDataObjectBase : public wxDataObjectSimple
-{
-public:
-    // ctor: use AddFile() later to fill the array
-    wxFileDataObjectBase() : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_FILENAME) { }
-
-    // get a reference to our array
-    const wxArrayString& GetFilenames() const { return m_filenames; }
-
-    // the Get() functions do nothing for us
-    virtual size_t GetDataSize() const { return 0; }
-    virtual bool GetDataHere(void *WXUNUSED(buf)) const { return FALSE; }
-
-protected:
-    wxArrayString m_filenames;
-
-private:
-    // Virtual function hiding supression
-    size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const
-        { return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataSize(format)); }
-    bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void* pBuf) const
-        { return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataHere(format, pBuf)); }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCustomDataObject contains arbitrary untyped user data.
-//
-// It is understood that this data can be copied bitwise.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCustomDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple
-{
-public:
-    // if you don't specify the format in the ctor, you can still use
-    // SetFormat() later
-    wxCustomDataObject(const wxDataFormat& format = wxFormatInvalid);
-
-    // the dtor calls Free()
-    virtual ~wxCustomDataObject();
-
-    // you can call SetData() to set m_data: it will make a copy of the data
-    // you pass - or you can use TakeData() which won't copy anything, but
-    // will take ownership of data (i.e. will call Free() on it later)
-    void TakeData(size_t size, void *data);
-
-    // this function is called to allocate "size" bytes of memory from
-    // SetData(). The default version uses operator new[].
-    virtual void *Alloc(size_t size);
-
-    // this function is called when the data is freed, you may override it to
-    // anything you want (or may be nothing at all). The default version calls
-    // operator delete[] on m_data
-    virtual void Free();
-
-    // get data: you may override these functions if you wish to provide data
-    // only when it's requested
-    virtual size_t GetSize() const { return m_size; }
-    virtual void *GetData() const { return m_data; }
-
-    // implement base class pure virtuals
-    // ----------------------------------
-    virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
-    virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
-    virtual bool SetData(size_t size, const void *buf);
-
-private:
-    size_t m_size;
-    void  *m_data;
-
-    // virtual function hiding supression
-    size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const
-        { return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataSize(format)); }
-    bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void* pBuf) const
-        { return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataHere(format, pBuf)); }
-    bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, size_t nLen, const void* pBuf)
-        { return(wxDataObjectSimple::SetData(format, nLen, pBuf)); }
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCustomDataObject)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include platform-specific declarations of wxXXXBase classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/ole/dataobj2.h"
-
-    // wxURLDataObject defined in msw/ole/dataobj2.h
-#else // !__WXMSW__
-    #if defined(__WXGTK__)
-        #include "wx/gtk/dataobj2.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXX11__)
-        #include "wx/x11/dataobj2.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-        #include "wx/motif/dataobj2.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-        #include "wx/mac/dataobj2.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXPM__)
-        #include "wx/os2/dataobj2.h"
-    #endif
-
-    // wxURLDataObject is simply wxTextDataObject with a different name
-    class WXDLLEXPORT wxURLDataObject : public wxTextDataObject
-    {
-    public:
-        wxString GetURL() const { return GetText(); }
-        void SetURL(const wxString& url) { SetText(url); }
-    };
-#endif // __WXMSW__/!__WXMSW__
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DATAOBJ
-
-#endif // _WX_DATAOBJ_H_BASE_

include/wx/datetime.inl

@@ -1,547 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/datetime.inl
-// Purpose:     definition of inline functions of wxDateTime and related
-//              classes declared in datetime.h
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Remarks:     having the inline functions here allows us to minimize the
-//              dependencies (and hence the rebuild time) in debug builds.
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     30.11.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows license
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef INCLUDED_FROM_WX_DATETIME_H
-    #error "This file is only included by wx/datetime.h, don't include it manually!"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// private macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY 86400000l
-
-// some broken compilers (HP-UX CC) refuse to compile the "normal" version, but
-// using a temp variable always might prevent other compilers from optimising
-// it away - hence use of this ugly macro
-#ifndef __HPUX__
-    #define MODIFY_AND_RETURN(op) return wxDateTime(*this).op
-#else
-    #define MODIFY_AND_RETURN(op) wxDateTime dt(*this); dt.op; return dt
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDateTime construction
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline bool wxDateTime::IsInStdRange() const
-{
-    return m_time >= 0l && (m_time / TIME_T_FACTOR) < LONG_MAX;
-}
-
-/* static */
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Now()
-{
-    return wxDateTime(*GetTmNow());
-}
-
-/* static */
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Today()
-{
-    struct tm *time = GetTmNow();
-    time->tm_hour = 0;
-    time->tm_min = 0;
-    time->tm_sec = 0;
-
-    return wxDateTime(*time);
-}
-
-#if (!(defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400))
-inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Set(time_t timet)
-{
-    // assign first to avoid long multiplication overflow!
-    m_time = timet - WX_TIME_BASE_OFFSET ;
-    m_time *= TIME_T_FACTOR;
-
-    return *this;
-}
-#endif
-
-inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::SetToCurrent()
-{
-    *this = Now();
-    return *this;
-}
-
-#if (!(defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400))
-inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(time_t timet)
-{
-    Set(timet);
-}
-#endif
-
-inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(const struct tm& tm)
-{
-    Set(tm);
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(const Tm& tm)
-{
-    Set(tm);
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(double jdn)
-{
-    Set(jdn);
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Set(const Tm& tm)
-{
-    wxASSERT_MSG( tm.IsValid(), _T("invalid broken down date/time") );
-
-    return Set(tm.mday, (Month)tm.mon, tm.year, tm.hour, tm.min, tm.sec);
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(wxDateTime_t hour,
-                              wxDateTime_t minute,
-                              wxDateTime_t second,
-                              wxDateTime_t millisec)
-{
-    Set(hour, minute, second, millisec);
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(wxDateTime_t day,
-                              Month        month,
-                              int          year,
-                              wxDateTime_t hour,
-                              wxDateTime_t minute,
-                              wxDateTime_t second,
-                              wxDateTime_t millisec)
-{
-    Set(day, month, year, hour, minute, second, millisec);
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDateTime accessors
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline wxLongLong wxDateTime::GetValue() const
-{
-    wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime"));
-
-    return m_time;
-}
-
-inline time_t wxDateTime::GetTicks() const
-{
-    wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime"));
-    if ( !IsInStdRange() )
-    {
-        return (time_t)-1;
-    }
-
-    return (time_t)((m_time / (long)TIME_T_FACTOR).GetLo())+WX_TIME_BASE_OFFSET ;
-}
-
-inline bool wxDateTime::SetToLastWeekDay(WeekDay weekday,
-                                         Month month,
-                                         int year)
-{
-    return SetToWeekDay(weekday, -1, month, year);
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetWeekDayInSameWeek(WeekDay weekday,
-                                                   WeekFlags flags) const
-{
-    MODIFY_AND_RETURN( SetToWeekDayInSameWeek(weekday) );
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetNextWeekDay(WeekDay weekday) const
-{
-    MODIFY_AND_RETURN( SetToNextWeekDay(weekday) );
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetPrevWeekDay(WeekDay weekday) const
-{
-    MODIFY_AND_RETURN( SetToPrevWeekDay(weekday) );
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetWeekDay(WeekDay weekday,
-                                         int n,
-                                         Month month,
-                                         int year) const
-{
-    wxDateTime dt(*this);
-
-    return dt.SetToWeekDay(weekday, n, month, year) ? dt : wxInvalidDateTime;
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetLastWeekDay(WeekDay weekday,
-                                             Month month,
-                                             int year)
-{
-    wxDateTime dt(*this);
-
-    return dt.SetToLastWeekDay(weekday, month, year) ? dt : wxInvalidDateTime;
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetWeek(wxDateTime_t numWeek,
-                                      WeekDay weekday,
-                                      WeekFlags flags) const
-{
-    wxDateTime dt(*this);
-
-    return dt.SetToTheWeek(numWeek, weekday, flags) ? dt : wxInvalidDateTime;
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetLastMonthDay(Month month, int year) const
-{
-    MODIFY_AND_RETURN( SetToLastMonthDay(month, year) );
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetYearDay(wxDateTime_t yday) const
-{
-    MODIFY_AND_RETURN( SetToYearDay(yday) );
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDateTime comparison
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline bool wxDateTime::IsEqualTo(const wxDateTime& datetime) const
-{
-    wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && datetime.IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime"));
-
-    return m_time == datetime.m_time;
-}
-
-inline bool wxDateTime::IsEarlierThan(const wxDateTime& datetime) const
-{
-    wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && datetime.IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime"));
-
-    return m_time < datetime.m_time;
-}
-
-inline bool wxDateTime::IsLaterThan(const wxDateTime& datetime) const
-{
-    wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && datetime.IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime"));
-
-    return m_time > datetime.m_time;
-}
-
-inline bool wxDateTime::IsStrictlyBetween(const wxDateTime& t1,
-                                          const wxDateTime& t2) const
-{
-    // no need for assert, will be checked by the functions we call
-    return IsLaterThan(t1) && IsEarlierThan(t2);
-}
-
-inline bool wxDateTime::IsBetween(const wxDateTime& t1,
-                                  const wxDateTime& t2) const
-{
-    // no need for assert, will be checked by the functions we call
-    return IsEqualTo(t1) || IsEqualTo(t2) || IsStrictlyBetween(t1, t2);
-}
-
-inline bool wxDateTime::IsSameDate(const wxDateTime& dt) const
-{
-    Tm tm1 = GetTm(),
-       tm2 = dt.GetTm();
-
-    return tm1.year == tm2.year &&
-           tm1.mon == tm2.mon &&
-           tm1.mday == tm2.mday;
-}
-
-inline bool wxDateTime::IsSameTime(const wxDateTime& dt) const
-{
-    // notice that we can't do something like this:
-    //
-    //    m_time % MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY == dt.m_time % MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY
-    //
-    // because we have also to deal with (possibly) different DST settings!
-    Tm tm1 = GetTm(),
-       tm2 = dt.GetTm();
-
-    return tm1.hour == tm2.hour &&
-           tm1.min == tm2.min &&
-           tm1.sec == tm2.sec &&
-           tm1.msec == tm2.msec;
-}
-
-inline bool wxDateTime::IsEqualUpTo(const wxDateTime& dt,
-                                    const wxTimeSpan& ts) const
-{
-    return IsBetween(dt.Subtract(ts), dt.Add(ts));
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDateTime arithmetics
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const
-{
-    wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime"));
-
-    return wxDateTime(m_time + diff.GetValue());
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff)
-{
-    wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime"));
-
-    m_time += diff.GetValue();
-
-    return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::operator+=(const wxTimeSpan& diff)
-{
-    return Add(diff);
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const
-{
-    wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime"));
-
-    return wxDateTime(m_time - diff.GetValue());
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff)
-{
-    wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime"));
-
-    m_time -= diff.GetValue();
-
-    return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::operator-=(const wxTimeSpan& diff)
-{
-    return Subtract(diff);
-}
-
-inline wxTimeSpan wxDateTime::Subtract(const wxDateTime& datetime) const
-{
-    wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && datetime.IsValid(), _T("invalid wxDateTime"));
-
-    return wxTimeSpan(GetValue() - datetime.GetValue());
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Add(const wxDateSpan& diff) const
-{
-    return wxDateTime(*this).Add(diff);
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Subtract(const wxDateSpan& diff)
-{
-    return Add(diff.Negate());
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Subtract(const wxDateSpan& diff) const
-{
-    return wxDateTime(*this).Subtract(diff);
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::operator-=(const wxDateSpan& diff)
-{
-    return Subtract(diff);
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::operator+=(const wxDateSpan& diff)
-{
-    return Add(diff);
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDateTime and timezones
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::ToTimezone(const wxDateTime::TimeZone& tz,
-                                         bool noDST) const
-{
-    MODIFY_AND_RETURN( MakeTimezone(tz, noDST) );
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTimeSpan construction
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline wxTimeSpan::wxTimeSpan(long hours,
-                              long minutes,
-                              long seconds,
-                              long milliseconds)
-{
-    // assign first to avoid precision loss
-    m_diff = hours;
-    m_diff *= 60l;
-    m_diff += minutes;
-    m_diff *= 60l;
-    m_diff += seconds;
-    m_diff *= 1000l;
-    m_diff += milliseconds;
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTimeSpan accessors
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline wxLongLong wxTimeSpan::GetSeconds() const
-{
-    return m_diff / 1000l;
-}
-
-inline int wxTimeSpan::GetMinutes() const
-{
-    return (GetSeconds() / 60l).GetLo();
-}
-
-inline int wxTimeSpan::GetHours() const
-{
-    return GetMinutes() / 60;
-}
-
-inline int wxTimeSpan::GetDays() const
-{
-    return GetHours() / 24;
-}
-
-inline int wxTimeSpan::GetWeeks() const
-{
-    return GetDays() / 7;
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTimeSpan arithmetics
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline wxTimeSpan wxTimeSpan::Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const
-{
-    return wxTimeSpan(m_diff + diff.GetValue());
-}
-
-inline wxTimeSpan& wxTimeSpan::Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff)
-{
-    m_diff += diff.GetValue();
-
-    return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxTimeSpan wxTimeSpan::Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const
-{
-    return wxTimeSpan(m_diff - diff.GetValue());
-}
-
-inline wxTimeSpan& wxTimeSpan::Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff)
-{
-    m_diff -= diff.GetValue();
-
-    return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxTimeSpan& wxTimeSpan::Multiply(int n)
-{
-    m_diff *= (long)n;
-
-    return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxTimeSpan wxTimeSpan::Multiply(int n) const
-{
-    return wxTimeSpan(m_diff * (long)n);
-}
-
-inline wxTimeSpan wxTimeSpan::Abs() const
-{
-    return wxTimeSpan(GetValue().Abs());
-}
-
-inline bool wxTimeSpan::IsEqualTo(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const
-{
-    return GetValue() == ts.GetValue();
-}
-
-inline bool wxTimeSpan::IsLongerThan(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const
-{
-    return GetValue().Abs() > ts.GetValue().Abs();
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDateSpan
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::operator+=(const wxDateSpan& other)
-{
-    m_years += other.m_years;
-    m_months += other.m_months;
-    m_weeks += other.m_weeks;
-    m_days += other.m_days;
-
-    return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::Add(const wxDateSpan& other)
-{
-    return *this += other;
-}
-
-inline wxDateSpan wxDateSpan::Add(const wxDateSpan& other) const
-{
-    wxDateSpan ds(*this);
-    ds.Add(other);
-    return ds;
-}
-
-inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::Multiply(int factor)
-{
-    m_years *= factor;
-    m_months *= factor;
-    m_weeks *= factor;
-    m_days *= factor;
-
-    return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxDateSpan wxDateSpan::Multiply(int factor) const
-{
-    wxDateSpan ds(*this);
-    ds.Multiply(factor);
-    return ds;
-}
-
-inline wxDateSpan wxDateSpan::Negate() const
-{
-    return wxDateSpan(-m_years, -m_months, -m_weeks, -m_days);
-}
-
-inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::Neg()
-{
-    m_years = -m_years;
-    m_months = -m_months;
-    m_weeks = -m_weeks;
-    m_days = -m_days;
-
-    return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::operator-=(const wxDateSpan& other)
-{
-    return *this += other.Negate();
-}
-
-inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::Subtract(const wxDateSpan& other)
-{
-    return *this -= other;
-}
-
-inline wxDateSpan wxDateSpan::Subtract(const wxDateSpan& other) const
-{
-    wxDateSpan ds(*this);
-    ds.Subtract(other);
-    return ds;
-}
-
-#undef MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY
-
-#undef MODIFY_AND_RETURN

include/wx/datstrm.h

@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        datstrm.h
-// Purpose:     Data stream classes
-// Author:      Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     28/06/1998
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DATSTREAM_H_
-#define _WX_DATSTREAM_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "datstrm.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-#include "wx/longlong.h"
-#include "wx/strconv.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataInputStream
-{
-public:
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxDataInputStream(wxInputStream& s, wxMBConv& conv = wxConvUTF8);
-#else
-    wxDataInputStream(wxInputStream& s);
-#endif
-    ~wxDataInputStream();
-    
-    bool IsOk() { return m_input->IsOk(); }
-
-    wxUint64 Read64();
-    wxUint32 Read32();
-    wxUint16 Read16();
-    wxUint8 Read8();
-    double ReadDouble();
-    wxString ReadString();
-
-    wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxString& s);
-    wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxInt8& c);
-    wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxInt16& i);
-    wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxInt32& i);
-    wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxUint8& c);
-    wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxUint16& i);
-    wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxUint32& i);
-    wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxUint64& i);
-    wxDataInputStream& operator>>(double& i);
-    wxDataInputStream& operator>>(float& f);
-
-    void BigEndianOrdered(bool be_order) { m_be_order = be_order; }
-
-protected:
-    wxInputStream *m_input;
-    bool m_be_order;
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxMBConv& m_conv;
-#endif
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataInputStream)
-};
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataOutputStream
-{
-public:
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxDataOutputStream(wxOutputStream& s, wxMBConv& conv = wxConvUTF8);
-#else
-    wxDataOutputStream(wxOutputStream& s);
-#endif
-    ~wxDataOutputStream();
-
-    bool IsOk() { return m_output->IsOk(); }
-
-    void Write64(wxUint64 i);
-    void Write32(wxUint32 i);
-    void Write16(wxUint16 i);
-    void Write8(wxUint8 i);
-    void WriteDouble(double d);
-    void WriteString(const wxString& string);
-
-    wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(const wxChar *string);
-    wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(const wxString& string);
-    wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxInt8 c);
-    wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxInt16 i);
-    wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxInt32 i);
-    wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxUint8 c);
-    wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxUint16 i);
-    wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxUint32 i);
-    wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxUint64 i);
-    wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(double f);
-    wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(float f);
-
-    void BigEndianOrdered(bool be_order) { m_be_order = be_order; }
-
-protected:
-    wxOutputStream *m_output;
-    bool m_be_order;
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    wxMBConv& m_conv;
-#endif
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataOutputStream)
-};
-
-#endif
-  // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_DATSTREAM_H_

include/wx/db.h

@@ -1,776 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/db.h
-// Purpose:     Header file wxDb class.  The wxDb class represents a connection
-//              to an ODBC data source.  The wxDb class allows operations on the data
-//              source such as opening and closing the data source.
-// Author:      Doug Card
-// Modified by: George Tasker
-//              Bart Jourquin
-//              Mark Johnson, wxWindows@mj10777.de
-// Mods:        Dec, 1998:
-//                -Added support for SQL statement logging and database cataloging
-//                     April, 1999
-//                -Added QUERY_ONLY mode support to reduce default number of cursors
-//                -Added additional SQL logging code
-//                -Added DEBUG-ONLY tracking of Ctable objects to detect orphaned DB connections
-//                -Set ODBC option to only read committed writes to the DB so all
-//                     databases operate the same in that respect
-//
-// Created:     9.96
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1996 Remstar International, Inc.
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence, plus:
-// Notice:      This class library and its intellectual design are free of charge for use,
-//              modification, enhancement, debugging under the following conditions:
-//              1) These classes may only be used as part of the implementation of a
-//                 wxWindows-based application
-//              2) All enhancements and bug fixes are to be submitted back to the wxWindows
-//                 user groups free of all charges for use with the wxWindows library.
-//              3) These classes may not be distributed as part of any other class library,
-//                 DLL, text (written or electronic), other than a complete distribution of
-//                 the wxWindows GUI development toolkit.
-//
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DB_H_
-#define _WX_DB_H_
-
-
-// BJO 20000503: introduce new GetColumns members which are more database independant and 
-//               return columns in the order they were created
-#define OLD_GETCOLUMNS 1
-#define EXPERIMENTAL_WXDB_FUNCTIONS 1
-
-#include "wx/version.h"
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "db.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/setup.h"
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-#ifdef __VISUALC__
-    // we need to include standard Windows headers but we can't include
-    // <windows.h> directly when using MFC because it includes it itself in a
-    // different manner
-    #if wxUSE_MFC
-        #include <afxwin.h>
-    #else // !wxUSE_MFC
-        #ifndef STRICT
-            #define STRICT 1
-        #endif
-
-        #include <windows.h>
-        #include "wx/msw/winundef.h"
-    #endif // wxUSE_MFC/!wxUSE_MFC
-
-    // If you use the wxDbCreateDataSource() function with MSW/VC6,
-    // you cannot use the iODBC headers, you must use the VC headers,
-    // plus the odbcinst.h header - gt Nov 2 2000
-    //
-    // Must add "odbccp32.lib" in \wx2\wxWindows\src\makevc.env to the WINLIBS= line
-    //
-    #include "sql.h"
-    #include "sqlext.h"
-    #include "odbcinst.h"
-#else
-    // Use the ones from the library
-    extern "C" {
-        #include <sql.h>
-        #include <sqlext.h>
-    }
-#endif
-
-
-typedef float SFLOAT;
-typedef double SDOUBLE;
-typedef unsigned int UINT;
-#define ULONG UDWORD
-
-#ifndef wxODBC_FWD_ONLY_CURSORS
-#define wxODBC_FWD_ONLY_CURSORS 1
-#endif
-
-enum enumDummy {enumDum1};
-
-#ifndef SQL_C_BOOLEAN
-#define SQL_C_BOOLEAN(datatype) (sizeof(datatype) == 1 ? SQL_C_UTINYINT : (sizeof(datatype) == 2 ? SQL_C_USHORT : SQL_C_ULONG))
-//#  define SQL_C_BOOLEAN (sizeof(int) == 2 ? SQL_C_USHORT : SQL_C_ULONG)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQL_C_ENUM
-#define SQL_C_ENUM (sizeof(enumDummy) == 2 ? SQL_C_USHORT : SQL_C_ULONG)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQL_C_BLOB
-    #ifdef SQL_LONGVARBINARY
-        #define SQL_C_BLOB SQL_LONGVARBINARY
-    #elif SQL_VARBINARY
-        #define SQL_C_BLOB SQL_VARBINARY
-    #endif
-#endif
-/*
-#ifndef TRUE
-#define TRUE true
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FALSE
-#define FALSE false
-#endif
-*/
-const int wxDB_PATH_MAX                 = 254;
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxChar const *) SQL_LOG_FILENAME;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxChar const *) SQL_CATALOG_FILENAME;
-
-// Database Globals
-const int DB_TYPE_NAME_LEN            = 40;
-const int DB_MAX_STATEMENT_LEN        = 4096;
-const int DB_MAX_WHERE_CLAUSE_LEN     = 2048;
-const int DB_MAX_ERROR_MSG_LEN        = 512;
-const int DB_MAX_ERROR_HISTORY        = 5;
-const int DB_MAX_TABLE_NAME_LEN       = 128;
-const int DB_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LEN      = 128;
-
-const int DB_DATA_TYPE_VARCHAR        = 1;
-const int DB_DATA_TYPE_INTEGER        = 2;
-const int DB_DATA_TYPE_FLOAT          = 3;
-const int DB_DATA_TYPE_DATE           = 4;
-const int DB_DATA_TYPE_BLOB           = 5;
-
-const int DB_SELECT_KEYFIELDS         = 1;
-const int DB_SELECT_WHERE             = 2;
-const int DB_SELECT_MATCHING          = 3;
-const int DB_SELECT_STATEMENT         = 4;
-
-const int DB_UPD_KEYFIELDS            = 1;
-const int DB_UPD_WHERE                = 2;
-
-const int DB_DEL_KEYFIELDS            = 1;
-const int DB_DEL_WHERE                = 2;
-const int DB_DEL_MATCHING             = 3;
-
-const int DB_WHERE_KEYFIELDS          = 1;
-const int DB_WHERE_MATCHING           = 2;
-
-const int DB_GRANT_SELECT             = 1;
-const int DB_GRANT_INSERT             = 2;
-const int DB_GRANT_UPDATE             = 4;
-const int DB_GRANT_DELETE             = 8;
-const int DB_GRANT_ALL                = DB_GRANT_SELECT | DB_GRANT_INSERT | DB_GRANT_UPDATE | DB_GRANT_DELETE;
-
-// ODBC Error codes (derived from ODBC SqlState codes)
-enum wxODBC_ERRORS
-{
-    DB_FAILURE                        = 0,
-    DB_SUCCESS                        = 1,
-    DB_ERR_NOT_IN_USE,
-    DB_ERR_GENERAL_WARNING,                            // SqlState = '01000'
-    DB_ERR_DISCONNECT_ERROR,                           // SqlState = '01002'
-    DB_ERR_DATA_TRUNCATED,                             // SqlState = '01004'
-    DB_ERR_PRIV_NOT_REVOKED,                           // SqlState = '01006'
-    DB_ERR_INVALID_CONN_STR_ATTR,                      // SqlState = '01S00'
-    DB_ERR_ERROR_IN_ROW,                               // SqlState = '01S01'
-    DB_ERR_OPTION_VALUE_CHANGED,                       // SqlState = '01S02'
-    DB_ERR_NO_ROWS_UPD_OR_DEL,                         // SqlState = '01S03'
-    DB_ERR_MULTI_ROWS_UPD_OR_DEL,                      // SqlState = '01S04'
-    DB_ERR_WRONG_NO_OF_PARAMS,                         // SqlState = '07001'
-    DB_ERR_DATA_TYPE_ATTR_VIOL,                        // SqlState = '07006'
-    DB_ERR_UNABLE_TO_CONNECT,                          // SqlState = '08001'
-    DB_ERR_CONNECTION_IN_USE,                          // SqlState = '08002'
-    DB_ERR_CONNECTION_NOT_OPEN,                        // SqlState = '08003'
-    DB_ERR_REJECTED_CONNECTION,                        // SqlState = '08004'
-    DB_ERR_CONN_FAIL_IN_TRANS,                         // SqlState = '08007'
-    DB_ERR_COMM_LINK_FAILURE,                          // SqlState = '08S01'
-    DB_ERR_INSERT_VALUE_LIST_MISMATCH,                 // SqlState = '21S01'
-    DB_ERR_DERIVED_TABLE_MISMATCH,                     // SqlState = '21S02'
-    DB_ERR_STRING_RIGHT_TRUNC,                         // SqlState = '22001'
-    DB_ERR_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RNG,                   // SqlState = '22003'
-    DB_ERR_ERROR_IN_ASSIGNMENT,                        // SqlState = '22005'
-    DB_ERR_DATETIME_FLD_OVERFLOW,                      // SqlState = '22008'
-    DB_ERR_DIVIDE_BY_ZERO,                             // SqlState = '22012'
-    DB_ERR_STR_DATA_LENGTH_MISMATCH,                   // SqlState = '22026'
-    DB_ERR_INTEGRITY_CONSTRAINT_VIOL,                  // SqlState = '23000'
-    DB_ERR_INVALID_CURSOR_STATE,                       // SqlState = '24000'
-    DB_ERR_INVALID_TRANS_STATE,                        // SqlState = '25000'
-    DB_ERR_INVALID_AUTH_SPEC,                          // SqlState = '28000'
-    DB_ERR_INVALID_CURSOR_NAME,                        // SqlState = '34000'
-    DB_ERR_SYNTAX_ERROR_OR_ACCESS_VIOL,                // SqlState = '37000'
-    DB_ERR_DUPLICATE_CURSOR_NAME,                      // SqlState = '3C000'
-    DB_ERR_SERIALIZATION_FAILURE,                      // SqlState = '40001'
-    DB_ERR_SYNTAX_ERROR_OR_ACCESS_VIOL2,               // SqlState = '42000'
-    DB_ERR_OPERATION_ABORTED,                          // SqlState = '70100'
-    DB_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_FUNCTION,                       // SqlState = 'IM001'
-    DB_ERR_NO_DATA_SOURCE,                             // SqlState = 'IM002'
-    DB_ERR_DRIVER_LOAD_ERROR,                          // SqlState = 'IM003'
-    DB_ERR_SQLALLOCENV_FAILED,                         // SqlState = 'IM004'
-    DB_ERR_SQLALLOCCONNECT_FAILED,                     // SqlState = 'IM005'
-    DB_ERR_SQLSETCONNECTOPTION_FAILED,                 // SqlState = 'IM006'
-    DB_ERR_NO_DATA_SOURCE_DLG_PROHIB,                  // SqlState = 'IM007'
-    DB_ERR_DIALOG_FAILED,                              // SqlState = 'IM008'
-    DB_ERR_UNABLE_TO_LOAD_TRANSLATION_DLL,             // SqlState = 'IM009'
-    DB_ERR_DATA_SOURCE_NAME_TOO_LONG,                  // SqlState = 'IM010'
-    DB_ERR_DRIVER_NAME_TOO_LONG,                       // SqlState = 'IM011'
-    DB_ERR_DRIVER_KEYWORD_SYNTAX_ERROR,                // SqlState = 'IM012'
-    DB_ERR_TRACE_FILE_ERROR,                           // SqlState = 'IM013'
-    DB_ERR_TABLE_OR_VIEW_ALREADY_EXISTS,               // SqlState = 'S0001'
-    DB_ERR_TABLE_NOT_FOUND,                            // SqlState = 'S0002'
-    DB_ERR_INDEX_ALREADY_EXISTS,                       // SqlState = 'S0011'
-    DB_ERR_INDEX_NOT_FOUND,                            // SqlState = 'S0012'
-    DB_ERR_COLUMN_ALREADY_EXISTS,                      // SqlState = 'S0021'
-    DB_ERR_COLUMN_NOT_FOUND,                           // SqlState = 'S0022'
-    DB_ERR_NO_DEFAULT_FOR_COLUMN,                      // SqlState = 'S0023'
-    DB_ERR_GENERAL_ERROR,                              // SqlState = 'S1000'
-    DB_ERR_MEMORY_ALLOCATION_FAILURE,                  // SqlState = 'S1001'
-    DB_ERR_INVALID_COLUMN_NUMBER,                      // SqlState = 'S1002'
-    DB_ERR_PROGRAM_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE,                  // SqlState = 'S1003'
-    DB_ERR_SQL_DATA_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE,                 // SqlState = 'S1004'
-    DB_ERR_OPERATION_CANCELLED,                        // SqlState = 'S1008'
-    DB_ERR_INVALID_ARGUMENT_VALUE,                     // SqlState = 'S1009'
-    DB_ERR_FUNCTION_SEQUENCE_ERROR,                    // SqlState = 'S1010'
-    DB_ERR_OPERATION_INVALID_AT_THIS_TIME,             // SqlState = 'S1011'
-    DB_ERR_INVALID_TRANS_OPERATION_CODE,               // SqlState = 'S1012'
-    DB_ERR_NO_CURSOR_NAME_AVAIL,                       // SqlState = 'S1015'
-    DB_ERR_INVALID_STR_OR_BUF_LEN,                     // SqlState = 'S1090'
-    DB_ERR_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE,               // SqlState = 'S1091'
-    DB_ERR_OPTION_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE,                   // SqlState = 'S1092'
-    DB_ERR_INVALID_PARAM_NO,                           // SqlState = 'S1093'
-    DB_ERR_INVALID_SCALE_VALUE,                        // SqlState = 'S1094'
-    DB_ERR_FUNCTION_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE,                 // SqlState = 'S1095'
-    DB_ERR_INF_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE,                      // SqlState = 'S1096'
-    DB_ERR_COLUMN_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE,                   // SqlState = 'S1097'
-    DB_ERR_SCOPE_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE,                    // SqlState = 'S1098'
-    DB_ERR_NULLABLE_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE,                 // SqlState = 'S1099'
-    DB_ERR_UNIQUENESS_OPTION_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE,        // SqlState = 'S1100'
-    DB_ERR_ACCURACY_OPTION_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE,          // SqlState = 'S1101'
-    DB_ERR_DIRECTION_OPTION_OUT_OF_RANGE,              // SqlState = 'S1103'
-    DB_ERR_INVALID_PRECISION_VALUE,                    // SqlState = 'S1104'
-    DB_ERR_INVALID_PARAM_TYPE,                         // SqlState = 'S1105'
-    DB_ERR_FETCH_TYPE_OUT_OF_RANGE,                    // SqlState = 'S1106'
-    DB_ERR_ROW_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE,                     // SqlState = 'S1107'
-    DB_ERR_CONCURRENCY_OPTION_OUT_OF_RANGE,            // SqlState = 'S1108'
-    DB_ERR_INVALID_CURSOR_POSITION,                    // SqlState = 'S1109'
-    DB_ERR_INVALID_DRIVER_COMPLETION,                  // SqlState = 'S1110'
-    DB_ERR_INVALID_BOOKMARK_VALUE,                     // SqlState = 'S1111'
-    DB_ERR_DRIVER_NOT_CAPABLE,                         // SqlState = 'S1C00'
-    DB_ERR_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED                             // SqlState = 'S1T00'
-};
-
-#ifndef MAXNAME
-#define MAXNAME         31
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQL_MAX_AUTHSTR_LEN
-// There does not seem to be a standard for this, so I am
-// defaulting to the value that MS uses
-#define SQL_MAX_AUTHSTR_LEN MAXNAME
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDbConnectInf
-{
-    private:
-        bool freeHenvOnDestroy;
-
-    public:
-        HENV Henv;
-        wxChar Dsn[SQL_MAX_DSN_LENGTH+1];                  // Data Source Name
-        wxChar Uid[SQL_MAX_USER_NAME_LEN+1];               // User ID
-        wxChar AuthStr[SQL_MAX_AUTHSTR_LEN+1];             // Authorization string (password)
-
-        wxString Description;                              // Not sure what the max length is
-        wxString FileType;                                 // Not sure what the max length is
-
-        // Optionals needed for some databases like dBase
-        wxString DefaultDir;                               // Directory that db file resides in
-
-    public:
-
-        wxDbConnectInf();
-        wxDbConnectInf(HENV henv, const wxString &dsn, const wxString &userID=wxEmptyString, 
-                       const wxString &password=wxEmptyString, const wxString &defaultDir=wxEmptyString, 
-                       const wxString &description=wxEmptyString, const wxString &fileType=wxEmptyString);
-
-        ~wxDbConnectInf();
-
-        bool             Initialize();
-
-        bool             AllocHenv();
-        void             FreeHenv();
-
-        // Accessors
-        const HENV       &GetHenv()          { return Henv; };
-
-        const wxChar    *GetDsn()           { return Dsn; };
-
-        const wxChar    *GetUid()           { return Uid; };
-        const wxChar    *GetUserID()        { return Uid; };
-
-        const wxChar    *GetAuthStr()       { return AuthStr; };
-        const wxChar    *GetPassword()      { return AuthStr; };
-
-        const wxChar    *GetDescription()   { return Description; };
-        const wxChar    *GetFileType()      { return FileType; };
-        const wxChar    *GetDefaultDir()    { return DefaultDir; };
-
-        void             SetHenv(const HENV henv)               { Henv = henv; };
-
-        void             SetDsn(const wxString &dsn);
-
-        void             SetUserID(const wxString &userID);
-        void             SetUid(const wxString &uid)            { SetUserID(uid); };
-
-        void             SetPassword(const wxString &password);
-        void             SetAuthStr(const wxString &authstr)    { SetPassword(authstr); };
-
-        void             SetDescription(const wxString &desc)   { Description   = desc;     };
-        void             SetFileType(const wxString &fileType)  { FileType      = fileType; };
-        void             SetDefaultDir(const wxString &defDir)  { DefaultDir    = defDir;   };
-};  // class wxDbConnectInf
-
-
-struct WXDLLEXPORT wxDbSqlTypeInfo
-{
-    wxString    TypeName;
-    SWORD       FsqlType;
-    long        Precision;
-    short       CaseSensitive;
-//    short     MinimumScale;
-    short       MaximumScale;
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDbColFor
-{
-public:
-    wxString       s_Field;              // Formated String for Output
-    wxString       s_Format[7];          // Formated Objects - TIMESTAMP has the biggest (7)
-    wxString       s_Amount[7];          // Formated Objects - amount of things that can be formatted
-    int            i_Amount[7];          // Formated Objects - TT MM YYYY HH MM SS m
-    int            i_Nation;             // 0 = timestamp , 1=EU, 2=UK, 3=International, 4=US
-    int            i_dbDataType;         // conversion of the 'sqlDataType' to the generic data type used by these classes
-    SWORD          i_sqlDataType;
-
-    wxDbColFor();
-    ~wxDbColFor();
-
-    void           Initialize();
-    int            Format(int Nation, int dbDataType, SWORD sqlDataType, short columnSize, short decimalDigits);
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDbColInf
-{
-public:
-    wxChar       catalog[128+1];
-    wxChar       schema[128+1];
-    wxChar       tableName[DB_MAX_TABLE_NAME_LEN+1];
-    wxChar       colName[DB_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LEN+1];
-    SWORD        sqlDataType;
-    wxChar       typeName[128+1];
-    SWORD        columnSize;
-    SWORD        bufferLength;
-    short        decimalDigits;
-    short        numPrecRadix;
-    short        nullable;
-    wxChar       remarks[254+1];
-    int          dbDataType;  // conversion of the 'sqlDataType' to the generic data type used by these classes
- // mj10777.19991224 : new
-    int          PkCol;       // Primary key column       0=No; 1= First Key, 2 = Second Key etc.
-    wxChar       PkTableName[DB_MAX_TABLE_NAME_LEN+1]; // Tables that use this PKey as a FKey
-    int          FkCol;       // Foreign key column       0=No; 1= First Key, 2 = Second Key etc.
-    wxChar       FkTableName[DB_MAX_TABLE_NAME_LEN+1]; // Foreign key table name
-    wxDbColFor  *pColFor;                              // How should this columns be formatted
-
-    wxDbColInf();
-    ~wxDbColInf();
-
-    bool Initialize();
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDbTableInf        // Description of a Table
-{
-public:
-    wxChar      tableName[DB_MAX_TABLE_NAME_LEN+1];
-    wxChar      tableType[254+1];           // "TABLE" or "SYSTEM TABLE" etc.
-    wxChar      tableRemarks[254+1];
-    UWORD       numCols;                    // How many Columns does this Table have: GetColumnCount(..);
-    wxDbColInf *pColInf;                    // pColInf = NULL ; User can later call GetColumns(..);
-
-    wxDbTableInf();
-    ~wxDbTableInf();
-
-    bool             Initialize();
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDbInf     // Description of a Database
-{
-public:
-    wxChar        catalog[128+1];
-    wxChar        schema[128+1];
-    int           numTables;           // How many tables does this database have
-    wxDbTableInf *pTableInf;           // pTableInf = new wxDbTableInf[numTables];
-
-    wxDbInf();
-    ~wxDbInf();
-
-    bool          Initialize();
-};
-
-
-enum wxDbSqlLogState
-{
-    sqlLogOFF,
-    sqlLogON
-};
-
-// These are the databases currently tested and working with these classes
-// See the comments in wxDb::Dbms() for exceptions/issues with
-// each of these database engines
-enum wxDBMS
-{
-    dbmsUNIDENTIFIED,
-    dbmsORACLE,
-    dbmsSYBASE_ASA,        // Adaptive Server Anywhere
-    dbmsSYBASE_ASE,        // Adaptive Server Enterprise
-    dbmsMS_SQL_SERVER,
-    dbmsMY_SQL,
-    dbmsPOSTGRES,
-    dbmsACCESS,
-    dbmsDBASE,
-    dbmsINFORMIX,
-    dbmsVIRTUOSO,
-    dbmsDB2,
-    dbmsINTERBASE,
-    dbmsPERVASIVE_SQL,
-    dbmsXBASE_SEQUITER
-};
-
-
-// The wxDb::errorList is copied to this variable when the wxDb object
-// is closed.  This way, the error list is still available after the
-// database object is closed.  This is necessary if the database
-// connection fails so the calling application can show the operator
-// why the connection failed.  Note: as each wxDb object is closed, it
-// will overwrite the errors of the previously destroyed wxDb object in
-// this variable.
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxChar) DBerrorList[DB_MAX_ERROR_HISTORY][DB_MAX_ERROR_MSG_LEN];
-
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDb
-{
-private:
-    bool             dbIsOpen;
-    bool             dbIsCached;      // Was connection created by caching functions
-    wxString         dsn;             // Data source name
-    wxString         uid;             // User ID
-    wxString         authStr;         // Authorization string (password)
-    FILE            *fpSqlLog;        // Sql Log file pointer
-    wxDbSqlLogState  sqlLogState;     // On or Off
-    bool             fwdOnlyCursors;
-    wxDBMS           dbmsType;        // Type of datasource - i.e. Oracle, dBase, SQLServer, etc
-
-    // Private member functions
-    bool             getDbInfo(void);
-    bool             getDataTypeInfo(SWORD fSqlType, wxDbSqlTypeInfo &structSQLTypeInfo);
-    bool             setConnectionOptions(void);
-    void             logError(const wxString &errMsg, const wxString &SQLState);
-    const wxChar    *convertUserID(const wxChar *userID, wxString &UserID);
-    void             initialize();
-
-#if !wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY
-    // ODBC handles
-    HENV  henv;        // ODBC Environment handle
-    HDBC  hdbc;        // ODBC DB Connection handle
-    HSTMT hstmt;       // ODBC Statement handle
-
-    //Error reporting mode
-    bool silent;
-
-    // Number of Ctable objects connected to this db object.  FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY!!!
-    unsigned int nTables;
-
-    // Information about logical data types VARCHAR, INTEGER, FLOAT and DATE.
-     //
-    // This information is obtained from the ODBC driver by use of the
-    // SQLGetTypeInfo() function.  The key piece of information is the
-    // type name the data source uses for each logical data type.
-    // e.g. VARCHAR; Oracle calls it VARCHAR2.
-    wxDbSqlTypeInfo typeInfVarchar;
-    wxDbSqlTypeInfo typeInfInteger;
-    wxDbSqlTypeInfo typeInfFloat;
-    wxDbSqlTypeInfo typeInfDate;
-    wxDbSqlTypeInfo typeInfBlob;
-#endif
-
-public:
-
-    void             setCached(bool cached)  { dbIsCached = cached; };  // This function must only be called by wxDbGetConnection() and wxDbCloseConnections!!!
-    bool             IsCached() { return dbIsCached; };
-
-    bool             GetDataTypeInfo(SWORD fSqlType, wxDbSqlTypeInfo &structSQLTypeInfo)
-                            { return getDataTypeInfo(fSqlType, structSQLTypeInfo); }
-
-#if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY
-    // ODBC handles
-    HENV  henv;        // ODBC Environment handle
-    HDBC  hdbc;        // ODBC DB Connection handle
-    HSTMT hstmt;       // ODBC Statement handle
-
-    //Error reporting mode
-    bool silent;
-
-    // Number of Ctable objects connected to this db object.  FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY!!!
-    unsigned int nTables;
-#endif
-
-    // The following structure contains database information gathered from the
-    // datasource when the datasource is first opened.
-    struct
-    {
-        wxChar dbmsName[40];                             // Name of the dbms product
-        wxChar dbmsVer[64];                              // Version # of the dbms product
-        wxChar driverName[40];                           // Driver name
-        wxChar odbcVer[60];                              // ODBC version of the driver
-        wxChar drvMgrOdbcVer[60];                        // ODBC version of the driver manager
-        wxChar driverVer[60];                            // Driver version
-        wxChar serverName[80];                           // Server Name, typically a connect string
-        wxChar databaseName[128];                        // Database filename
-        wxChar outerJoins[2];                            // Indicates whether the data source supports outer joins
-        wxChar procedureSupport[2];                      // Indicates whether the data source supports stored procedures
-        wxChar accessibleTables[2];                      // Indicates whether the data source only reports accessible tables in SQLTables.
-        UWORD  maxConnections;                           // Maximum # of connections the data source supports
-        UWORD  maxStmts;                                 // Maximum # of HSTMTs per HDBC
-        UWORD  apiConfLvl;                               // ODBC API conformance level
-        UWORD  cliConfLvl;                               // Indicates whether the data source is SAG compliant
-        UWORD  sqlConfLvl;                               // SQL conformance level
-        UWORD  cursorCommitBehavior;                     // Indicates how cursors are affected by a db commit
-        UWORD  cursorRollbackBehavior;                   // Indicates how cursors are affected by a db rollback
-        UWORD  supportNotNullClause;                     // Indicates if data source supports NOT NULL clause
-        wxChar supportIEF[2];                            // Integrity Enhancement Facility (Referential Integrity)
-        UDWORD txnIsolation;                             // Default transaction isolation level supported by the driver
-        UDWORD txnIsolationOptions;                      // Transaction isolation level options available
-        UDWORD fetchDirections;                          // Fetch directions supported
-        UDWORD lockTypes;                                // Lock types supported in SQLSetPos
-        UDWORD posOperations;                            // Position operations supported in SQLSetPos
-        UDWORD posStmts;                                 // Position statements supported
-        UDWORD scrollConcurrency;                        // Concurrency control options supported for scrollable cursors
-        UDWORD scrollOptions;                            // Scroll Options supported for scrollable cursors
-        UDWORD staticSensitivity;                        // Indicates if additions, deletions and updates can be detected
-        UWORD  txnCapable;                               // Indicates if the data source supports transactions
-        UDWORD loginTimeout;                             // Number seconds to wait for a login request
-    } dbInf;
-
-    // ODBC Error Inf.
-    SWORD  cbErrorMsg;
-    int    DB_STATUS;
-    wxChar errorList[DB_MAX_ERROR_HISTORY][DB_MAX_ERROR_MSG_LEN];
-    wxChar errorMsg[SQL_MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH];
-    SDWORD nativeError;
-    wxChar sqlState[20];
-
-#if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY
-    // Information about logical data types VARCHAR, INTEGER, FLOAT and DATE.
-     //
-    // This information is obtained from the ODBC driver by use of the
-    // SQLGetTypeInfo() function.  The key piece of information is the
-    // type name the data source uses for each logical data type.
-    // e.g. VARCHAR; Oracle calls it VARCHAR2.
-    wxDbSqlTypeInfo typeInfVarchar;
-    wxDbSqlTypeInfo typeInfInteger;
-    wxDbSqlTypeInfo typeInfFloat;
-    wxDbSqlTypeInfo typeInfDate;
-    wxDbSqlTypeInfo typeInfBlob;
-#endif
-
-    // Public member functions
-    wxDb(const HENV &aHenv, bool FwdOnlyCursors=(bool)wxODBC_FWD_ONLY_CURSORS);
-    ~wxDb();
-
-    // Data Source Name, User ID, Password and whether open should fail on data type not supported
-    bool         Open(const wxString &Dsn, const wxString &Uid, const wxString &AuthStr, bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported=TRUE);
-    bool         Open(wxDbConnectInf *dbConnectInf);
-    bool         Open(wxDb *copyDb);  // pointer to a wxDb whose connection info should be copied rather than re-queried
-    void         Close(void);
-    bool         CommitTrans(void);
-    bool         RollbackTrans(void);
-    bool         DispAllErrors(HENV aHenv, HDBC aHdbc = SQL_NULL_HDBC, HSTMT aHstmt = SQL_NULL_HSTMT);
-    bool         GetNextError(HENV aHenv, HDBC aHdbc = SQL_NULL_HDBC, HSTMT aHstmt = SQL_NULL_HSTMT);
-    void         DispNextError(void);
-    bool         CreateView(const wxString &viewName, const wxString &colList, const wxString &pSqlStmt, bool attemptDrop=TRUE);
-    bool         DropView(const wxString &viewName);
-    bool         ExecSql(const wxString &pSqlStmt);
-    bool         GetNext(void);
-    bool         GetData(UWORD colNo, SWORD cType, PTR pData, SDWORD maxLen, SDWORD FAR *cbReturned);
-    bool         Grant(int privileges, const wxString &tableName, const wxString &userList = wxT("PUBLIC"));
-    int          TranslateSqlState(const wxString &SQLState);
-    wxDbInf     *GetCatalog(const wxChar *userID=NULL);
-    bool         Catalog(const wxChar *userID=NULL, const wxString &fileName=SQL_CATALOG_FILENAME);
-    int          GetKeyFields(const wxString &tableName, wxDbColInf* colInf, UWORD noCols);
-
-    wxDbColInf  *GetColumns(wxChar *tableName[], const wxChar *userID=NULL);
-    wxDbColInf  *GetColumns(const wxString &tableName, UWORD *numCols, const wxChar *userID=NULL); 
-
-    int             GetColumnCount(const wxString &tableName, const wxChar *userID=NULL);
-    const wxChar   *GetDatabaseName(void)  {return dbInf.dbmsName;}
-    const wxString &GetDataSource(void)    {return dsn;}
-    const wxString &GetDatasourceName(void){return dsn;}
-    const wxString &GetUsername(void)      {return uid;}
-    const wxString &GetPassword(void)      {return authStr;}
-    bool            IsOpen(void)           {return dbIsOpen;}
-    HENV            GetHENV(void)          {return henv;}
-    HDBC            GetHDBC(void)          {return hdbc;}
-    HSTMT           GetHSTMT(void)         {return hstmt;}
-    int             GetTableCount()        {return nTables;}  // number of tables using this connection
-    wxDbSqlTypeInfo GetTypeInfVarchar()    {return typeInfVarchar;}
-    wxDbSqlTypeInfo GetTypeInfInteger()    {return typeInfInteger;}
-    wxDbSqlTypeInfo GetTypeInfFloat()      {return typeInfFloat;}
-    wxDbSqlTypeInfo GetTypeInfDate()       {return typeInfDate;}
-    wxDbSqlTypeInfo GetTypeInfBlob()       {return typeInfBlob;}
-
-    // tableName can refer to a table, view, alias or synonym
-    bool         TableExists(const wxString &tableName, const wxChar *userID=NULL, 
-                             const wxString &tablePath=wxEmptyString);
-    bool         TablePrivileges(const wxString &tableName, const wxString &priv, 
-                                 const wxChar *userID=NULL, const wxChar *schema=NULL, 
-                                 const wxString &path=wxEmptyString);
-
-    // These two functions return the table name or column name in a form ready
-    // for use in SQL statements.  For example, if the datasource allows spaces
-    // in the table name or column name, the returned string will have the
-    // correct enclosing marks around the name to allow it to be properly 
-    // included in a SQL statement
-    const wxString  SQLTableName(const wxChar *tableName);
-    const wxString  SQLColumnName(const wxChar *colName);
-
-    void         LogError(const wxString &errMsg, const wxString &SQLState = wxEmptyString) 
-                        { logError(errMsg, SQLState); }
-    void         SetDebugErrorMessages(bool state) { silent = !state; }
-    bool         SetSqlLogging(wxDbSqlLogState state, const wxString &filename = SQL_LOG_FILENAME, 
-                               bool append = FALSE);
-    bool         WriteSqlLog(const wxString &logMsg);
-
-    wxDBMS       Dbms(void);
-    bool         ModifyColumn(const wxString &tableName, const wxString &columnName,
-                              int dataType, ULONG columnLength=0,
-                              const wxString &optionalParam=wxEmptyString);
-
-    bool         FwdOnlyCursors(void)  {return fwdOnlyCursors;}
-
-    // These two functions are provided strictly for use by wxDbTable.
-    // DO NOT USE THESE FUNCTIONS, OR MEMORY LEAKS MAY OCCUR
-    void         incrementTableCount() { nTables++; return; }
-    void         decrementTableCount() { nTables--; return; }
-
-};  // wxDb
-
-
-// This structure forms a node in a linked list.  The linked list of "DbList" objects
-// keeps track of allocated database connections.  This allows the application to
-// open more than one database connection through ODBC for multiple transaction support
-// or for multiple database support.
-struct wxDbList
-{
-    wxDbList *PtrPrev;       // Pointer to previous item in the list
-    wxString  Dsn;           // Data Source Name
-    wxString  Uid;           // User ID
-    wxString  AuthStr;       // Authorization string (password)
-    wxDb     *PtrDb;         // Pointer to the wxDb object
-    bool      Free;          // Is item free or in use?
-    wxDbList *PtrNext;       // Pointer to next item in the list
-};
-
-
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-#include "wx/object.h"
-class wxTablesInUse : public wxObject
-{
-    public:
-        const wxChar  *tableName;
-        ULONG          tableID;
-        class wxDb    *pDb;
-};  // wxTablesInUse
-#endif
-
-
-// The following routines allow a user to get new database connections, free them
-// for other code segments to use, or close all of them when the application has
-// completed.
-wxDb  WXDLLEXPORT *wxDbGetConnection(wxDbConnectInf *pDbConfig, bool FwdOnlyCursors=(bool)wxODBC_FWD_ONLY_CURSORS);
-bool  WXDLLEXPORT  wxDbFreeConnection(wxDb *pDb);
-void  WXDLLEXPORT  wxDbCloseConnections(void);
-int   WXDLLEXPORT  wxDbConnectionsInUse(void);
-
-
-// Writes a message to the wxLog window (stdout usually) when an internal error
-// situation occurs.  This function only works in DEBUG builds
-const wxChar* WXDLLEXPORT wxDbLogExtendedErrorMsg(const wxChar *userText,
-                                                  wxDb *pDb,
-                                                  const wxChar *ErrFile,
-                                                  int ErrLine);
-
-
-// This function sets the sql log state for all open wxDb objects
-bool  WXDLLEXPORT  wxDbSqlLog(wxDbSqlLogState state, const wxString &filename = SQL_LOG_FILENAME);
-
-
-#if 0
-// MSW/VC6 ONLY!!!  Experimental
-int WXDLLEXPORT wxDbCreateDataSource(const wxString &driverName, const wxString &dsn, const wxString &description=wxEmptyString,
-                                     bool sysDSN=FALSE, const wxString &defDir=wxEmptyString, wxWindow *parent=NULL);
-#endif
-
-// This routine allows you to query a driver manager
-// for a list of available datasources.  Call this routine
-// the first time using SQL_FETCH_FIRST.  Continue to call it
-// using SQL_FETCH_NEXT until you've exhausted the list.
-bool WXDLLEXPORT wxDbGetDataSource(HENV henv, wxChar *Dsn, SWORD DsnMax, wxChar *DsDesc,
-                                   SWORD DsDescMax, UWORD direction = SQL_FETCH_NEXT);
-
-
-// Change this to 0 to remove use of all deprecated functions
-#if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY
-//#################################################################################
-//############### DEPRECATED functions for backward compatability #################
-//#################################################################################
-
-// Backward compability structures/classes.  This will eventually go away
-const int DB_PATH_MAX      = wxDB_PATH_MAX;
-
-typedef wxDb                 wxDB;
-typedef wxDbTableInf         wxTableInf;
-typedef wxDbColInf           wxColInf;
-typedef wxDbColInf           CcolInf;
-typedef wxDbColFor           wxColFor;
-typedef wxDbSqlTypeInfo      SqlTypeInfo;
-typedef wxDbSqlTypeInfo      wxSqlTypeInfo;
-typedef enum wxDbSqlLogState sqlLog;
-typedef enum wxDbSqlLogState wxSqlLogState;
-typedef enum wxDBMS          dbms;
-typedef enum wxDBMS          DBMS;
-typedef wxODBC_ERRORS        ODBC_ERRORS;
-typedef wxDbConnectInf       DbStuff;
-typedef wxDbList             DbList;
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-typedef wxTablesInUse        CstructTablesInUse;
-#endif
-
-// Deprecated function names that are replaced by the function names listed above
-wxDB  WXDLLEXPORT *GetDbConnection(DbStuff *pDbStuff, bool FwdOnlyCursors=(bool)wxODBC_FWD_ONLY_CURSORS);
-bool  WXDLLEXPORT  FreeDbConnection(wxDB *pDb);
-void  WXDLLEXPORT  CloseDbConnections(void);
-int   WXDLLEXPORT  NumberDbConnectionsInUse(void);
-
-bool SqlLog(sqlLog state, const wxChar *filename = SQL_LOG_FILENAME);
-
-bool WXDLLEXPORT GetDataSource(HENV henv, char *Dsn, SWORD DsnMax, char *DsDesc, SWORD DsDescMax,
-                               UWORD direction = SQL_FETCH_NEXT);
-#endif  // Deprecated structures/classes/functions
-
-#endif // _WX_DB_H_
-

include/wx/dbgrid.h

@@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        dbgrid.h
-// Purpose:     Displays a wxDbTable in a wxGrid.
-// Author:      Roger Gammans, Paul Gammans
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 The Computer Surgery (roger@computer-surgery.co.uk)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Branched From : dbgrid.h,v 1.19 2001/03/28 11:16:01
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_DBGRID_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_DBGRID_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "dbgrid.h"
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_ODBC
-#if wxUSE_GRID
-
-#include "wx/log.h"
-#include "wx/dbtable.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/grid.h"
-#include "wx/dbkeyg.h"
-
-#define wxGRID_VALUE_DBAUTO     _T("dbauto")
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(GenericKey,keyarray);
-
-static const int wxUSE_QUERY = -1;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDbGridColInfoBase
-{
-public:
-    //Default ctor
-    wxDbGridColInfoBase() { }
-    wxDbGridColInfoBase(int colNo,
-                        wxString type, wxString title) :
-                        DbCol(colNo),
-                        wxtypename(type),
-                        Title(title)
-                        { }
-    //Copy Ctor
-    wxDbGridColInfoBase(const wxDbGridColInfoBase& ref)
-    {
-        DbCol       = ref.DbCol;
-        wxtypename  = ref.wxtypename;
-        Title       = ref.Title;
-    }
-    //Empty destructor for member obj's
-    ~wxDbGridColInfoBase() {}
-
-    int        DbCol;
-    wxString   wxtypename;
-    wxString   Title;
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDbGridColInfo
-{
-public:
-    wxDbGridColInfo(int colNo,
-                    wxString type,
-                    wxString title,
-                    wxDbGridColInfo *next) :
-        m_data(colNo,type,title)
-    {
-        m_next=next;
-    }
-
-    //Empty List
-    ~wxDbGridColInfo() { delete m_next; }
-
-    //Recurse to find length.
-    int Length() { return (m_next ? m_next->Length() +1 :  1); }
-
-    // Adds a new column info (2 step creation)
-    void AddColInfo (int colNo,
-                    wxString type,
-                    wxString title)
-    {
-        GetLast()->m_next = new wxDbGridColInfo (colNo, type, title, NULL);
-    }
-
-    // Searches last
-    wxDbGridColInfo *GetLast() { return (m_next ? m_next->GetLast() : this); }
-
-
-    protected:
-    wxDbGridColInfoBase  m_data;
-    wxDbGridColInfo     *m_next;
-
-    friend class wxDbGridTableBase;
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDbGridCellAttrProvider : public wxGridCellAttrProvider
-{
-public:
-    wxDbGridCellAttrProvider();
-    wxDbGridCellAttrProvider(wxDbTable *tab, wxDbGridColInfoBase* ColInfo);
-    virtual ~wxDbGridCellAttrProvider();
-
-    virtual wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col,
-                                    wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind) const;
-    virtual void AssignDbTable(wxDbTable *tab);
-private:
-    wxDbTable           *m_data;
-    wxDbGridColInfoBase *m_ColInfo;
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDbGridTableBase : public wxGridTableBase
-{
-public:
-    wxDbGridTableBase(wxDbTable *tab, wxDbGridColInfo *ColInfo,
-              int count = wxUSE_QUERY, bool takeOwnership = TRUE);
-    ~wxDbGridTableBase();
-
-    virtual int GetNumberRows()
-    {
-        wxLogDebug(" GetNumberRows() = %i",m_rowtotal);
-        return m_rowtotal;
-    }
-    virtual int GetNumberCols()
-    {
-        wxLogDebug(" GetNumberCols() = %i",m_nocols);
-        return m_nocols;
-    }
-    virtual bool     IsEmptyCell(int row, int col) ;
-    virtual wxString GetValue(int row, int col) ;
-    virtual void     SetValue(int row, int col, const wxString& value);
-    virtual bool     CanHaveAttributes();
-    virtual wxString GetTypeName(int row, int col);
-    virtual bool     CanGetValueAs(int row, int col, const wxString& typeName);
-    virtual bool     CanSetValueAs(int row, int col, const wxString& typeName);
-    virtual long     GetValueAsLong(int row, int col);
-    virtual double   GetValueAsDouble(int row, int col);
-    virtual bool     GetValueAsBool(int row, int col);
-    virtual void     SetValueAsLong(int row, int col, long value);
-    virtual void     SetValueAsDouble(int row, int col, double value);
-    virtual void     SetValueAsBool(int row, int col, bool value);
-    virtual void    *GetValueAsCustom(int row, int col, const wxString& typeName);
-    virtual void     SetValueAsCustom(int row, int col, const wxString& typeName, void* value);
-
-
-    virtual wxString GetColLabelValue(int col);
-
-    virtual bool     AssignDbTable(wxDbTable *tab, int count = wxUSE_QUERY, bool takeOwnership=TRUE);
-    virtual void     ValidateRow(int row);
-    virtual bool     UpdateRow(int row) const
-    {
-        if (m_row != row)
-            return TRUE;
-        else
-            return Writeback();
-    }
-
-private:
-    //Operates on the current row
-    bool Writeback() const;
-
-    typedef wxGridTableBase inherited;
-    keyarray     m_keys;
-    wxDbTable   *m_data;
-    bool         m_dbowner;
-    int          m_rowtotal;
-    int          m_nocols;
-    int          m_row;
-    wxDbGridColInfoBase *m_ColInfo;
-    bool         m_rowmodified;
-};
-
-#endif  // #if wxUSE_GRID
-#endif  // #if wxUSE_ODBC
-
-#endif  // _WX_GENERIC_DBGRID_H_

include/wx/dbkeyg.h

@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        dbkeyg.h
-// Purpose:     Generic key support for wxDbTable
-// Author:      Roger Gammans
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 The Computer Surgery (roger@computer-surgery.co.uk)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-//
-// NOTE : There is no CPP file to go along with this
-//
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Branched From : gkey.h,v 1.3 2001/06/01 10:31:41
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DBGKEY_H_
-#define _WX_DBGKEY_H_
-
-class GenericKey
-{
-public:
-    GenericKey(void *blk, size_t sz)    { clone(blk,sz); }
-    GenericKey(const GenericKey &ref)   { clone(ref.m_data,ref.m_sz); }
-    ~GenericKey()                       { free(m_data); }
-
-    void *GetBlk(void) const { return m_data; }
-
-private:
-    void clone(void *blk, size_t sz)
-    {
-        m_data = malloc(sz);
-        memcpy(m_data,blk,sz);
-        m_sz = sz;
-    }
-
-    void   *m_data;
-    size_t  m_sz;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_DBGKEY_H_

include/wx/dbtable.h

@@ -1,379 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        dbtable.h
-// Purpose:     Declaration of the wxDbTable class.
-// Author:      Doug Card
-// Modified by: George Tasker
-//              Bart Jourquin
-//              Mark Johnson
-// Created:     9.96
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1996 Remstar International, Inc.
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence, plus:
-// Notice:      This class library and its intellectual design are free of charge for use,
-//              modification, enhancement, debugging under the following conditions:
-//              1) These classes may only be used as part of the implementation of a
-//                 wxWindows-based application
-//              2) All enhancements and bug fixes are to be submitted back to the wxWindows
-//                 user groups free of all charges for use with the wxWindows library.
-//              3) These classes may not be distributed as part of any other class library,
-//                 DLL, text (written or electronic), other than a complete distribution of
-//                 the wxWindows GUI development toolkit.
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*
-// SYNOPSIS START
-// SYNOPSIS STOP
-*/
-
-#ifndef DBTABLE_DOT_H
-#define DBTABLE_DOT_H
-
-#include "wx/version.h"
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-  #pragma interface "dbtable.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/db.h"
-
-#include "wx/variant.h"
-#include "wx/dbkeyg.h"
-
-const int   wxDB_ROWID_LEN       = 24;  // 18 is the max, 24 is in case it gets larger
-const int   wxDB_DEFAULT_CURSOR  = 0;
-const bool  wxDB_QUERY_ONLY      = TRUE;
-const bool  wxDB_DISABLE_VIEW    = TRUE;
-
-// Used to indicate end of a variable length list of
-// column numbers passed to member functions
-const int   wxDB_NO_MORE_COLUMN_NUMBERS = -1;
-
-// The following class is used to define a column of a table.
-// The wxDbTable constructor will dynamically allocate as many of
-// these as there are columns in the table.  The class derived
-// from wxDbTable must initialize these column definitions in it's
-// constructor.  These column definitions provide inf. to the
-// wxDbTable class which allows it to create a table in the data
-// source, exchange data between the data source and the C++
-// object, and so on.
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDbColDef
-{
-public:
-    wxChar  ColName[DB_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LEN+1];  // Column Name
-    int     DbDataType;                         // Logical Data Type; e.g. DB_DATA_TYPE_INTEGER
-    SWORD   SqlCtype;                           // C data type; e.g. SQL_C_LONG
-    void   *PtrDataObj;                         // Address of the data object
-    int     SzDataObj;                          // Size, in bytes, of the data object
-    bool    KeyField;                           // TRUE if this column is part of the PRIMARY KEY to the table; Date fields should NOT be KeyFields.
-    bool    Updateable;                         // Specifies whether this column is updateable
-    bool    InsertAllowed;                      // Specifies whether this column should be included in an INSERT statement
-    bool    DerivedCol;                         // Specifies whether this column is a derived value
-    SDWORD  CbValue;                            // Internal use only!!!
-    bool    Null;                               // NOT FULLY IMPLEMENTED - Allows NULL values in Inserts and Updates
-
-    wxDbColDef();
-
-    bool    Initialize();
-};  // wxDbColDef
-
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDbColDataPtr
-{
-public:
-    void    *PtrDataObj;
-    int      SzDataObj;
-    SWORD    SqlCtype;
-};  // wxDbColDataPtr
-
-
-// This structure is used when creating secondary indexes.
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDbIdxDef
-{
-public:
-    wxChar  ColName[DB_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LEN+1];
-    bool    Ascending;
-};  // wxDbIdxDef
-
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDbTable
-{
-private:
-    ULONG       tableID;  // Used for debugging.  This can help to match up mismatched constructors/destructors
-
-    // Private member variables
-    UDWORD      cursorType;
-    bool        insertable;
-
-    // Private member functions
-    bool        initialize(wxDb *pwxDb, const wxString &tblName, const UWORD numColumns,
-                       const wxString &qryTblName, bool qryOnly, const wxString &tblPath);
-    void        cleanup();
-
-    bool        bindParams(bool forUpdate);  // called by the other 'bind' functions
-    bool        bindInsertParams(void);
-    bool        bindUpdateParams(void);
-
-    bool        bindCols(HSTMT cursor);
-    bool        getRec(UWORD fetchType);
-    bool        execDelete(const wxString &pSqlStmt);
-    bool        execUpdate(const wxString &pSqlStmt);
-    bool        query(int queryType, bool forUpdate, bool distinct, const wxString &pSqlStmt=wxEmptyString);
-
-#if !wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY
-// these were public
-    // Where, Order By and From clauses
-    wxString    where;               // Standard SQL where clause, minus the word WHERE
-    wxString    orderBy;             // Standard SQL order by clause, minus the ORDER BY
-    wxString    from;                // Allows for joins in a wxDbTable::Query().  Format: ",tbl,tbl..."
-
-    // ODBC Handles
-    HENV        henv;           // ODBC Environment handle
-    HDBC        hdbc;           // ODBC DB Connection handle
-    HSTMT       hstmt;          // ODBC Statement handle
-    HSTMT      *hstmtDefault;   // Default cursor
-    HSTMT       hstmtInsert;    // ODBC Statement handle used specifically for inserts
-    HSTMT       hstmtDelete;    // ODBC Statement handle used specifically for deletes
-    HSTMT       hstmtUpdate;    // ODBC Statement handle used specifically for updates
-    HSTMT       hstmtInternal;  // ODBC Statement handle used internally only
-    HSTMT      *hstmtCount;     // ODBC Statement handle used by Count() function (No binding of columns)
-
-    // Flags
-    bool        selectForUpdate;
-
-    // Pointer to the database object this table belongs to
-    wxDb       *pDb;
-
-    // Table Inf.
-    wxString    tablePath;                                 // needed for dBase tables
-    wxString    tableName;                                 // Table name
-    wxString    queryTableName;                            // Query Table Name
-    UWORD       noCols;                                    // # of columns in the table
-    bool        queryOnly;                                 // Query Only, no inserts, updates or deletes
-
-    // Column Definitions
-    wxDbColDef *colDefs;         // Array of wxDbColDef structures
-#endif
-public:
-#if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY
-    // Where, Order By and From clauses
-    char       *where;          // Standard SQL where clause, minus the word WHERE
-    char       *orderBy;        // Standard SQL order by clause, minus the ORDER BY
-    char       *from;           // Allows for joins in a wxDbTable::Query().  Format: ",tbl,tbl..."
-
-    // ODBC Handles
-    HENV        henv;           // ODBC Environment handle
-    HDBC        hdbc;           // ODBC DB Connection handle
-    HSTMT       hstmt;          // ODBC Statement handle
-    HSTMT      *hstmtDefault;   // Default cursor
-    HSTMT       hstmtInsert;    // ODBC Statement handle used specifically for inserts
-    HSTMT       hstmtDelete;    // ODBC Statement handle used specifically for deletes
-    HSTMT       hstmtUpdate;    // ODBC Statement handle used specifically for updates
-    HSTMT       hstmtInternal;  // ODBC Statement handle used internally only
-    HSTMT      *hstmtCount;     // ODBC Statement handle used by Count() function (No binding of columns)
-
-    // Flags
-    bool        selectForUpdate;
-
-    // Pointer to the database object this table belongs to
-    wxDb       *pDb;
-
-    // Table Inf.
-    char        tablePath[wxDB_PATH_MAX];                  // needed for dBase tables
-    char        tableName[DB_MAX_TABLE_NAME_LEN+1];        // Table name
-    char        queryTableName[DB_MAX_TABLE_NAME_LEN+1];   // Query Table Name
-    UWORD       noCols;                                    // # of columns in the table
-    bool        queryOnly;                                 // Query Only, no inserts, updates or deletes
-
-    // Column Definitions
-    wxDbColDef *colDefs;         // Array of wxDbColDef structures
-#endif
-    // Public member functions
-    wxDbTable(wxDb *pwxDb, const wxString &tblName, const UWORD numColumns,
-              const wxString &qryTblName="", bool qryOnly = !wxDB_QUERY_ONLY, 
-              const wxString &tblPath="");
-
-    // DEPRECATED
-    wxDbTable(wxDb *pwxDb, const wxString &tblName, const UWORD numColumns,
-              const wxChar *qryTblName="", bool qryOnly = !wxDB_QUERY_ONLY, 
-              const wxString &tblPath="");
-
-    virtual ~wxDbTable();
-
-    bool            Open(bool checkPrivileges=FALSE, bool checkTableExists=TRUE);
-    bool            CreateTable(bool attemptDrop=TRUE);
-    bool            DropTable(void);
-    bool            CreateIndex(const wxString &idxName, bool unique, UWORD noIdxCols, 
-                                wxDbIdxDef *pIdxDefs, bool attemptDrop=TRUE);
-    bool            DropIndex(const wxString &idxName);
-
-    // Accessors
-
-    // The member variables returned by these accessors are all
-    // set when the wxDbTable instance is created and cannot be 
-    // changed, hence there is no corresponding SetXxxx function
-    wxDb           *GetDb()              { return pDb; }
-    const wxString &GetTableName()       { return tableName; }
-    const wxString &GetQueryTableName()  { return queryTableName; }
-    const wxString &GetTablePath()       { return tablePath; }
-
-    UWORD           GetNumberOfColumns() { return noCols; }  // number of "defined" columns for this wxDbTable instance
-
-    const wxString &GetFromClause()      { return from; }
-    const wxString &GetOrderByClause()   { return orderBy; }
-    const wxString &GetWhereClause()     { return where; }
-
-    bool            IsQueryOnly()        { return queryOnly; }
-#if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY
-    void            SetFromClause(const char *From) { from = (char *)From; }
-    void            SetOrderByClause(const char *OrderBy) { orderBy = (char *)OrderBy; }
-    void            SetWhereClause(const char *Where) { where = (char *)Where; }
-#else
-    void            SetFromClause(const wxString &From) { from = From; }
-    void            SetOrderByClause(const wxString &OrderBy) { orderBy = OrderBy; }
-    bool            SetOrderByColNums(UWORD first, ...);
-    void            SetWhereClause(const wxString &Where) { where = Where; }
-    void            From(const wxString &From) { from = From; }
-    void            OrderBy(const wxString &OrderBy) { orderBy = OrderBy; }
-    void            Where(const wxString &Where) { where = Where; }
-    const wxString &Where()   { return where; }
-    const wxString &OrderBy() { return orderBy; }
-    const wxString &From()    { return from; }
-#endif
-    int             Insert(void);
-    bool            Update(void);
-    bool            Update(const wxString &pSqlStmt);
-    bool            UpdateWhere(const wxString &pWhereClause);
-    bool            Delete(void);
-    bool            DeleteWhere(const wxString &pWhereClause);
-    bool            DeleteMatching(void);
-    virtual bool    Query(bool forUpdate = FALSE, bool distinct = FALSE);
-    bool            QueryBySqlStmt(const wxString &pSqlStmt);
-    bool            QueryMatching(bool forUpdate = FALSE, bool distinct = FALSE);
-    bool            QueryOnKeyFields(bool forUpdate = FALSE, bool distinct = FALSE);
-    bool            Refresh(void);
-    bool            GetNext(void)   { return(getRec(SQL_FETCH_NEXT));  }
-    bool            operator++(int) { return(getRec(SQL_FETCH_NEXT));  }
-
-    /***** These four functions only work with wxDb instances that are defined  *****
-     ***** as not being FwdOnlyCursors                                          *****/
-    bool            GetPrev(void);
-    bool            operator--(int);
-    bool            GetFirst(void);
-    bool            GetLast(void);
-
-    bool            IsCursorClosedOnCommit(void);
-    UWORD           GetRowNum(void);
-
-    void            BuildSelectStmt(wxString &pSqlStmt, int typeOfSelect, bool distinct);
-    void            BuildSelectStmt(wxChar *pSqlStmt, int typeOfSelect, bool distinct);
-
-    void            BuildDeleteStmt(wxString &pSqlStmt, int typeOfDel, const wxString &pWhereClause="");
-    void            BuildDeleteStmt(wxChar *pSqlStmt, int typeOfDel, const wxString &pWhereClause="");
-
-    void            BuildUpdateStmt(wxString &pSqlStmt, int typeOfUpd, const wxString &pWhereClause="");
-    void            BuildUpdateStmt(wxChar *pSqlStmt, int typeOfUpd, const wxString &pWhereClause="");
-
-    void            BuildWhereClause(wxString &pWhereClause, int typeOfWhere, const wxString &qualTableName="", bool useLikeComparison=FALSE);
-    void            BuildWhereClause(wxChar *pWhereClause, int typeOfWhere, const wxString &qualTableName="", bool useLikeComparison=FALSE);
-
-#if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY
-// The following member functions are deprecated.  You should use the BuildXxxxxStmt functions (above)
-    void            GetSelectStmt(char *pSqlStmt, int typeOfSelect, bool distinct)
-                           { BuildSelectStmt(pSqlStmt,typeOfSelect,distinct); }
-    void            GetDeleteStmt(char *pSqlStmt, int typeOfDel, const char *pWhereClause = NULL)
-                           { BuildDeleteStmt(pSqlStmt,typeOfDel,pWhereClause); }
-    void            GetUpdateStmt(char *pSqlStmt, int typeOfUpd, const char *pWhereClause = NULL)
-                           { BuildUpdateStmt(pSqlStmt,typeOfUpd,pWhereClause); }
-    void            GetWhereClause(char *pWhereClause, int typeOfWhere, 
-                                   const char *qualTableName = NULL, bool useLikeComparison=FALSE)
-                           { BuildWhereClause(pWhereClause,typeOfWhere,qualTableName,useLikeComparison); }
-#endif
-    bool            CanSelectForUpdate(void);
-    bool            CanUpdByROWID(void);
-    void            ClearMemberVar(UWORD colNo, bool setToNull=FALSE);
-    void            ClearMemberVars(bool setToNull=FALSE);
-    bool            SetQueryTimeout(UDWORD nSeconds);
-
-    wxDbColDef     *GetColDefs() { return colDefs; }
-    void            SetColDefs(UWORD index, const wxString &fieldName, int dataType, 
-                               void *pData, SWORD cType,
-                               int size, bool keyField = FALSE, bool upd = TRUE,
-                               bool insAllow = TRUE, bool derivedCol = FALSE);
-    wxDbColDataPtr *SetColDefs(wxDbColInf *colInfs, UWORD numCols);
-
-    bool            CloseCursor(HSTMT cursor);
-    bool            DeleteCursor(HSTMT *hstmtDel);
-    void            SetCursor(HSTMT *hstmtActivate = (void **) wxDB_DEFAULT_CURSOR);
-    HSTMT           GetCursor(void) { return(hstmt); }
-    HSTMT          *GetNewCursor(bool setCursor = FALSE, bool bindColumns = TRUE);
-#if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY
-// The following member function is deprecated.  You should use the GetNewCursor
-    HSTMT          *NewCursor(bool setCursor = FALSE, bool bindColumns = TRUE) {  return GetNewCursor(setCursor,bindColumns); }
-#endif
-
-    ULONG           Count(const wxString &args="*");
-    int             DB_STATUS(void) { return(pDb->DB_STATUS); }
-
-    bool            IsColNull(UWORD colNo) const;
-    bool            SetColNull(UWORD colNo, bool set=TRUE);
-    bool            SetColNull(const wxString &colName, bool set=TRUE);
-#if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY
-// The following member functions are deprecated.  You should use the SetColNull()
-    bool            SetNull(int colNo, bool set=TRUE) { return (SetNull(colNo,set)); }
-    bool            SetNull(const char *colName, bool set=TRUE) { return (SetNull(colName,set)); }
-#endif
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-    ULONG           GetTableID() { return tableID; }
-#endif
-
-//TODO: Need to Document
-    typedef     enum  { WX_ROW_MODE_QUERY , WX_ROW_MODE_INDIVIDUAL } rowmode_t;
-    virtual     void         SetRowMode(const rowmode_t rowmode);
-    virtual     wxVariant    GetCol(const int colNo) const ;
-    virtual     void         SetCol(const int colNo, const wxVariant value);
-    virtual     GenericKey   GetKey(void);
-    virtual     void         SetKey(const GenericKey &key);
-
-    private:
-        HSTMT      *m_hstmtGridQuery;
-        rowmode_t   m_rowmode;
-        size_t      m_keysize;
-
-//      typedef enum {unmodified=0, UpdatePending, InsertPending } recStatus;
-
-//      recStatus  get_ModifiedStatus() { return m_recstatus; }
-        
-//      void modify() {
-//          if (m_recstatus==unmodified)
-//              m_recstatus=UpdatePending;
-//      }
-//  protected:
-//      void insertify() {m_recstatus=InsertPending; }
-//      void unmodify() {m_recstatus=unmodified; }
-//      recStatus m_recstatus;
-//TODO: Need to Document
-};  // wxDbTable
-
-
-// Change this to 0 to remove use of all deprecated functions
-#if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY
-//#################################################################################
-//############### DEPRECATED functions for backward compatability #################
-//#################################################################################
-
-// Backward compability.  These will eventually go away
-typedef wxDbTable       wxTable;
-typedef wxDbIdxDef      wxIdxDef;
-typedef wxDbIdxDef      CidxDef;
-typedef wxDbColDef      wxColDef;
-typedef wxDbColDef      CcolDef;
-typedef wxDbColDataPtr  wxColDataPtr;
-typedef wxDbColDataPtr  CcolDataPtr;
-
-const int   ROWID           = wxDB_ROWID_LEN;
-const int   DEFAULT_CURSOR  = wxDB_DEFAULT_CURSOR;
-const bool  QUERY_ONLY      = wxDB_QUERY_ONLY;
-const bool  DISABLE_VIEW    = wxDB_DISABLE_VIEW;
-#endif
-
-#endif

include/wx/dc.h

@@ -1,815 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        dc.h
-// Purpose:     wxDC class
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     05/25/99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DC_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DC_H_BASE_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "dcbase.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers which we must include here
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/object.h"          // the base class
-
-#include "wx/cursor.h"          // we have member variables of these classes
-#include "wx/font.h"            // so we can't do without them
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/brush.h"
-#include "wx/pen.h"
-#include "wx/palette.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"            // we use wxList in inline functions
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDCBase;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDrawObject
-{
-public:
-
-    wxDrawObject()
-        : m_isBBoxValid(FALSE)
-        , m_minX(0), m_minY(0), m_maxX(0), m_maxY(0)
-    { }
-
-    virtual ~wxDrawObject() { }
-
-    virtual void Draw(wxDCBase&) const { }
-
-    virtual void CalcBoundingBox(wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
-    {
-      if ( m_isBBoxValid )
-      {
-         if ( x < m_minX ) m_minX = x;
-         if ( y < m_minY ) m_minY = y;
-         if ( x > m_maxX ) m_maxX = x;
-         if ( y > m_maxY ) m_maxY = y;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-         m_isBBoxValid = TRUE;
-
-         m_minX = x;
-         m_minY = y;
-         m_maxX = x;
-         m_maxY = y;
-      }
-    }
-
-    void ResetBoundingBox()
-    {
-        m_isBBoxValid = FALSE;
-
-        m_minX = m_maxX = m_minY = m_maxY = 0;
-    }
-
-    // Get the final bounding box of the PostScript or Metafile picture.
-
-    wxCoord MinX() const { return m_minX; }
-    wxCoord MaxX() const { return m_maxX; }
-    wxCoord MinY() const { return m_minY; }
-    wxCoord MaxY() const { return m_maxY; }
-
-    //to define the type of object for derived objects
-    virtual int GetType()=0;
-
-protected:
-    //for boundingbox calculation
-    bool m_isBBoxValid:1;
-    //for boundingbox calculation
-    wxCoord m_minX, m_minY, m_maxX, m_maxY;
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global variables
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern int) wxPageNumber;
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDC is the device context - object on which any drawing is done
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDCBase : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxDCBase()
-        : m_colour(wxColourDisplay())
-        , m_ok(TRUE)
-        , m_clipping(FALSE)
-        , m_isInteractive(0)
-        , m_isBBoxValid(FALSE)
-        , m_logicalOriginX(0), m_logicalOriginY(0)
-        , m_deviceOriginX(0), m_deviceOriginY(0)
-        , m_logicalScaleX(1.0), m_logicalScaleY(1.0)
-        , m_userScaleX(1.0), m_userScaleY(1.0)
-        , m_scaleX(1.0), m_scaleY(1.0)
-        , m_signX(1), m_signY(1)
-        , m_minX(0), m_minY(0), m_maxX(0), m_maxY(0)
-        , m_clipX1(0), m_clipY1(0), m_clipX2(0), m_clipY2(0)
-        , m_logicalFunction(wxCOPY)
-        , m_backgroundMode(wxTRANSPARENT)
-        , m_mappingMode(wxMM_TEXT)
-        , m_pen()
-        , m_brush()
-        , m_backgroundBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH)
-        , m_textForegroundColour(*wxBLACK)
-        , m_textBackgroundColour(*wxWHITE)
-        , m_font()
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
-        , m_palette()
-        , m_hasCustomPalette(FALSE)
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-    {
-        ResetBoundingBox();
-    }
-
-    ~wxDCBase() { }
-
-    virtual void BeginDrawing() { }
-    virtual void EndDrawing() { }
-
-    // graphic primitives
-    // ------------------
-
-    virtual void DrawObject(wxDrawObject* drawobject)
-    {
-        drawobject->Draw(*this);
-        CalcBoundingBox(drawobject->MinX(),drawobject->MinY());
-        CalcBoundingBox(drawobject->MaxX(),drawobject->MaxY());
-    }
-
-    bool FloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col,
-                   int style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE)
-        { return DoFloodFill(x, y, col, style); }
-    bool FloodFill(const wxPoint& pt, const wxColour& col,
-                   int style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE)
-        { return DoFloodFill(pt.x, pt.y, col, style); }
-
-    bool GetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const
-        { return DoGetPixel(x, y, col); }
-    bool GetPixel(const wxPoint& pt, wxColour *col) const
-        { return DoGetPixel(pt.x, pt.y, col); }
-
-    void DrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2)
-        { DoDrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y2); }
-    void DrawLine(const wxPoint& pt1, const wxPoint& pt2)
-        { DoDrawLine(pt1.x, pt1.y, pt2.x, pt2.y); }
-
-    void CrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
-        { DoCrossHair(x, y); }
-    void CrossHair(const wxPoint& pt)
-        { DoCrossHair(pt.x, pt.y); }
-
-    void DrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2,
-                 wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc)
-        { DoDrawArc(x1, y1, x2, y2, xc, yc); }
-    void DrawArc(const wxPoint& pt1, const wxPoint& pt2, const wxPoint& centre)
-        { DoDrawArc(pt1.x, pt1.y, pt2.x, pt2.y, centre.x, centre.y); }
-
-    void DrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
-                       wxCoord width, wxCoord height)
-        { DoDrawCheckMark(x, y, width, height); }
-    void DrawCheckMark(const wxRect& rect)
-        { DoDrawCheckMark(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); }
-
-    void DrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h,
-                         double sa, double ea)
-        { DoDrawEllipticArc(x, y, w, h, sa, ea); }
-    void DrawEllipticArc(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz,
-                         double sa, double ea)
-        { DoDrawEllipticArc(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y, sa, ea); }
-
-    void DrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
-        { DoDrawPoint(x, y); }
-    void DrawPoint(const wxPoint& pt)
-        { DoDrawPoint(pt.x, pt.y); }
-
-    void DrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[],
-                   wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0)
-        { DoDrawLines(n, points, xoffset, yoffset); }
-    void DrawLines(const wxList *list,
-                   wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0);
-
-    void DrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[],
-                     wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0,
-                     int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE)
-        { DoDrawPolygon(n, points, xoffset, yoffset, fillStyle); }
-
-    void DrawPolygon(const wxList *list,
-                     wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0,
-                     int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE);
-
-    void DrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height)
-        { DoDrawRectangle(x, y, width, height); }
-    void DrawRectangle(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz)
-        { DoDrawRectangle(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y); }
-    void DrawRectangle(const wxRect& rect)
-        { DoDrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); }
-
-    void DrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
-                              double radius)
-        { DoDrawRoundedRectangle(x, y, width, height, radius); }
-    void DrawRoundedRectangle(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz,
-                             double radius)
-        { DoDrawRoundedRectangle(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y, radius); }
-    void DrawRoundedRectangle(const wxRect& r, double radius)
-        { DoDrawRoundedRectangle(r.x, r.y, r.width, r.height, radius); }
-
-    void DrawCircle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord radius)
-        { DoDrawEllipse(x - radius, y - radius, 2*radius, 2*radius); }
-    void DrawCircle(const wxPoint& pt, wxCoord radius)
-        { DrawCircle(pt.x, pt.y, radius); }
-
-    void DrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height)
-        { DoDrawEllipse(x, y, width, height); }
-    void DrawEllipse(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz)
-        { DoDrawEllipse(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y); }
-    void DrawEllipse(const wxRect& rect)
-        { DoDrawEllipse(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); }
-
-    void DrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
-        { DoDrawIcon(icon, x, y); }
-    void DrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, const wxPoint& pt)
-        { DoDrawIcon(icon, pt.x, pt.y); }
-
-    void DrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
-                    bool useMask = FALSE)
-        { DoDrawBitmap(bmp, x, y, useMask); }
-    void DrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, const wxPoint& pt,
-                    bool useMask = FALSE)
-        { DoDrawBitmap(bmp, pt.x, pt.y, useMask); }
-
-    void DrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
-        { DoDrawText(text, x, y); }
-    void DrawText(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pt)
-        { DoDrawText(text, pt.x, pt.y); }
-
-    void DrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle)
-        { DoDrawRotatedText(text, x, y, angle); }
-    void DrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pt, double angle)
-        { DoDrawRotatedText(text, pt.x, pt.y, angle); }
-
-    // this version puts both optional bitmap and the text into the given
-    // rectangle and aligns is as specified by alignment parameter; it also
-    // will emphasize the character with the given index if it is != -1 and
-    // return the bounding rectangle if required
-    virtual void DrawLabel(const wxString& text,
-                           const wxBitmap& image,
-                           const wxRect& rect,
-                           int alignment = wxALIGN_LEFT | wxALIGN_TOP,
-                           int indexAccel = -1,
-                           wxRect *rectBounding = NULL);
-
-    void DrawLabel(const wxString& text, const wxRect& rect,
-                   int alignment = wxALIGN_LEFT | wxALIGN_TOP,
-                   int indexAccel = -1)
-        { DrawLabel(text, wxNullBitmap, rect, alignment, indexAccel); }
-
-    bool Blit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
-              wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
-              int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = FALSE, wxCoord xsrcMask = -1, wxCoord ysrcMask = -1)
-    {
-        return DoBlit(xdest, ydest, width, height,
-                      source, xsrc, ysrc, rop, useMask, xsrcMask, ysrcMask);
-    }
-    bool Blit(const wxPoint& destPt, const wxSize& sz,
-              wxDC *source, const wxPoint& srcPt,
-              int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = FALSE, const wxPoint& srcPtMask = wxPoint(-1, -1))
-    {
-        return DoBlit(destPt.x, destPt.y, sz.x, sz.y,
-                      source, srcPt.x, srcPt.y, rop, useMask, srcPtMask.x, srcPtMask.y);
-    }
-
-#if wxUSE_SPLINES
-    // TODO: this API needs fixing (wxPointList, why (!const) "wxList *"?)
-    void DrawSpline(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1,
-                    wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2,
-                    wxCoord x3, wxCoord y3);
-    void DrawSpline(int n, wxPoint points[]);
-
-    void DrawSpline(wxList *points) { DoDrawSpline(points); }
-#endif // wxUSE_SPLINES
-
-    // global DC operations
-    // --------------------
-
-    virtual void Clear() = 0;
-
-    virtual bool StartDoc(const wxString& WXUNUSED(message)) { return TRUE; }
-    virtual void EndDoc() { }
-
-    virtual void StartPage() { }
-    virtual void EndPage() { }
-
-    // set objects to use for drawing
-    // ------------------------------
-
-    virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font) = 0;
-    virtual void SetPen(const wxPen& pen) = 0;
-    virtual void SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush) = 0;
-    virtual void SetBackground(const wxBrush& brush) = 0;
-    virtual void SetBackgroundMode(int mode) = 0;
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
-    virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette) = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
-    // clipping region
-    // ---------------
-
-    void SetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height)
-        { DoSetClippingRegion(x, y, width, height); }
-    void SetClippingRegion(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz)
-        { DoSetClippingRegion(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y); }
-    void SetClippingRegion(const wxRect& rect)
-        { DoSetClippingRegion(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); }
-    void SetClippingRegion(const wxRegion& region)
-        { DoSetClippingRegionAsRegion(region); }
-
-    virtual void DestroyClippingRegion() = 0;
-
-    void GetClippingBox(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, wxCoord *w, wxCoord *h) const
-        { DoGetClippingBox(x, y, w, h); }
-    void GetClippingBox(wxRect& rect) const
-        {
-#if 1
-          DoGetClippingBox(&rect.x, &rect.y, &rect.width, &rect.height);
-#else
-          // Necessary to use intermediate variables for 16-bit compilation
-          // REMOVE ME if the above is OK for all current platforms
-          wxCoord x, y, w, h;
-          DoGetClippingBox(&x, &y, &w, &h);
-          rect.x = x; rect.y = y; rect.width = w; rect.height = h;
-#endif
-        }
-
-    // text extent
-    // -----------
-
-    virtual wxCoord GetCharHeight() const = 0;
-    virtual wxCoord GetCharWidth() const = 0;
-
-    // only works for single line strings
-    void GetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
-                       wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
-                       wxCoord *descent = NULL,
-                       wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL,
-                       wxFont *theFont = NULL) const
-        { DoGetTextExtent(string, x, y, descent, externalLeading, theFont); }
-
-    // works for single as well as multi-line strings
-    virtual void GetMultiLineTextExtent(const wxString& text,
-                                        wxCoord *width,
-                                        wxCoord *height,
-                                        wxCoord *heightLine = NULL,
-                                        wxFont *font = NULL);
-
-    // size and resolution
-    // -------------------
-
-    // in device units
-    void GetSize(int *width, int *height) const
-        { DoGetSize(width, height); }
-    wxSize GetSize() const
-    {
-        int w, h;
-        DoGetSize(&w, &h);
-
-        return wxSize(w, h);
-    }
-
-    // in mm
-    void GetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const
-        { DoGetSizeMM(width, height); }
-    wxSize GetSizeMM() const
-    {
-        int w, h;
-        DoGetSizeMM(&w, &h);
-
-        return wxSize(w, h);
-    }
-
-    // coordinates conversions
-    // -----------------------
-
-    // This group of functions does actual conversion of the input, as you'd
-    // expect.
-    wxCoord DeviceToLogicalX(wxCoord x) const;
-    wxCoord DeviceToLogicalY(wxCoord y) const;
-    wxCoord DeviceToLogicalXRel(wxCoord x) const;
-    wxCoord DeviceToLogicalYRel(wxCoord y) const;
-    wxCoord LogicalToDeviceX(wxCoord x) const;
-    wxCoord LogicalToDeviceY(wxCoord y) const;
-    wxCoord LogicalToDeviceXRel(wxCoord x) const;
-    wxCoord LogicalToDeviceYRel(wxCoord y) const;
-
-    // query DC capabilities
-    // ---------------------
-
-    virtual bool CanDrawBitmap() const = 0;
-    virtual bool CanGetTextExtent() const = 0;
-
-    // colour depth
-    virtual int GetDepth() const = 0;
-
-    // Resolution in Pixels per inch
-    virtual wxSize GetPPI() const = 0;
-
-    virtual bool Ok() const { return m_ok; }
-
-    // accessors
-    // ---------
-
-        // const...
-    int GetBackgroundMode() const { return m_backgroundMode; }
-    const wxBrush&  GetBackground() const { return m_backgroundBrush; }
-    const wxBrush&  GetBrush() const { return m_brush; }
-    const wxFont&   GetFont() const { return m_font; }
-    const wxPen&    GetPen() const { return m_pen; }
-    const wxColour& GetTextBackground() const { return m_textBackgroundColour; }
-    const wxColour& GetTextForeground() const { return m_textForegroundColour; }
-
-        // ... and non const
-    wxBrush&  GetBackground() { return m_backgroundBrush; }
-    wxBrush&  GetBrush() { return m_brush; }
-    wxFont&   GetFont() { return m_font; }
-    wxPen&    GetPen() { return m_pen; }
-    wxColour& GetTextBackground() { return m_textBackgroundColour; }
-    wxColour& GetTextForeground() { return m_textForegroundColour; }
-
-    virtual void SetTextForeground(const wxColour& colour)
-        { m_textForegroundColour = colour; }
-    virtual void SetTextBackground(const wxColour& colour)
-        { m_textBackgroundColour = colour; }
-
-    int GetMapMode() const { return m_mappingMode; }
-    virtual void SetMapMode(int mode) = 0;
-
-    virtual void GetUserScale(double *x, double *y) const
-    {
-        if ( x ) *x = m_userScaleX;
-        if ( y ) *y = m_userScaleY;
-    }
-    virtual void SetUserScale(double x, double y) = 0;
-
-    virtual void GetLogicalScale(double *x, double *y)
-    {
-        if ( x ) *x = m_logicalScaleX;
-        if ( y ) *y = m_logicalScaleY;
-    }
-    virtual void SetLogicalScale(double x, double y)
-    {
-        m_logicalScaleX = x;
-        m_logicalScaleY = y;
-    }
-
-    void GetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const
-        { DoGetLogicalOrigin(x, y); }
-    wxPoint GetLogicalOrigin() const
-        { wxCoord x, y; DoGetLogicalOrigin(&x, &y); return wxPoint(x, y); }
-    virtual void SetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
-
-    void GetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const
-        { DoGetDeviceOrigin(x, y); }
-    wxPoint GetDeviceOrigin() const
-        { wxCoord x, y; DoGetDeviceOrigin(&x, &y); return wxPoint(x, y); }
-    virtual void SetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
-
-    virtual void SetAxisOrientation(bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp) = 0;
-
-    int GetLogicalFunction() const { return m_logicalFunction; }
-    virtual void SetLogicalFunction(int function) = 0;
-
-    // Sometimes we need to override optimization, e.g. if other software is
-    // drawing onto our surface and we can't be sure of who's done what.
-    //
-    // FIXME: is this (still) used?
-    virtual void SetOptimization(bool WXUNUSED(opt)) { }
-    virtual bool GetOptimization() { return FALSE; }
-
-    // bounding box
-    // ------------
-
-    virtual void CalcBoundingBox(wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
-    {
-      if ( m_isBBoxValid )
-      {
-         if ( x < m_minX ) m_minX = x;
-         if ( y < m_minY ) m_minY = y;
-         if ( x > m_maxX ) m_maxX = x;
-         if ( y > m_maxY ) m_maxY = y;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-         m_isBBoxValid = TRUE;
-
-         m_minX = x;
-         m_minY = y;
-         m_maxX = x;
-         m_maxY = y;
-      }
-    }
-
-    void ResetBoundingBox()
-    {
-        m_isBBoxValid = FALSE;
-
-        m_minX = m_maxX = m_minY = m_maxY = 0;
-    }
-
-    // Get the final bounding box of the PostScript or Metafile picture.
-    wxCoord MinX() const { return m_minX; }
-    wxCoord MaxX() const { return m_maxX; }
-    wxCoord MinY() const { return m_minY; }
-    wxCoord MaxY() const { return m_maxY; }
-
-    // misc old functions
-    // ------------------
-
-    // for compatibility with the old code when wxCoord was long everywhere
-#ifndef __WIN16__
-    void GetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
-                       long *x, long *y,
-                       long *descent = NULL,
-                       long *externalLeading = NULL,
-                       wxFont *theFont = NULL) const
-    {
-        wxCoord x2, y2, descent2, externalLeading2;
-        DoGetTextExtent(string, &x2, &y2,
-                        &descent2, &externalLeading2,
-                        theFont);
-        if ( x )
-            *x = x2;
-        if ( y )
-            *y = y2;
-        if ( descent )
-            *descent = descent2;
-        if ( externalLeading )
-            *externalLeading = externalLeading2;
-    }
-
-    void GetLogicalOrigin(long *x, long *y) const
-    {
-        wxCoord x2, y2;
-        DoGetLogicalOrigin(&x2, &y2);
-        if ( x )
-            *x = x2;
-        if ( y )
-            *y = y2;
-    }
-
-    void GetDeviceOrigin(long *x, long *y) const
-    {
-        wxCoord x2, y2;
-        DoGetDeviceOrigin(&x2, &y2);
-        if ( x )
-            *x = x2;
-        if ( y )
-            *y = y2;
-    }
-    void GetClippingBox(long *x, long *y, long *w, long *h) const
-    {
-        wxCoord xx,yy,ww,hh;
-        DoGetClippingBox(&xx, &yy, &ww, &hh);
-        if (x) *x = xx;
-        if (y) *y = yy;
-        if (w) *w = ww;
-        if (h) *h = hh;
-    }
-#endif // !Win16
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
-
-    void GetTextExtent(const wxString& string, float *x, float *y,
-            float *descent = NULL, float *externalLeading = NULL,
-            wxFont *theFont = NULL, bool use16bit = FALSE) const ;
-    void GetSize(float* width, float* height) const { int w, h; GetSize(& w, & h); *width = w; *height = h; }
-    void GetSizeMM(float *width, float *height) const { int w, h; GetSizeMM(& w, & h); *width = (float) w; *height = (float) h; }
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
-
-protected:
-    // the pure virtual functions which should be implemented by wxDC
-    virtual bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col,
-                             int style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE) = 0;
-
-    virtual bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const = 0;
-
-    virtual void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
-    virtual void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2) = 0;
-
-    virtual void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1,
-                           wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2,
-                           wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc) = 0;
-    virtual void DoDrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
-                                 wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
-    virtual void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h,
-                                   double sa, double ea) = 0;
-
-    virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height) = 0;
-    virtual void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
-                                        wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
-                                        double radius) = 0;
-    virtual void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
-                               wxCoord width, wxCoord height) = 0;
-
-    virtual void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
-
-    virtual void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
-    virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
-                              bool useMask = FALSE) = 0;
-
-    virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
-    virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text,
-                                   wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle) = 0;
-
-    virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest,
-                        wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
-                        wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
-                        int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = FALSE, wxCoord xsrcMask = -1, wxCoord ysrcMask = -1) = 0;
-
-    virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const = 0;
-    virtual void DoGetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const = 0;
-
-    virtual void DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[],
-                             wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset) = 0;
-    virtual void DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[],
-                               wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset,
-                               int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE) = 0;
-
-    virtual void DoSetClippingRegionAsRegion(const wxRegion& region) = 0;
-    virtual void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
-                                     wxCoord width, wxCoord height) = 0;
-
-    // FIXME are these functions really different?
-    virtual void DoGetClippingRegion(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
-                                     wxCoord *w, wxCoord *h)
-        { DoGetClippingBox(x, y, w, h); }
-    virtual void DoGetClippingBox(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
-                                  wxCoord *w, wxCoord *h) const
-    {
-        if ( m_clipping )
-        {
-            if ( x ) *x = m_clipX1;
-            if ( y ) *y = m_clipY1;
-            if ( w ) *w = m_clipX2 - m_clipX1;
-            if ( h ) *h = m_clipY2 - m_clipY1;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            *x = *y = *w = *h = 0;
-        }
-    }
-
-    virtual void DoGetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const
-    {
-        if ( x ) *x = m_logicalOriginX;
-        if ( y ) *y = m_logicalOriginY;
-    }
-
-    virtual void DoGetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const
-    {
-        if ( x ) *x = m_deviceOriginX;
-        if ( y ) *y = m_deviceOriginY;
-    }
-
-    virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
-                                 wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
-                                 wxCoord *descent = NULL,
-                                 wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL,
-                                 wxFont *theFont = NULL) const = 0;
-
-#if wxUSE_SPLINES
-    virtual void DoDrawSpline(wxList *points);
-#endif
-
-protected:
-    // flags
-    bool m_colour:1;
-    bool m_ok:1;
-    bool m_clipping:1;
-    bool m_isInteractive:1;
-    bool m_isBBoxValid:1;
-
-    // coordinate system variables
-
-    // TODO short descriptions of what exactly they are would be nice...
-
-    wxCoord m_logicalOriginX, m_logicalOriginY;
-    wxCoord m_deviceOriginX, m_deviceOriginY;
-
-    double m_logicalScaleX, m_logicalScaleY;
-    double m_userScaleX, m_userScaleY;
-    double m_scaleX, m_scaleY;
-
-    // Used by SetAxisOrientation() to invert the axes
-    int m_signX, m_signY;
-
-    // bounding and clipping boxes
-    wxCoord m_minX, m_minY, m_maxX, m_maxY;
-    wxCoord m_clipX1, m_clipY1, m_clipX2, m_clipY2;
-
-    int m_logicalFunction;
-    int m_backgroundMode;
-    int m_mappingMode;
-
-    // GDI objects
-    wxPen             m_pen;
-    wxBrush           m_brush;
-    wxBrush           m_backgroundBrush;
-    wxColour          m_textForegroundColour;
-    wxColour          m_textBackgroundColour;
-    wxFont            m_font;
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
-    wxPalette         m_palette;
-    bool              m_hasCustomPalette;
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCBase)
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDCBase)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// now include the declaration of wxDC class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/dc.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/dc.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/dc.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-    #include "wx/x11/dc.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-    #include "wx/mgl/dc.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/dc.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/dc.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/dc.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// helper class: you can use it to temporarily change the DC text colour and
-// restore it automatically when the object goes out of scope
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDCTextColourChanger
-{
-public:
-    wxDCTextColourChanger(wxDC& dc) : m_dc(dc), m_colFgOld() { }
-
-    ~wxDCTextColourChanger()
-    {
-        if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
-            m_dc.SetTextForeground(m_colFgOld);
-    }
-
-    void Set(const wxColour& col)
-    {
-        if ( !m_colFgOld.Ok() )
-            m_colFgOld = m_dc.GetTextForeground();
-        m_dc.SetTextForeground(col);
-    }
-
-private:
-    wxDC& m_dc;
-
-    wxColour m_colFgOld;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// another small helper class: sets the clipping region in its ctor and
-// destroys it in the dtor
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDCClipper
-{
-public:
-    wxDCClipper(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& r) : m_dc(dc)
-        { dc.SetClippingRegion(r.x, r.y, r.width, r.height); }
-    wxDCClipper(wxDC& dc, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h) : m_dc(dc)
-        { dc.SetClippingRegion(x, y, w, h); }
-
-    ~wxDCClipper() { m_dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); }
-
-private:
-    wxDC& m_dc;
-};
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_DC_H_BASE_

include/wx/dcbuffer.h

@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/dcbuffer.h
-// Purpose:     wxBufferedDC class
-// Author:      Ron Lee <ron@debian.org>
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     16/03/02
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Ron Lee
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DCBUFFER_H_
-#define _WX_DCBUFFER_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "dcbuffer.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/dcmemory.h"
-
-
-// ==============================================================
-//   Double buffering helper.
-// --------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBufferedDC : public wxMemoryDC
-{
-private:
-
-        // Without the existence of a wxNullDC, this must be
-        // a pointer, else it could probably be a reference.
-
-    wxDC        *m_dc;
-    wxBitmap    m_buffer;
-
-public:
-
-        // Default ctor, must subsequently call Init for
-        // two stage construction.
-
-    wxBufferedDC()
-        : m_dc( 0 )
-    {}
-
-        // Construct a wxBufferedDC using a user supplied buffer.
-
-    wxBufferedDC( wxDC *dc, const wxBitmap &buffer );
-
-        // Construct a wxBufferedDC with an internal buffer of 'area'
-        // (where area is usually something like the size of the window
-        // being buffered)
-
-    wxBufferedDC( wxDC *dc, const wxSize &area );
-
-    // default copy ctor ok.
-
-        // The usually desired  action in the dtor is to blit the buffer.
-
-    ~wxBufferedDC();
-
-        // These reimplement the actions of the ctors for
-        // two stage creation, but are not used by the ctors
-        // themselves to save a few cpu cycles.
-
-    void Init( wxDC *dc, const wxBitmap &bitmap );
-    void Init( wxDC *dc, const wxSize &area );
-
-        // Blits the buffer to the dc, and detaches the dc from
-        // the buffer.  Usually called in the dtor or by the dtor
-        // of derived classes if the BufferedDC must blit before
-        // the derived class (which may own the dc it's blitting
-        // to) is destroyed.
-
-    void UnMask();
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBufferedDC)
-};
-
-
-// ==============================================================
-//   Double buffered PaintDC.
-// --------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Creates a double buffered wxPaintDC, optionally allowing the
-// user to specify their own buffer to use.
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBufferedPaintDC : public wxBufferedDC
-{
-private:
-
-    wxPaintDC    m_paintdc;
-
-public:
-
-    wxBufferedPaintDC( wxWindow *window, const wxBitmap &buffer = wxNullBitmap );
-
-    // default copy ctor ok.
-
-    ~wxBufferedPaintDC();
-};
-
-
-#endif  // _WX_DCBUFFER_H_
-

include/wx/dcclient.h

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _WX_DCCLIENT_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DCCLIENT_H_BASE_
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-#include "wx/msw/dcclient.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-#include "wx/motif/dcclient.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#include "wx/gtk/dcclient.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-#include "wx/x11/dcclient.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-#include "wx/mgl/dcclient.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-#include "wx/mac/dcclient.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-#include "wx/cocoa/dcclient.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/dcclient.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_DCCLIENT_H_BASE_

include/wx/dcmemory.h

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _WX_DCMEMORY_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DCMEMORY_H_BASE_
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-#include "wx/msw/dcmemory.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-#include "wx/motif/dcmemory.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#include "wx/gtk/dcmemory.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-#include "wx/x11/dcmemory.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-#include "wx/mgl/dcmemory.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-#include "wx/mac/dcmemory.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-#include "wx/cocoa/dcmemory.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/dcmemory.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_DCMEMORY_H_BASE_

include/wx/dcprint.h

@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _WX_DCPRINT_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DCPRINT_H_BASE_
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-#include "wx/msw/dcprint.h"
-#endif
-#if defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/dcprint.h"
-#endif
-#if defined(__WXMAC__)
-#include "wx/mac/dcprint.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_DCPRINT_H_BASE_

include/wx/dcps.h

@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _WX_DCPS_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DCPS_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/generic/dcpsg.h"
-
-#endif
-

include/wx/dcscreen.h

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _WX_DCSCREEN_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DCSCREEN_H_BASE_
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-#include "wx/msw/dcscreen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-#include "wx/motif/dcscreen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#include "wx/gtk/dcscreen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-#include "wx/x11/dcscreen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-#include "wx/mgl/dcscreen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-#include "wx/mac/dcscreen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-#include "wx/cocoa/dcscreen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/dcscreen.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_DCSCREEN_H_BASE_

include/wx/dde.h

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _WX_DDE_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DDE_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/list.h"
-
-class wxDDEClient;
-class wxDDEServer;
-class wxDDEConnection;
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxDDEClient, wxDDEClientList);
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxDDEServer, wxDDEServerList);
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxDDEConnection, wxDDEConnectionList);
-
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-#include "wx/msw/dde.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-#include "wx/motif/dde.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#include "wx/gtk/dde.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-#include "wx/mac/dde.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/dde.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_DDE_H_BASE_

include/wx/debug.h

@@ -1,236 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/debug.h
-// Purpose:     Misc debug functions and macros
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     29/01/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef   _WX_DEBUG_H_
-#define   _WX_DEBUG_H_
-
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
-#include  <assert.h>
-#endif
-#include  <limits.h>            // for CHAR_BIT used below
-
-#include  "wx/wxchar.h"         // for __TFILE__ and wxChar
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Defines controlling the debugging macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// if _DEBUG is defined (MS VC++ and others use it in debug builds), define
-// __WXDEBUG__ too
-#ifdef _DEBUG
-    #ifndef __WXDEBUG__
-        #define __WXDEBUG__
-    #endif // !__WXDEBUG__
-#endif // _DEBUG
-
-// if NDEBUG is defined (<assert.h> uses it), undef __WXDEBUG__ and WXDEBUG
-#ifdef NDEBUG
-    #undef __WXDEBUG__
-    #undef WXDEBUG
-#endif // NDEBUG
-
-// if __WXDEBUG__ is defined, make sure that WXDEBUG is defined and >= 1
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-    #if !defined(WXDEBUG) || !WXDEBUG
-        #undef WXDEBUG
-        #define WXDEBUG 1
-    #endif // !WXDEBUG
-#endif // __WXDEBUG__
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Debugging macros
-//
-// All debugging macros rely on ASSERT() which in turn calls user-defined
-// OnAssert() function. To keep things simple, it's called even when the
-// expression is TRUE (i.e. everything is ok) and by default does nothing: just
-// returns the same value back. But if you redefine it to do something more sexy
-// (popping up a message box in your favourite GUI, sending you e-mail or
-// whatever) it will affect all ASSERTs, FAILs and CHECKs in your code.
-//
-// Warning: if you don't like advice on programming style, don't read
-// further! ;-)
-//
-// Extensive use of these macros is recommended! Remember that ASSERTs are
-// disabled in final build (without __WXDEBUG__ defined), so they add strictly
-// nothing to your program's code. On the other hand, CHECK macros do stay
-// even in release builds, but in general are not much of a burden, while
-// a judicious use of them might increase your program's stability.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Macros which are completely disabled in 'release' mode
-//
-// NB: these functions are implemented in src/common/appcmn.cpp
-#ifdef  __WXDEBUG__
-  /*
-    this function may be redefined to do something non trivial and is called
-    whenever one of debugging macros fails (i.e. condition is false in an
-    assertion)
-
-    parameters:
-       szFile and nLine - file name and line number of the ASSERT
-       szMsg            - optional message explaining the reason
-  */
-  extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxOnAssert(const wxChar *szFile,
-                                     int nLine,
-                                     const wxChar *szCond,
-                                     const wxChar *szMsg = NULL);
-
-  // call this function to break into the debugger unconditionally (assuming
-  // the program is running under debugger, of course)
-  extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxTrap();
-
-  // helper function used to implement wxASSERT and wxASSERT_MSG
-  //
-  // note using "int" and not "bool" for cond to avoid VC++ warnings about
-  // implicit conversions when doing "wxAssert( pointer )" and also use of
-  // "!!cond" below to ensure that everything is converted to int
-  extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxAssert(int cond,
-                                   const wxChar *szFile,
-                                   int nLine,
-                                   const wxChar *szCond,
-                                   const wxChar *szMsg = NULL) ;
-
-  // generic assert macro
-  #define wxASSERT(cond) wxAssert(!!(cond), __TFILE__, __LINE__, _T(#cond))
-
-  // assert with additional message explaining it's cause
-  #define wxASSERT_MSG(cond, msg) \
-    wxAssert(!!(cond), __TFILE__, __LINE__, _T(#cond), msg)
-
-  // an assert helper used to avoid warning when testing constant expressions,
-  // i.e. wxASSERT( sizeof(int) == 4 ) can generate a compiler warning about
-  // expression being always true, but not using
-  // wxASSERT( wxAssertIsEqual(sizeof(int), 4) )
-  //
-  // NB: this is made obsolete by wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT() and shouldn't be
-  //     used any longer
-  extern bool WXDLLEXPORT wxAssertIsEqual(int x, int y);
-#else
-  #define wxTrap()
-
-  // nothing to do in release modes (hopefully at this moment there are
-  // no more bugs ;-)
-  #define wxASSERT(cond)
-  #define wxASSERT_MSG(x, m)
-#endif  //__WXDEBUG__
-
-// Use of wxFalse instead of FALSE suppresses compiler warnings about testing
-// constant expression
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const bool) wxFalse;
-#define wxAssertFailure wxFalse
-
-// special form of assert: always triggers it (in debug mode)
-#define wxFAIL                 wxASSERT(wxAssertFailure)
-
-// FAIL with some message
-#define wxFAIL_MSG(msg)        wxASSERT_MSG(wxAssertFailure, msg)
-
-// NB: the following macros work also in release mode!
-
-/*
-  These macros must be used only in invalid situation: for example, an
-  invalid parameter (NULL pointer) is passed to a function. Instead of
-  dereferencing it and causing core dump the function might try using
-  CHECK( p != NULL ) or CHECK( p != NULL, return LogError("p is NULL!!") )
-*/
-
-// check that expression is true, "return" if not (also FAILs in debug mode)
-#define wxCHECK(x, rc)            if (!(x)) {wxFAIL; return rc; }
-
-// as wxCHECK but with a message explaining why we fail
-#define wxCHECK_MSG(x, rc, msg)   if (!(x)) {wxFAIL_MSG(msg); return rc; }
-
-// check that expression is true, perform op if not
-#define wxCHECK2(x, op)           if (!(x)) {wxFAIL; op; }
-
-// as wxCHECK2 but with a message explaining why we fail
-#define wxCHECK2_MSG(x, op, msg)  if (!(x)) {wxFAIL_MSG(msg); op; }
-
-// special form of wxCHECK2: as wxCHECK, but for use in void functions
-//
-// NB: there is only one form (with msg parameter) and it's intentional:
-//     there is no other way to tell the caller what exactly went wrong
-//     from the void function (of course, the function shouldn't be void
-//     to begin with...)
-#define wxCHECK_RET(x, msg)       if (!(x)) {wxFAIL_MSG(msg); return; }
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Compile time asserts
-//
-// Unlike the normal assert and related macros above which are checked during
-// the program tun-time the macros below will result in a compilation error if
-// the condition they check is false. This is usually used to check the
-// expressions containing sizeof()s which cannot be tested with the
-// preprocessor. If you can use the #if's, do use them as you can give a more
-// detailed error message then.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
-  How this works (you don't have to understand it to be able to use the
-  macros): we rely on the fact that it is invalid to define a named bit field
-  in a struct of width 0. All the rest are just the hacks to minimize the
-  possibility of the compiler warnings when compiling this macro: in
-  particular, this is why we define a struct and not an object (which would
-  result in a warning about unused variable) and a named struct (otherwise we'd
-  get a warning about an unnamed struct not used to define an object!).
-  The _n__ part is to stop VC++ 7 being confused since it encloses __LINE++ in
-  parentheses. Unfortunately this does not work with other compilers, so
-  we will only enable it when we know the _precise_ symbols to test for.
- */
-
-#define wxMAKE_ASSERT_NAME_HELPER(line)     wxAssert_ ## line
-#define wxMAKE_ASSERT_NAME(line)            wxMAKE_ASSERT_NAME_HELPER(line)
-#if 0
-#define wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME           wxMAKE_ASSERT_NAME(_n___ ## __LINE__)
-#else
-#define wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME           wxMAKE_ASSERT_NAME(__LINE__)
-#endif
-#define wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME2(text)    wxMAKE_ASSERT_NAME(text)
-
-/*
-  The second argument of this macro must be a valid C++ identifier and not a
-  string. I.e. you should use it like this:
-
-    wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( sizeof(int) >= 2, YourIntsAreTooSmall );
-
- It may be used both within a function and in the global scope.
-*/
-#define wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(expr, msg) \
-    struct wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME { unsigned int msg: expr; }
-
-#define wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT2(expr, msg, text) \
-    struct wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME2(text) { unsigned int msg: expr; }
-
-// helpers for wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT below, for private use only
-#define wxMAKE_BITSIZE_MSG(type, size) type ## SmallerThan ## size ## Bits
-
-// a special case of compile time assert: check that the size of the given type
-// is at least the given number of bits
-#define wxASSERT_MIN_BITSIZE(type, size) \
-    wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sizeof(type) * CHAR_BIT >= size, \
-                          wxMAKE_BITSIZE_MSG(type, size))
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// other miscellaneous debugger-related functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// return true if we're running under debugger
-//
-// currently this only really works under Mac in CodeWarrior builds, it always
-// returns false otherwise
-#ifdef __WXMAC__
-    extern bool WXDLLEXPORT wxIsDebuggerRunning();
-#else // !Mac
-    inline bool WXDLLEXPORT wxIsDebuggerRunning() { return false; }
-#endif // Mac/!Mac
-
-#endif  // _WX_DEBUG_H_
-

include/wx/dialog.h

@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/dialog.h
-// Purpose:     wxDialogBase class
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     29.06.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DIALOG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DIALOG_H_BASE_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "dialogbase.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/containr.h"
-#include "wx/toplevel.h"
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxDialogNameStr;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDialogBase : public wxTopLevelWindow
-{
-public:
-    wxDialogBase() { Init(); }
-    virtual ~wxDialogBase() { }
-
-    void Init();
-
-    // the modal dialogs have a return code - usually the id of the last
-    // pressed button
-    void SetReturnCode(int returnCode) { m_returnCode = returnCode; }
-    int GetReturnCode() const { return m_returnCode; }
-
-#if wxUSE_STATTEXT // && wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-    // splits text up at newlines and places the
-    // lines into a vertical wxBoxSizer
-    wxSizer *CreateTextSizer( const wxString &message );
-#endif // wxUSE_STATTEXT // && wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-#if wxUSE_BUTTON
-    // places buttons into a horizontal wxBoxSizer
-    wxSizer *CreateButtonSizer( long flags );
-#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON
-
-protected:
-    // the return code from modal dialog
-    int m_returnCode;
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER();
-};
-
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)
-    #include "wx/univ/dialog.h"
-#else
-    #if defined(__WXMSW__)
-        #include "wx/msw/dialog.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-        #include "wx/motif/dialog.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-        #include "wx/gtk/dialog.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-        #include "wx/mac/dialog.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-        #include "wx/cocoa/dialog.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXPM__)
-        #include "wx/os2/dialog.h"
-    #endif
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_DIALOG_H_BASE_

include/wx/dialup.h

@@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/dialup.h
-// Purpose:     Network related wxWindows classes and functions
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     07.07.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DIALUP_H
-#define _WX_DIALUP_H
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "dialup.h"
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// misc
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxArrayString;
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxEmptyString;
-
-#define WXDIALUP_MANAGER_DEFAULT_BEACONHOST  wxT("www.yahoo.com")
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// A class which groups functions dealing with connecting to the network from a
-// workstation using dial-up access to the net. There is at most one instance
-// of this class in the program accessed via GetDialUpManager().
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/* TODO
- *
- * 1. more configurability for Unix: i.e. how to initiate the connection, how
- *    to check for online status, &c.
- * 2. a function to enumerate all connections (ISPs) and show a dialog in
- *    Dial() allowing to choose between them if no ISP given
- * 3. add an async version of dialing functions which notify the caller about
- *    the progress (or may be even start another thread to monitor it)
- * 4. the static creation/accessor functions are not MT-safe - but is this
- *    really crucial? I think we may suppose they're always called from the
- *    main thread?
- */
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDialUpManager
-{
-public:
-    // this function should create and return the object of the
-    // platform-specific class derived from wxDialUpManager. It's implemented
-    // in the platform-specific source files.
-    static wxDialUpManager *Create();
-
-    // could the dialup manager be initialized correctly? If this function
-    // returns FALSE, no other functions will work neither, so it's a good idea
-    // to call this function and check its result before calling any other
-    // wxDialUpManager methods
-    virtual bool IsOk() const = 0;
-
-    // virtual dtor for any base class
-    virtual ~wxDialUpManager() { }
-
-    // operations
-    // ----------
-
-    // fills the array with the names of all possible values for the first
-    // parameter to Dial() on this machine and returns their number (may be 0)
-    virtual size_t GetISPNames(wxArrayString& names) const = 0;
-
-    // dial the given ISP, use username and password to authentificate
-    //
-    // if no nameOfISP is given, the function will select the default one
-    //
-    // if no username/password are given, the function will try to do without
-    // them, but will ask the user if really needed
-    //
-    // if async parameter is FALSE, the function waits until the end of dialing
-    // and returns TRUE upon successful completion.
-    // if async is TRUE, the function only initiates the connection and returns
-    // immediately - the result is reported via events (an event is sent
-    // anyhow, but if dialing failed it will be a DISCONNECTED one)
-    virtual bool Dial(const wxString& nameOfISP = wxEmptyString,
-                      const wxString& username = wxEmptyString,
-                      const wxString& password = wxEmptyString,
-                      bool async = TRUE) = 0;
-
-    // returns TRUE if (async) dialing is in progress
-    virtual bool IsDialing() const = 0;
-
-    // cancel dialing the number initiated with Dial(async = TRUE)
-    // NB: this won't result in DISCONNECTED event being sent
-    virtual bool CancelDialing() = 0;
-
-    // hang up the currently active dial up connection
-    virtual bool HangUp() = 0;
-
-    // online status
-    // -------------
-
-    // returns TRUE if the computer has a permanent network connection (i.e. is
-    // on a LAN) and so there is no need to use Dial() function to go online
-    //
-    // NB: this functions tries to guess the result and it is not always
-    //     guaranteed to be correct, so it's better to ask user for
-    //     confirmation or give him a possibility to override it
-    virtual bool IsAlwaysOnline() const = 0;
-
-    // returns TRUE if the computer is connected to the network: under Windows,
-    // this just means that a RAS connection exists, under Unix we check that
-    // the "well-known host" (as specified by SetWellKnownHost) is reachable
-    virtual bool IsOnline() const = 0;
-
-    // sometimes the built-in logic for determining the online status may fail,
-    // so, in general, the user should be allowed to override it. This function
-    // allows to forcefully set the online status - whatever our internal
-    // algorithm may think about it.
-    virtual void SetOnlineStatus(bool isOnline = TRUE) = 0;
-
-    // set misc wxDialUpManager options
-    // --------------------------------
-
-    // enable automatical checks for the connection status and sending of
-    // wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED/wxEVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED events. The interval
-    // parameter is only for Unix where we do the check manually: under
-    // Windows, the notification about the change of connection status is
-    // instantenous.
-    //
-    // Returns FALSE if couldn't set up automatic check for online status.
-    virtual bool EnableAutoCheckOnlineStatus(size_t nSeconds = 60) = 0;
-
-    // disable automatic check for connection status change - notice that the
-    // wxEVT_DIALUP_XXX events won't be sent any more neither.
-    virtual void DisableAutoCheckOnlineStatus() = 0;
-
-    // additional Unix-only configuration
-    // ----------------------------------
-
-    // under Unix, the value of well-known host is used to check whether we're
-    // connected to the internet. It's unused under Windows, but this function
-    // is always safe to call. The default value is www.yahoo.com.
-    virtual void SetWellKnownHost(const wxString& hostname,
-                                  int portno = 80) = 0;
-
-    // Sets the commands to start up the network and to hang up again. Used by
-    // the Unix implementations only.
-    virtual void
-    SetConnectCommand(const wxString& commandDial = wxT("/usr/bin/pon"),
-                      const wxString& commandHangup = wxT("/usr/bin/poff")) = 0;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDialUpManager events
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED, 450)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED, 451)
-END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-
-// the event class for the dialup events
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDialUpEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
-    wxDialUpEvent(bool isConnected, bool isOwnEvent) : wxEvent(isOwnEvent)
-    {
-        SetEventType(isConnected ? wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED
-                                 : wxEVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED);
-    }
-
-    // is this a CONNECTED or DISCONNECTED event?
-    bool IsConnectedEvent() const
-        { return GetEventType() == wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED; }
-
-    // does this event come from wxDialUpManager::Dial() or from some extrenal
-    // process (i.e. does it result from our own attempt to establish the
-    // connection)?
-    bool IsOwnEvent() const { return m_id != 0; }
-
-    // implement the base class pure virtual
-    virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxDialUpEvent(*this); }
-};
-
-// the type of dialup event handler function
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxDialUpEventFunction)(wxDialUpEvent&);
-
-// macros to catch dialup events
-#define EVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED(func) \
-   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxDialUpEventFunction) & func, NULL),
-#define EVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED(func) \
-   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxDialUpEventFunction) & func, NULL),
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER
-
-#endif // _WX_DIALUP_H

include/wx/dir.h

@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/dir.h
-// Purpose:     wxDir is a class for enumerating the files in a directory
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     08.12.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DIR_H_
-#define _WX_DIR_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "dir.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
-    #include  "wx/string.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// these flags define what kind of filenames is included in the list of files
-// enumerated by GetFirst/GetNext
-enum
-{
-    wxDIR_FILES     = 0x0001,       // include files
-    wxDIR_DIRS      = 0x0002,       // include directories
-    wxDIR_HIDDEN    = 0x0004,       // include hidden files
-    wxDIR_DOTDOT    = 0x0008,       // include '.' and '..'
-
-    // by default, enumerate everything except '.' and '..'
-    wxDIR_DEFAULT   = wxDIR_FILES | wxDIR_DIRS | wxDIR_HIDDEN
-};
-
-// these constants are possible return value of wxDirTraverser::OnDir()
-enum wxDirTraverseResult
-{
-    wxDIR_IGNORE = -1,      // ignore this directory but continue with others
-    wxDIR_STOP,             // stop traversing
-    wxDIR_CONTINUE          // continue into this directory
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDirTraverser: helper class for wxDir::Traverse()
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDirTraverser
-{
-public:
-    // called for each file found by wxDir::Traverse()
-    //
-    // return wxDIR_STOP or wxDIR_CONTINUE from here (wxDIR_IGNORE doesn't
-    // make sense)
-    virtual wxDirTraverseResult OnFile(const wxString& filename) = 0;
-
-    // called for each directory found by wxDir::Traverse()
-    //
-    // return one of the enum elements defined above
-    virtual wxDirTraverseResult OnDir(const wxString& dirname) = 0;
-
-    // called for each directory which we couldn't open during our traversal
-    // of the directory tyree
-    //
-    // this method can also return either wxDIR_STOP, wxDIR_IGNORE or
-    // wxDIR_CONTINUE but the latter is treated specially: it means to retry
-    // opening the directory and so may lead to infinite loop if it is
-    // returned unconditionally, be careful with this!
-    //
-    // the base class version always returns wxDIR_IGNORE
-    virtual wxDirTraverseResult OnOpenError(const wxString& dirname);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDir: portable equivalent of {open/read/close}dir functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDirData;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDir
-{
-public:
-    // test for existence of a directory with the given name
-    static bool Exists(const wxString& dir);
-
-    // ctors
-    // -----
-
-    // default, use Open()
-    wxDir() { m_data = NULL; }
-
-    // opens the directory for enumeration, use IsOpened() to test success
-    wxDir(const wxString& dir);
-
-    // dtor cleans up the associated ressources
-    ~wxDir();
-
-    // open the directory for enumerating
-    bool Open(const wxString& dir);
-
-    // returns TRUE if the directory was successfully opened
-    bool IsOpened() const;
-
-    // get the full name of the directory (without '/' at the end)
-    wxString GetName() const;
-
-    // file enumeration routines
-    // -------------------------
-
-    // start enumerating all files matching filespec (or all files if it is
-    // empty) and flags, return TRUE on success
-    bool GetFirst(wxString *filename,
-                  const wxString& filespec = wxEmptyString,
-                  int flags = wxDIR_DEFAULT) const;
-
-    // get next file in the enumeration started with GetFirst()
-    bool GetNext(wxString *filename) const;
-
-    // return true if this directory has any files in it
-    bool HasFiles(const wxString& spec = wxEmptyString);
-
-    // return true if this directory has any subdirectories
-    bool HasSubDirs(const wxString& spec = wxEmptyString);
-
-    // enumerate all files in this directory and its subdirectories
-    //
-    // return the number of files found
-    size_t Traverse(wxDirTraverser& sink,
-                    const wxString& filespec = wxEmptyString,
-                    int flags = wxDIR_DEFAULT) const;
-
-    // simplest version of Traverse(): get the names of all files under this
-    // directory into filenames array, return the number of files
-    static size_t GetAllFiles(const wxString& dirname,
-                              wxArrayString *files,
-                              const wxString& filespec = wxEmptyString,
-                              int flags = wxDIR_DEFAULT);
-
-private:
-    friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxDirData;
-
-    wxDirData *m_data;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDir)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_DIR_H_

include/wx/dirctrl.h

@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _WX_DIRCTRL_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DIRCTRL_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/generic/dirctrlg.h"
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_DIRCTRL_H_BASE_

include/wx/dirdlg.h

@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _WX_DIRDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DIRDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#if wxUSE_DIRDLG
-
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxDirDialogNameStr;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxDirDialogDefaultFolderStr;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxDirSelectorPromptStr;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxEmptyString;
-
-#define wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE \
-    (wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxRESIZE_BORDER | wxDD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON)
-
-/*
-    The interface (TODO: make the other classes really derive from it!) is
-    something like this:
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDirDialogBase : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
-    wxDirDialogBase(wxWindow *parent,
-                    const wxString& title = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
-                    const wxString& defaultPath = wxEmptyString,
-                    long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE,
-                    const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                    const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,
-                    const wxString& name = _T("dirdialog"));
-
-    void SetMessage(const wxString& message);
-    void SetPath(const wxString& path);
-    void SetStyle(long style);
-
-    wxString GetMessage() const;
-    wxString GetPath() const;
-    long GetStyle() const;
-};
-
-*/
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #if defined(__WIN16__) || (defined(__GNUWIN32__) && !wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS) || defined(__SALFORDC__) || !wxUSE_OLE
-        #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h"
-        #define wxDirDialog wxGenericDirDialog
-    #else
-        #include "wx/msw/dirdlg.h"
-    #endif
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-    #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-    #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/dirdlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h"
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #define wxDirDialog wxGenericDirDialog
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// common ::wxDirSelector() function
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WXDLLEXPORT wxString
-wxDirSelector(const wxString& message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr,
-              const wxString& defaultPath = wxEmptyString,
-              long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE,
-              const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-              wxWindow *parent = NULL);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DIRDLG
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_DIRDLG_H_BASE_

include/wx/display.h

@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/display.h
-// Purpose:     wxDisplay class
-// Author:      Royce Mitchell III
-// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin (resolution changes, display modes, ...)
-// Created:     06/21/02
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 2002-2003 wxWindows team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DISPLAY_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DISPLAY_H_BASE_
-
-#if wxUSE_DISPLAY
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "displaybase.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxVideoMode: contains video mode parameters for a display
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct WXDLLEXPORT wxVideoMode
-{
-    wxVideoMode(int width = 0, int height = 0, int depth = 0, int freq = 0)
-    {
-        w = width;
-        h = height;
-
-        bpp = depth;
-
-        refresh = freq;
-    }
-
-    // default copy ctor and assignment operator are ok
-
-    bool operator==(const wxVideoMode& m) const
-    {
-        return w == m.w && h == m.h && bpp == m.bpp && refresh == m.refresh;
-    }
-    bool operator!=(const wxVideoMode& mode) const
-    {
-        return !operator==(mode);
-    }
-
-    // returns true if this mode matches the other one in the sense that all
-    // non zero fields of the other mode have the same value in this one
-    // (except for refresh which is allowed to have a greater value)
-    bool Matches(const wxVideoMode& other) const
-    {
-        return (!other.w || w == other.w) &&
-                    (!other.h || h == other.h) &&
-                        (!other.bpp || bpp == other.bpp) &&
-                            (!other.refresh || refresh >= other.refresh);
-    }
-
-    // the screen size in pixels (e.g. 640*480), 0 means unspecified
-    int w, h;
-
-    // bits per pixel (e.g. 32), 1 is monochrome and 0 means unspecified/known
-    int bpp;
-
-    // refresh frequency in Hz, 0 means unspecified/unknown
-    int refresh;
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxVideoMode, wxArrayVideoModes);
-
-// default, uninitialized, video mode object
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxVideoMode) wxDefaultVideoMode;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDisplayBase: represents a display/monitor attached to the system
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDisplayBase
-{
-public:
-    // initialize the object containing all information about the given
-    // display
-    //
-    // the displays are numbered from 0 to GetCount() - 1, 0 is always the
-    // primary display and the only one which is always supported
-    wxDisplayBase(size_t index = 0);
-
-    // return the number of available displays, valid parameters to
-    // wxDisplay ctor are from 0 up to this number
-    static size_t GetCount();
-
-    // find the display where the given point lies, return wxNOT_FOUND if
-    // it doesn't belong to any display
-    static int GetFromPoint(const wxPoint& pt);
-
-    // find the display where the given window lies, return wxNOT_FOUND if it
-    // is not shown at all
-    static int GetFromWindow(wxWindow *window);
-
-
-    // return true if the object was initialized successfully
-    virtual bool IsOk() const { return true; }
-
-    // get the display size
-    virtual wxRect GetGeometry() const = 0;
-
-    // name may be empty
-    virtual wxString GetName() const = 0;
-
-    // display 0 is always the primary display
-    bool IsPrimary() const { return m_index == 0; }
-
-
-    // enumerate all video modes supported by this display matching the given
-    // one (in the sense of wxVideoMode::Match())
-    //
-    // as any mode matches the default value of the argument and there is
-    // always at least one video mode supported by display, the returned array
-    // is only empty for the default value of the argument if this function is
-    // not supported at all on this platform
-    virtual wxArrayVideoModes
-        GetModes(const wxVideoMode& mode = wxDefaultVideoMode) const = 0;
-
-    // get current video mode
-    virtual wxVideoMode GetCurrentMode() const = 0;
-
-    // change current mode, return true if succeeded, false otherwise
-    //
-    // for the default value of the argument restores the video mode to default
-    virtual bool ChangeMode(const wxVideoMode& mode = wxDefaultVideoMode) = 0;
-
-    // restore the default video mode (just a more readable synonym)
-    void ResetMode() { (void)ChangeMode(); }
-
-    // virtual dtor as for any base class
-    virtual ~wxDisplayBase() { }
-
-protected:
-    // the index of this display (0 is always the primary one)
-    size_t m_index;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDisplayBase);
-};
-
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/display.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/display.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/unix/displayx11.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/display.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/display.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DISPLAY
-
-#endif // _WX_DISPLAY_H_BASE_

include/wx/dnd.h

@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/dnd.h
-// Purpose:     Drag and drop classes declarations
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     26.05.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows Team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DND_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DND_H_BASE_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "dndbase.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
-#include "wx/dataobj.h"
-#include "wx/cursor.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// flags for wxDropSource::DoDragDrop()
-//
-// NB: wxDrag_CopyOnly must be 0 (== FALSE) and wxDrag_AllowMove must be 1
-//     (== TRUE) for compatibility with the old DoDragDrop(bool) method!
-enum
-{
-    wxDrag_CopyOnly    = 0, // allow only copying
-    wxDrag_AllowMove   = 1, // allow moving (copying is always allowed)
-    wxDrag_DefaultMove = 3  // the default operation is move, not copy
-};
-
-// result of wxDropSource::DoDragDrop() call
-enum wxDragResult
-{
-    wxDragError,    // error prevented the d&d operation from completing
-    wxDragNone,     // drag target didn't accept the data
-    wxDragCopy,     // the data was successfully copied
-    wxDragMove,     // the data was successfully moved (MSW only)
-    wxDragLink,     // operation is a drag-link
-    wxDragCancel    // the operation was cancelled by user (not an error)
-};
-
-inline WXDLLEXPORT bool wxIsDragResultOk(wxDragResult res)
-{
-    return res == wxDragCopy || res == wxDragMove || res == wxDragLink;
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDropSource is the object you need to create (and call DoDragDrop on it)
-// to initiate a drag-and-drop operation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDropSourceBase
-{
-public:
-    wxDropSourceBase(const wxCursor &cursorCopy = wxNullCursor,
-                     const wxCursor &cursorMove = wxNullCursor,
-                     const wxCursor &cursorStop = wxNullCursor)
-        : m_cursorCopy(cursorCopy),
-          m_cursorMove(cursorMove),
-          m_cursorStop(cursorStop)
-        { m_data = (wxDataObject *)NULL; }
-    virtual ~wxDropSourceBase() { }
-
-    // set the data which is transfered by drag and drop
-    void SetData(wxDataObject& data)
-      { m_data = &data; }
-
-    wxDataObject *GetDataObject()
-      { return m_data; }
-
-    // set the icon corresponding to given drag result
-    void SetCursor(wxDragResult res, const wxCursor& cursor)
-    {
-        if ( res == wxDragCopy )
-            m_cursorCopy = cursor;
-        else if ( res == wxDragMove )
-            m_cursorMove = cursor;
-        else
-            m_cursorStop = cursor;
-    }
-
-    // start drag action, see enum wxDragResult for return value description
-    //
-    // if flags contains wxDrag_AllowMove, moving (and only copying) data is
-    // allowed, if it contains wxDrag_DefaultMove (which includes the previous
-    // flag), it is even the default operation
-    virtual wxDragResult DoDragDrop(int flags = wxDrag_CopyOnly) = 0;
-
-    // override to give feedback depending on the current operation result
-    // "effect" and return TRUE if you did something, FALSE to let the library
-    // give the default feedback
-    virtual bool GiveFeedback(wxDragResult WXUNUSED(effect)) { return FALSE; }
-
-protected:
-    const wxCursor& GetCursor(wxDragResult res) const
-    {
-        if ( res == wxDragCopy )
-            return m_cursorCopy;
-        else if ( res == wxDragMove )
-            return m_cursorMove;
-        else
-            return m_cursorStop;
-    }
-
-    // the data we're dragging
-    wxDataObject *m_data;
-
-    // the cursors to use for feedback
-    wxCursor m_cursorCopy,
-             m_cursorMove,
-             m_cursorStop;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDropSourceBase)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDropTarget should be associated with a window if it wants to be able to
-// receive data via drag and drop.
-//
-// To use this class, you should derive from wxDropTarget and implement
-// OnData() pure virtual method. You may also wish to override OnDrop() if you
-// want to accept the data only inside some region of the window (this may
-// avoid having to copy the data to this application which happens only when
-// OnData() is called)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDropTargetBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctor takes a pointer to heap-allocated wxDataObject which will be owned
-    // by wxDropTarget and deleted by it automatically. If you don't give it
-    // here, you can use SetDataObject() later.
-    wxDropTargetBase(wxDataObject *dataObject = (wxDataObject*)NULL)
-        { m_dataObject = dataObject; }
-    // dtor deletes our data object
-    virtual ~wxDropTargetBase()
-        { delete m_dataObject; }
-
-    // get/set the associated wxDataObject
-    wxDataObject *GetDataObject() const
-        { return m_dataObject; }
-    void SetDataObject(wxDataObject *dataObject)
-        { if (m_dataObject) delete m_dataObject;
-    m_dataObject = dataObject; }
-
-    // these functions are called when data is moved over position (x, y) and
-    // may return either wxDragCopy, wxDragMove or wxDragNone depending on
-    // what would happen if the data were dropped here.
-    //
-    // the last parameter is what would happen by default and is determined by
-    // the platform-specific logic (for example, under Windows it's wxDragCopy
-    // if Ctrl key is pressed and wxDragMove otherwise) except that it will
-    // always be wxDragNone if the carried data is in an unsupported format.
-
-    // called when the mouse enters the window (only once until OnLeave())
-    virtual wxDragResult OnEnter(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def)
-        { return OnDragOver(x, y, def); }
-
-    // called when the mouse moves in the window - shouldn't take long to
-    // execute or otherwise mouse movement would be too slow
-    virtual wxDragResult OnDragOver(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y),
-                                    wxDragResult def)
-        { return def; }
-
-    // called when mouse leaves the window: might be used to remove the
-    // feedback which was given in OnEnter()
-    virtual void OnLeave() { }
-
-    // this function is called when data is dropped at position (x, y) - if it
-    // returns TRUE, OnData() will be called immediately afterwards which will
-    // allow to retrieve the data dropped.
-    virtual bool OnDrop(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
-
-    // called after OnDrop() returns TRUE: you will usually just call
-    // GetData() from here and, probably, also refresh something to update the
-    // new data and, finally, return the code indicating how did the operation
-    // complete (returning default value in case of success and wxDragError on
-    // failure is usually ok)
-    virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) = 0;
-
-    // may be called *only* from inside OnData() and will fill m_dataObject
-    // with the data from the drop source if it returns TRUE
-    virtual bool GetData() = 0;
-
-protected:
-    wxDataObject *m_dataObject;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDropTargetBase)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include platform dependent class declarations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/ole/dropsrc.h"
-    #include "wx/msw/ole/droptgt.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/dnd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-    #include "wx/x11/dnd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/dnd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/dnd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/dnd.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// standard wxDropTarget implementations (implemented in common/dobjcmn.cpp)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// A simple wxDropTarget derived class for text data: you only need to
-// override OnDropText() to get something working
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextDropTarget : public wxDropTarget
-{
-public:
-    wxTextDropTarget();
-
-    virtual bool OnDropText(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxString& text) = 0;
-
-    virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
-};
-
-// A drop target which accepts files (dragged from File Manager or Explorer)
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileDropTarget : public wxDropTarget
-{
-public:
-    wxFileDropTarget();
-
-    // parameters are the number of files and the array of file names
-    virtual bool OnDropFiles(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
-                             const wxArrayString& filenames) = 0;
-
-    virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
-#endif // _WX_DND_H_BASE_

include/wx/docmdi.h

@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        docmdi.h
-// Purpose:     Frame classes for MDI document/view applications
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c)
-// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DOCMDI_H_
-#define _WX_DOCMDI_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "docmdi.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#include "wx/docview.h"
-#include "wx/mdi.h"
-
-/*
- * Use this instead of wxMDIParentFrame
- */
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDocMDIParentFrame: public wxMDIParentFrame
-{
-public:
-    wxDocMDIParentFrame(wxDocManager *manager, wxFrame *parent, wxWindowID id,
-        const wxString& title, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, const wxString& name = wxT("frame"));
-
-    // Extend event processing to search the document manager's event table
-    virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event);
-
-    wxDocManager *GetDocumentManager(void) const { return m_docManager; }
-
-    void OnExit(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnMRUFile(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
-
-protected:
-    wxDocManager *m_docManager;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxDocMDIParentFrame)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocMDIParentFrame)
-};
-
-/*
- * Use this instead of wxMDIChildFrame
- */
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDocMDIChildFrame: public wxMDIChildFrame
-{
-public:
-    wxDocMDIChildFrame(wxDocument *doc, wxView *view, wxMDIParentFrame *frame, wxWindowID id,
-        const wxString& title, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-        long type = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, const wxString& name = wxT("frame"));
-    ~wxDocMDIChildFrame();
-
-    // Extend event processing to search the view's event table
-    virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event);
-
-    void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);
-    void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
-
-    inline wxDocument *GetDocument() const { return m_childDocument; }
-    inline wxView *GetView(void) const { return m_childView; }
-    inline void SetDocument(wxDocument *doc) { m_childDocument = doc; }
-    inline void SetView(wxView *view) { m_childView = view; }
-    bool Destroy() { m_childView = (wxView *)NULL; return wxMDIChildFrame::Destroy(); }
-    
-protected:
-    wxDocument*       m_childDocument;
-    wxView*           m_childView;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxDocMDIChildFrame)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocMDIChildFrame)
-};
-
-#endif
-    // wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_DOCMDI_H_

include/wx/docview.h

@@ -1,614 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        docview.h
-// Purpose:     Doc/View classes
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DOCH__
-#define _WX_DOCH__
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "docview.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/cmndata.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/frame.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-    #include "wx/print.h"
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDocument;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxView;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDocTemplate;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDocManager;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrintInfo;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCommandProcessor;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileHistory;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxConfigBase;
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-  #include "wx/iosfwrap.h"
-#else
-  #include "wx/stream.h"
-#endif
-
-// Document manager flags
-enum
-{
-    wxDOC_SDI = 1,
-    wxDOC_MDI,
-    wxDOC_NEW,
-    wxDOC_SILENT,
-    wxDEFAULT_DOCMAN_FLAGS = wxDOC_SDI
-};
-
-// Document template flags
-enum
-{
-    wxTEMPLATE_VISIBLE = 1,
-    wxTEMPLATE_INVISIBLE,
-    wxDEFAULT_TEMPLATE_FLAGS = wxTEMPLATE_VISIBLE
-};
-
-#define wxMAX_FILE_HISTORY 9
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDocument : public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
-    wxDocument(wxDocument *parent = (wxDocument *) NULL);
-    ~wxDocument();
-
-    // accessors
-    void SetFilename(const wxString& filename, bool notifyViews = FALSE);
-    wxString GetFilename() const { return m_documentFile; }
-
-    void SetTitle(const wxString& title) { m_documentTitle = title; };
-    wxString GetTitle() const { return m_documentTitle; }
-
-    void SetDocumentName(const wxString& name) { m_documentTypeName = name; };
-    wxString GetDocumentName() const { return m_documentTypeName; }
-
-    bool GetDocumentSaved() const { return m_savedYet; }
-    void SetDocumentSaved(bool saved = TRUE) { m_savedYet = saved; }
-
-    virtual bool Close();
-    virtual bool Save();
-    virtual bool SaveAs();
-    virtual bool Revert();
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-    virtual wxSTD ostream& SaveObject(wxSTD ostream& stream);
-    virtual wxSTD istream& LoadObject(wxSTD istream& stream);
-#else
-    virtual wxOutputStream& SaveObject(wxOutputStream& stream);
-    virtual wxInputStream& LoadObject(wxInputStream& stream);
-#endif
-
-    // Called by wxWindows
-    virtual bool OnSaveDocument(const wxString& filename);
-    virtual bool OnOpenDocument(const wxString& filename);
-    virtual bool OnNewDocument();
-    virtual bool OnCloseDocument();
-
-    // Prompts for saving if about to close a modified document. Returns TRUE
-    // if ok to close the document (may have saved in the meantime, or set
-    // modified to FALSE)
-    virtual bool OnSaveModified();
-
-    // Called by framework if created automatically by the default document
-    // manager: gives document a chance to initialise and (usually) create a
-    // view
-    virtual bool OnCreate(const wxString& path, long flags);
-
-    // By default, creates a base wxCommandProcessor.
-    virtual wxCommandProcessor *OnCreateCommandProcessor();
-    virtual wxCommandProcessor *GetCommandProcessor() const { return m_commandProcessor; }
-    virtual void SetCommandProcessor(wxCommandProcessor *proc) { m_commandProcessor = proc; }
-
-    // Called after a view is added or removed. The default implementation
-    // deletes the document if this is there are no more views.
-    virtual void OnChangedViewList();
-
-    virtual bool DeleteContents();
-
-    virtual bool Draw(wxDC&);
-    virtual bool IsModified() const { return m_documentModified; }
-    virtual void Modify(bool mod) { m_documentModified = mod; }
-
-    virtual bool AddView(wxView *view);
-    virtual bool RemoveView(wxView *view);
-    wxList& GetViews() const { return (wxList&) m_documentViews; }
-    wxView *GetFirstView() const;
-
-    virtual void UpdateAllViews(wxView *sender = (wxView *) NULL, wxObject *hint = (wxObject *) NULL);
-    virtual void NotifyClosing();
-
-    // Remove all views (because we're closing the document)
-    virtual bool DeleteAllViews();
-
-    // Other stuff
-    virtual wxDocManager *GetDocumentManager() const;
-    virtual wxDocTemplate *GetDocumentTemplate() const { return m_documentTemplate; }
-    virtual void SetDocumentTemplate(wxDocTemplate *temp) { m_documentTemplate = temp; }
-
-    // Get title, or filename if no title, else [unnamed]
-    virtual bool GetPrintableName(wxString& buf) const;
-
-    // Returns a window that can be used as a parent for document-related
-    // dialogs. Override if necessary.
-    virtual wxWindow *GetDocumentWindow() const;
-
-protected:
-    wxList                m_documentViews;
-    wxString              m_documentFile;
-    wxString              m_documentTitle;
-    wxString              m_documentTypeName;
-    wxDocTemplate*        m_documentTemplate;
-    bool                  m_documentModified;
-    wxDocument*           m_documentParent;
-    wxCommandProcessor*   m_commandProcessor;
-    bool                  m_savedYet;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDocument)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocument)
-};
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxView: public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
-    //  wxView(wxDocument *doc = (wxDocument *) NULL);
-    wxView();
-    ~wxView();
-
-    wxDocument *GetDocument() const { return m_viewDocument; }
-    virtual void SetDocument(wxDocument *doc);
-
-    wxString GetViewName() const { return m_viewTypeName; }
-    void SetViewName(const wxString& name) { m_viewTypeName = name; };
-
-    wxWindow *GetFrame() const { return m_viewFrame ; }
-    void SetFrame(wxWindow *frame) { m_viewFrame = frame; }
-
-    virtual void OnActivateView(bool activate, wxView *activeView, wxView *deactiveView);
-    virtual void OnDraw(wxDC *dc) = 0;
-    virtual void OnPrint(wxDC *dc, wxObject *info);
-    virtual void OnUpdate(wxView *sender, wxObject *hint = (wxObject *) NULL);
-    virtual void OnClosingDocument() {};
-    virtual void OnChangeFilename();
-
-    // Called by framework if created automatically by the default document
-    // manager class: gives view a chance to initialise
-    virtual bool OnCreate(wxDocument *WXUNUSED(doc), long WXUNUSED(flags)) { return TRUE; };
-
-    // Checks if the view is the last one for the document; if so, asks user
-    // to confirm save data (if modified). If ok, deletes itself and returns
-    // TRUE.
-    virtual bool Close(bool deleteWindow = TRUE);
-
-    // Override to do cleanup/veto close
-    virtual bool OnClose(bool deleteWindow);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
-    // Defeat compiler warning
-    bool OnClose() { return wxEvtHandler::OnClose(); }
-#endif
-
-    // Extend event processing to search the document's event table
-    virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event);
-
-    // A view's window can call this to notify the view it is (in)active.
-    // The function then notifies the document manager.
-    virtual void Activate(bool activate);
-
-    wxDocManager *GetDocumentManager() const
-        { return m_viewDocument->GetDocumentManager(); }
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-    virtual wxPrintout *OnCreatePrintout();
-#endif
-
-protected:
-    wxDocument*       m_viewDocument;
-    wxString          m_viewTypeName;
-    wxWindow*         m_viewFrame;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxView)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxView)
-};
-
-// Represents user interface (and other) properties of documents and views
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDocTemplate: public wxObject
-{
-
-friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxDocManager;
-
-public:
-    // Associate document and view types. They're for identifying what view is
-    // associated with what template/document type
-    wxDocTemplate(wxDocManager *manager,
-                  const wxString& descr,
-                  const wxString& filter,
-                  const wxString& dir,
-                  const wxString& ext,
-                  const wxString& docTypeName,
-                  const wxString& viewTypeName,
-                  wxClassInfo *docClassInfo = (wxClassInfo *) NULL,
-                  wxClassInfo *viewClassInfo = (wxClassInfo *)NULL,
-                  long flags = wxDEFAULT_TEMPLATE_FLAGS);
-
-    ~wxDocTemplate();
-
-    // By default, these two member functions dynamically creates document and
-    // view using dynamic instance construction. Override these if you need a
-    // different method of construction.
-    virtual wxDocument *CreateDocument(const wxString& path, long flags = 0);
-    virtual wxView *CreateView(wxDocument *doc, long flags = 0);
-
-    wxString GetDefaultExtension() const { return m_defaultExt; };
-    wxString GetDescription() const { return m_description; }
-    wxString GetDirectory() const { return m_directory; };
-    wxDocManager *GetDocumentManager() const { return m_documentManager; }
-    void SetDocumentManager(wxDocManager *manager) { m_documentManager = manager; }
-    wxString GetFileFilter() const { return m_fileFilter; };
-    long GetFlags() const { return m_flags; };
-    virtual wxString GetViewName() const { return m_viewTypeName; }
-    virtual wxString GetDocumentName() const { return m_docTypeName; }
-
-    void SetFileFilter(const wxString& filter) { m_fileFilter = filter; };
-    void SetDirectory(const wxString& dir) { m_directory = dir; };
-    void SetDescription(const wxString& descr) { m_description = descr; };
-    void SetDefaultExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_defaultExt = ext; };
-    void SetFlags(long flags) { m_flags = flags; };
-
-    bool IsVisible() const { return ((m_flags & wxTEMPLATE_VISIBLE) == wxTEMPLATE_VISIBLE); }
-
-    virtual bool FileMatchesTemplate(const wxString& path);
-
-protected:
-    long              m_flags;
-    wxString          m_fileFilter;
-    wxString          m_directory;
-    wxString          m_description;
-    wxString          m_defaultExt;
-    wxString          m_docTypeName;
-    wxString          m_viewTypeName;
-    wxDocManager*     m_documentManager;
-
-    // For dynamic creation of appropriate instances.
-    wxClassInfo*      m_docClassInfo;
-    wxClassInfo*      m_viewClassInfo;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxDocTemplate)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocTemplate)
-};
-
-// One object of this class may be created in an application, to manage all
-// the templates and documents.
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDocManager: public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
-    wxDocManager(long flags = wxDEFAULT_DOCMAN_FLAGS, bool initialize = TRUE);
-    ~wxDocManager();
-
-    virtual bool Initialize();
-
-    // Handlers for common user commands
-    void OnFileClose(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnFileCloseAll(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnFileNew(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnFileOpen(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnFileRevert(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnFileSave(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnFileSaveAs(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnPrint(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnPrintSetup(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnPreview(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnUndo(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-    // Handlers for UI update commands
-    void OnUpdateFileOpen(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateFileClose(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateFileRevert(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateFileNew(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateFileSave(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateFileSaveAs(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
-    void OnUpdatePrint(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdatePrintSetup(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-    void OnUpdatePreview(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
-    // Extend event processing to search the view's event table
-    virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event);
-
-    // called when file format detection didn't work, can be overridden to do
-    // something in this case
-    virtual void OnOpenFileFailure() { }
-
-    virtual wxDocument *CreateDocument(const wxString& path, long flags = 0);
-    virtual wxView *CreateView(wxDocument *doc, long flags = 0);
-    virtual void DeleteTemplate(wxDocTemplate *temp, long flags = 0);
-    virtual bool FlushDoc(wxDocument *doc);
-    virtual wxDocTemplate *MatchTemplate(const wxString& path);
-    virtual wxDocTemplate *SelectDocumentPath(wxDocTemplate **templates,
-            int noTemplates, wxString& path, long flags, bool save = FALSE);
-    virtual wxDocTemplate *SelectDocumentType(wxDocTemplate **templates,
-            int noTemplates, bool sort = FALSE);
-    virtual wxDocTemplate *SelectViewType(wxDocTemplate **templates,
-            int noTemplates, bool sort = FALSE);
-    virtual wxDocTemplate *FindTemplateForPath(const wxString& path);
-
-    void AssociateTemplate(wxDocTemplate *temp);
-    void DisassociateTemplate(wxDocTemplate *temp);
-
-    wxDocument *GetCurrentDocument() const;
-
-    void SetMaxDocsOpen(int n) { m_maxDocsOpen = n; }
-    int GetMaxDocsOpen() const { return m_maxDocsOpen; }
-
-    // Add and remove a document from the manager's list
-    void AddDocument(wxDocument *doc);
-    void RemoveDocument(wxDocument *doc);
-
-    // closes all currently open documents
-    bool CloseDocuments(bool force = TRUE);
-
-    // closes the specified document
-    bool CloseDocument(wxDocument* doc, bool force = FALSE);
-
-    // Clear remaining documents and templates
-    bool Clear(bool force = TRUE);
-
-    // Views or windows should inform the document manager
-    // when a view is going in or out of focus
-    virtual void ActivateView(wxView *view, bool activate = TRUE, bool deleting = FALSE);
-    virtual wxView *GetCurrentView() const;
-
-    wxList& GetDocuments() { return m_docs; }
-    wxList& GetTemplates() { return m_templates; }
-
-    // Make a default document name
-    virtual bool MakeDefaultName(wxString& buf);
-
-    // Make a frame title (override this to do something different)
-    virtual wxString MakeFrameTitle(wxDocument* doc);
-
-    virtual wxFileHistory *OnCreateFileHistory();
-    virtual wxFileHistory *GetFileHistory() const { return m_fileHistory; }
-
-    // File history management
-    virtual void AddFileToHistory(const wxString& file);
-    virtual void RemoveFileFromHistory(size_t i);
-    virtual size_t GetHistoryFilesCount() const;
-    virtual wxString GetHistoryFile(size_t i) const;
-    virtual void FileHistoryUseMenu(wxMenu *menu);
-    virtual void FileHistoryRemoveMenu(wxMenu *menu);
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
-    virtual void FileHistoryLoad(wxConfigBase& config);
-    virtual void FileHistorySave(wxConfigBase& config);
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-    virtual void FileHistoryAddFilesToMenu();
-    virtual void FileHistoryAddFilesToMenu(wxMenu* menu);
-
-    wxString GetLastDirectory() const { return m_lastDirectory; }
-    void SetLastDirectory(const wxString& dir) { m_lastDirectory = dir; }
-
-    // Get the current document manager
-    static wxDocManager* GetDocumentManager() { return sm_docManager; }
-
-    // deprecated, use GetHistoryFilesCount() instead
-    wxDEPRECATED( size_t GetNoHistoryFiles() const );
-
-protected:
-    long              m_flags;
-    int               m_defaultDocumentNameCounter;
-    int               m_maxDocsOpen;
-    wxList            m_docs;
-    wxList            m_templates;
-    wxView*           m_currentView;
-    wxFileHistory*    m_fileHistory;
-    wxString          m_lastDirectory;
-    static wxDocManager* sm_docManager;
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDocManager)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocManager)
-};
-
-inline size_t wxDocManager::GetNoHistoryFiles() const
-{
-    return GetHistoryFilesCount();
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// A default child frame
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDocChildFrame : public wxFrame
-{
-public:
-    wxDocChildFrame(wxDocument *doc,
-                    wxView *view,
-                    wxFrame *frame,
-                    wxWindowID id,
-                    const wxString& title,
-                    const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                    const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                    long type = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
-                    const wxString& name = wxT("frame"));
-    ~wxDocChildFrame();
-
-    // Extend event processing to search the view's event table
-    virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event);
-
-    void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);
-    void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
-
-    wxDocument *GetDocument() const { return m_childDocument; }
-    wxView *GetView() const { return m_childView; }
-    void SetDocument(wxDocument *doc) { m_childDocument = doc; }
-    void SetView(wxView *view) { m_childView = view; }
-    bool Destroy() { m_childView = (wxView *)NULL; return wxFrame::Destroy(); }
-
-protected:
-    wxDocument*       m_childDocument;
-    wxView*           m_childView;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxDocChildFrame)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocChildFrame)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// A default parent frame
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDocParentFrame : public wxFrame
-{
-public:
-    wxDocParentFrame(wxDocManager *manager,
-                     wxFrame *frame,
-                     wxWindowID id,
-                     const wxString& title,
-                     const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                     const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                     long type = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
-                     const wxString& name = wxT("frame"));
-
-    // Extend event processing to search the document manager's event table
-    virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event);
-
-    wxDocManager *GetDocumentManager() const { return m_docManager; }
-
-    void OnExit(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnMRUFile(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
-
-protected:
-    wxDocManager *m_docManager;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxDocParentFrame)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocParentFrame)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Provide simple default printing facilities
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDocPrintout : public wxPrintout
-{
-public:
-    wxDocPrintout(wxView *view = (wxView *) NULL, const wxString& title = wxT("Printout"));
-    bool OnPrintPage(int page);
-    bool HasPage(int page);
-    bool OnBeginDocument(int startPage, int endPage);
-    void GetPageInfo(int *minPage, int *maxPage, int *selPageFrom, int *selPageTo);
-
-    virtual wxView *GetView() { return m_printoutView; }
-
-protected:
-    wxView*       m_printoutView;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDocPrintout)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocPrintout)
-};
-#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// File history management
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileHistory : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxFileHistory(size_t maxFiles = 9, wxWindowID idBase = wxID_FILE1);
-    ~wxFileHistory();
-
-    // Operations
-    virtual void AddFileToHistory(const wxString& file);
-    virtual void RemoveFileFromHistory(size_t i);
-    virtual int GetMaxFiles() const { return m_fileMaxFiles; }
-    virtual void UseMenu(wxMenu *menu);
-
-    // Remove menu from the list (MDI child may be closing)
-    virtual void RemoveMenu(wxMenu *menu);
-
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
-    virtual void Load(wxConfigBase& config);
-    virtual void Save(wxConfigBase& config);
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-    virtual void AddFilesToMenu();
-    virtual void AddFilesToMenu(wxMenu* menu); // Single menu
-
-    // Accessors
-    virtual wxString GetHistoryFile(size_t i) const;
-    virtual size_t GetCount() const { return m_fileHistoryN; }
-
-    const wxList& GetMenus() const { return m_fileMenus; }
-
-    // deprecated, use GetCount() instead
-    wxDEPRECATED( size_t GetNoHistoryFiles() const );
-
-protected:
-    // Last n files
-    wxChar**          m_fileHistory;
-    // Number of files saved
-    size_t            m_fileHistoryN;
-    // Menus to maintain (may need several for an MDI app)
-    wxList            m_fileMenus;
-    // Max files to maintain
-    size_t            m_fileMaxFiles;
-
-private:
-    // The ID of the first history menu item (Doesn't have to be wxID_FILE1)
-    wxWindowID m_idBase;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileHistory)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileHistory)
-};
-
-inline size_t wxFileHistory::GetNoHistoryFiles() const
-{
-    return m_fileHistoryN;
-}
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-// For compatibility with existing file formats:
-// converts from/to a stream to/from a temporary file.
-bool WXDLLEXPORT wxTransferFileToStream(const wxString& filename, wxSTD ostream& stream);
-bool WXDLLEXPORT wxTransferStreamToFile(wxSTD istream& stream, const wxString& filename);
-#else
-// For compatibility with existing file formats:
-// converts from/to a stream to/from a temporary file.
-bool WXDLLEXPORT wxTransferFileToStream(const wxString& filename, wxOutputStream& stream);
-bool WXDLLEXPORT wxTransferStreamToFile(wxInputStream& stream, const wxString& filename);
-#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#endif // _WX_DOCH__

include/wx/dragimag.h

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_BASE_
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRect;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMemoryDC;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC;
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-#if defined(__WIN16__)  || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-#include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h"
-#define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage
-#define sm_classwxDragImage sm_classwxGenericDragImage
-
-#else
-#include "wx/msw/dragimag.h"
-#endif
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-#include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h"
-#define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage
-#define sm_classwxDragImage sm_classwxGenericDragImage
-
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h"
-#define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage
-#define sm_classwxDragImage sm_classwxGenericDragImage
-
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-#include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h"
-#define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage
-#define sm_classwxDragImage sm_classwxGenericDragImage
-
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-#include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h"
-#define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage
-#define sm_classwxDragImage sm_classwxGenericDragImage
-
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h"
-#define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage
-#define sm_classwxDragImage sm_classwxGenericDragImage
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_BASE_

include/wx/dynarray.h

@@ -1,628 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        dynarray.h
-// Purpose:     auto-resizable (i.e. dynamic) array support
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12.09.97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef   _DYNARRAY_H
-#define   _DYNARRAY_H
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "dynarray.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-/*
-  This header defines the dynamic arrays and object arrays (i.e. arrays which
-  own their elements). Dynamic means that the arrays grow automatically as
-  needed.
-
-  These macros are ugly (especially if you look in the sources ;-), but they
-  allow us to define "template" classes without actually using templates and so
-  this works with all compilers (and may be also much faster to compile even
-  with a compiler which does support templates). The arrays defined with these
-  macros are type-safe.
-
-  Range checking is performed in debug build for both arrays and objarrays but
-  not in release build - so using an invalid index will just lead to a crash
-  then.
-
-  Note about memory usage: arrays never shrink automatically (although you may
-  use Shrink() function explicitly), they only grow, so loading 10 millions in
-  an array only to delete them 2 lines below might be a bad idea if the array
-  object is not going to be destroyed soon. However, as it does free memory
-  when destroyed, it is ok if the array is a local variable.
- */
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
-   The initial size by which an array grows when an element is added default
-   value avoids allocate one or two bytes when the array is created which is
-   rather inefficient
-*/
-#define WX_ARRAY_DEFAULT_INITIAL_SIZE    (16)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
-    Callback compare function for quick sort.
-
-    It must return negative value, 0 or positive value if the first item is
-    less than, equal to or greater than the second one.
- */
-extern "C"
-{
-typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNC)(const void* pItem1, const void* pItem2);
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Base class managing data having size of type 'long' (not used directly)
-//
-// NB: for efficiency this often used class has no virtual functions (hence no
-//     virtual table), even dtor is *not* virtual. If used as expected it
-//     won't create any problems because ARRAYs from DEFINE_ARRAY have no dtor
-//     at all, so it's not too important if it's not called (this happens when
-//     you cast "SomeArray *" as "BaseArray *" and then delete it)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define  _WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY(T, name, classexp)                   \
-classexp name                                                       \
-{                                                                   \
-public:                                                             \
-  name();                                                           \
-  name(const name& array);                                          \
-  name& operator=(const name& src);                                 \
-  ~name();                                                          \
-                                                                    \
-  void Empty() { m_nCount = 0; }                                    \
-  void Clear();                                                     \
-  void Alloc(size_t uiSize);                                        \
-  void Shrink();                                                    \
-                                                                    \
-  size_t GetCount() const { return m_nCount; }                      \
-  void SetCount(size_t n, T defval = T(0));                         \
-  bool IsEmpty() const { return m_nCount == 0; }                    \
-  size_t Count() const { return m_nCount; }                         \
-                                                                    \
-  typedef T base_type;                                              \
-                                                                    \
-protected:                                                          \
-  T& Item(size_t uiIndex) const                                     \
-    { wxASSERT( uiIndex < m_nCount ); return m_pItems[uiIndex]; }   \
-  T& operator[](size_t uiIndex) const { return Item(uiIndex); }     \
-                                                                    \
-  int Index(T lItem, bool bFromEnd = FALSE) const;                  \
-  int Index(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const;                      \
-  size_t IndexForInsert(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const;          \
-  void Add(T lItem, size_t nInsert = 1);                            \
-  void Add(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare);                             \
-  void Insert(T lItem, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert = 1);         \
-  void Remove(T lItem);                                             \
-  void RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove = 1);                \
-                                                                    \
-  void Sort(CMPFUNC fnCompare);                                     \
-                                                                    \
-private:                                                            \
-  void Grow(size_t nIncrement = 0);                                 \
-  bool Realloc(size_t nSize);                                       \
-                                                                    \
-  size_t  m_nSize,                                                  \
-          m_nCount;                                                 \
-                                                                    \
-  T      *m_pItems;                                                 \
-}
-
-// ============================================================================
-// The private helper macros containing the core of the array classes
-// ============================================================================
-
-// Implementation notes:
-//
-// JACS: Salford C++ doesn't like 'var->operator=' syntax, as in:
-//          { ((wxBaseArray *)this)->operator=((const wxBaseArray&)src);
-//       so using a temporary variable instead.
-//
-// The classes need a (even trivial) ~name() to link under Mac X
-//
-// _WX_ERROR_REMOVE is needed to resolve the name conflict between the wxT()
-// macro and T typedef: we can't use wxT() inside WX_DEFINE_ARRAY!
-
-#define _WX_ERROR_REMOVE wxT("removing inexisting element in wxArray::Remove")
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY: array for simple types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define  _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, classexp)                \
-wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT2(sizeof(T) <= sizeof(base::base_type),          \
-                       TypeTooBigToBeStoredIn##base,                  \
-                       name);                                         \
-typedef int (CMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNC##T)(T *pItem1, T *pItem2);         \
-classexp name : public base                                           \
-{                                                                     \
-public:                                                               \
-  name() { }                                                          \
-  ~name() { }                                                         \
-                                                                      \
-  name& operator=(const name& src)                                    \
-    { base* temp = (base*) this;                                      \
-      (*temp) = ((const base&)src);                                   \
-      return *this; }                                                 \
-                                                                      \
-  T& operator[](size_t uiIndex) const                                 \
-    { return (T&)(base::Item(uiIndex)); }                             \
-  T& Item(size_t uiIndex) const                                       \
-    { return (T&)(base::Item(uiIndex)); }                             \
-  T& Last() const                                                     \
-    { return (T&)(base::Item(Count() - 1)); }                         \
-                                                                      \
-  int Index(T Item, bool bFromEnd = FALSE) const                      \
-    { return base::Index((base_type)Item, bFromEnd); }                \
-                                                                      \
-  void Add(T Item, size_t nInsert = 1)                                \
-    { base::Add((base_type)Item, nInsert); }                          \
-  void Insert(T Item, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert = 1)             \
-    { base::Insert((base_type)Item, uiIndex, nInsert) ; }             \
-                                                                      \
-  void RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove = 1)                   \
-    { base::RemoveAt(uiIndex, nRemove); }                             \
-  void Remove(T Item)                                                 \
-    { int iIndex = Index(Item);                                       \
-      wxCHECK2_MSG( iIndex != wxNOT_FOUND, return,                    \
-         _WX_ERROR_REMOVE);                                           \
-      base::RemoveAt((size_t)iIndex); }                               \
-                                                                      \
-  void Sort(CMPFUNC##T fCmp) { base::Sort((CMPFUNC)fCmp); }           \
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// _WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY: sorted array for simple data types
-//    cannot handle types with size greater than pointer because of sorting
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define _WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, defcomp, classexp) \
-wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT2(sizeof(T) <= sizeof(void *),                   \
-                       TypeTooBigToBeStoredInSorted##base,            \
-                       name);                                         \
-typedef int (CMPFUNC_CONV *SCMPFUNC##T)(T pItem1, T pItem2);          \
-classexp name : public base                                           \
-{                                                                     \
-public:                                                               \
-  name(SCMPFUNC##T fn defcomp) { m_fnCompare = fn; }                  \
-                                                                      \
-  name& operator=(const name& src)                                    \
-    { base* temp = (base*) this;                                      \
-      (*temp) = ((const base&)src);                                   \
-      m_fnCompare = src.m_fnCompare;                                  \
-      return *this; }                                                 \
-                                                                      \
-  T& operator[](size_t uiIndex) const                                 \
-    { return (T&)(base::Item(uiIndex)); }                             \
-  T& Item(size_t uiIndex) const                                       \
-    { return (T&)(base::Item(uiIndex)); }                             \
-  T& Last() const                                                     \
-    { return (T&)(base::Item(Count() - 1)); }                         \
-                                                                      \
-  int Index(T Item) const                                             \
-    { return base::Index(Item, (CMPFUNC)m_fnCompare); }               \
-                                                                      \
-  size_t IndexForInsert(T Item) const                                 \
-    { return base::IndexForInsert(Item, (CMPFUNC)m_fnCompare); }      \
-                                                                      \
-  void AddAt(T item, size_t index)                                    \
-    { base::Insert(item, index); }                                    \
-                                                                      \
-  void Add(T Item)                                                    \
-    { base::Add(Item, (CMPFUNC)m_fnCompare); }                        \
-                                                                      \
-  void RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove = 1)                   \
-    { base::RemoveAt(uiIndex, nRemove); }                             \
-  void Remove(T Item)                                                 \
-    { int iIndex = Index(Item);                                       \
-      wxCHECK2_MSG( iIndex != wxNOT_FOUND, return,                    \
-        _WX_ERROR_REMOVE );                                           \
-      base::RemoveAt((size_t)iIndex); }                               \
-                                                                      \
-private:                                                              \
-  SCMPFUNC##T m_fnCompare;                                            \
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// _WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY: an array for pointers to type T with owning semantics
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define _WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(T, name, base, classexp)                    \
-typedef int (CMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNC##T)(T **pItem1, T **pItem2);          \
-classexp name : public base                                              \
-{                                                                        \
-typedef int (CMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNC##base)(void **pItem1, void **pItem2); \
-public:                                                                  \
-  name() { }                                                             \
-  name(const name& src);                                                 \
-  name& operator=(const name& src);                                      \
-                                                                         \
-  ~name();                                                               \
-                                                                         \
-  T& operator[](size_t uiIndex) const                                    \
-    { return *(T*)base::Item(uiIndex); }                                 \
-  T& Item(size_t uiIndex) const                                          \
-    { return *(T*)base::Item(uiIndex); }                                 \
-  T& Last() const                                                        \
-    { return *(T*)(base::Item(Count() - 1)); }                           \
-                                                                         \
-  int Index(const T& Item, bool bFromEnd = FALSE) const;                 \
-                                                                         \
-  void Add(const T& Item, size_t nInsert = 1);                           \
-  void Add(const T* pItem)                                               \
-    { base::Add((T*)pItem); }                                            \
-                                                                         \
-  void Insert(const T& Item,  size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert = 1);       \
-  void Insert(const T* pItem, size_t uiIndex)                            \
-    { base::Insert((T*)pItem, uiIndex); }                                \
-                                                                         \
-  void Empty() { DoEmpty(); base::Empty(); }                             \
-  void Clear() { DoEmpty(); base::Clear(); }                             \
-                                                                         \
-  T* Detach(size_t uiIndex)                                              \
-    { T* p = (T*)base::Item(uiIndex);                                    \
-      base::RemoveAt(uiIndex); return p; }                               \
-  void RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove = 1);                     \
-                                                                         \
-  void Sort(CMPFUNC##T fCmp) { base::Sort((CMPFUNC##base)fCmp); }        \
-                                                                         \
-private:                                                                 \
-  void DoEmpty();                                                        \
-  void DoCopy(const name& src);                                          \
-}
-
-// ============================================================================
-// The public macros for declaration and definition of the dynamic arrays
-// ============================================================================
-
-// Please note that for each macro WX_FOO_ARRAY we also have
-// WX_FOO_EXPORTED_ARRAY and WX_FOO_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY which are exactly the
-// same except that they use an additional __declspec(dllexport) or equivalent
-// under Windows if needed.
-//
-// The first (just EXPORTED) macros do it if wxWindows was compiled as a DLL
-// and so must be used used inside the library. The second kind (USER_EXPORTED)
-// allow the user code to do it when it wants. This is needed if you have a dll
-// that wants to export a wxArray daubed with your own import/export goo.
-//
-// Finally, you can define the macro below as something special to modify the
-// arrays defined by a simple WX_FOO_ARRAY as well. By default is is empty.
-#define wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY(T, name) declare an array class named "name" containing
-// the elements of type T
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY(T, name)                             \
-    WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(T, name, wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(T, name)                    \
-    WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(T, name, WXDLLEXPORT)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(T, name, expmode)      \
-    typedef T _wxArray##name;                                     \
-    _WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY(_wxArray##name, name, class expmode)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base) define an array class named "name" deriving
-// from class "base" containing the elements of type T
-//
-// Note that the class defined has only inline function and doesn't take any
-// space at all so there is no size penalty for defining multiple array classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base)                        \
-    WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base)               \
-    WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, WXDLLEXPORT)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, expmode) \
-    typedef T _wxArray##name;                                     \
-    _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(_wxArray##name, name, base, class expmode)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY: this is the same as the previous macro, but it
-// defines a sorted array.
-//
-// Differences:
-//  1) it must be given a COMPARE function in ctor which takes 2 items of type
-//     T* and should return -1, 0 or +1 if the first one is less/greater
-//     than/equal to the second one.
-//  2) the Add() method inserts the item in such was that the array is always
-//     sorted (it uses the COMPARE function)
-//  3) it has no Sort() method because it's always sorted
-//  4) Index() method is much faster (the sorted arrays use binary search
-//     instead of linear one), but Add() is slower.
-//  5) there is no Insert() method because you can't insert an item into the
-//     given position in a sorted array but there is IndexForInsert()/AddAt()
-//     pair which may be used to optimize a common operation of "insert only if
-//     not found"
-//
-// Note that you have to specify the comparison function when creating the
-// objects of this array type. If, as in 99% of cases, the comparison function
-// is the same for all objects of a class, WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP below
-// is more convenient.
-//
-// Summary: use this class when the speed of Index() function is important, use
-// the normal arrays otherwise.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxARRAY_EMPTY_CMP
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base)                         \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base,               \
-                                             wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base)                \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, WXDLLEXPORT)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, expmode)  \
-    typedef T _wxArray##name;                                             \
-    _WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(_wxArray##name, name, base,               \
-                                wxARRAY_EMPTY_CMP, class expmode)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP: exactly the same as above but the comparison
-// function is provided by this macro and the objects of this class have a
-// default constructor which just uses it.
-//
-// The arguments are: the element type, the comparison function and the array
-// name
-//
-// NB: this is, of course, how WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY() should have worked
-//     from the very beginning - unfortunately I didn't think about this earlier
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, base)               \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, base,     \
-                                                 wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, base)      \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, base,     \
-                                                 WXDLLEXPORT)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, base, \
-                                                     expmode)                \
-    typedef T _wxArray##name;                                                \
-    _WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(_wxArray##name, name, base, = cmpfunc,       \
-                                class expmode)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(T, name): this macro generates a new array class
-// named "name" which owns the objects of type T it contains, i.e. it will
-// delete them when it is destroyed.
-//
-// An element is of type T*, but arguments of type T& are taken (see below!)
-// and T& is returned.
-//
-// Don't use this for simple types such as "int" or "long"!
-//
-// Note on Add/Insert functions:
-//  1) function(T*) gives the object to the array, i.e. it will delete the
-//     object when it's removed or in the array's dtor
-//  2) function(T&) will create a copy of the object and work with it
-//
-// Also:
-//  1) Remove() will delete the object after removing it from the array
-//  2) Detach() just removes the object from the array (returning pointer to it)
-//
-// NB1: Base type T should have an accessible copy ctor if Add(T&) is used
-// NB2: Never ever cast a array to it's base type: as dtor is not virtual
-//      and so you risk having at least the memory leaks and probably worse
-//
-// Some functions of this class are not inline, so it takes some space to
-// define new class from this template even if you don't use it - which is not
-// the case for the simple (non-object) array classes
-//
-// To use an objarray class you must
-//      #include "dynarray.h"
-//      WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(element_type, list_class_name)
-//      #include "arrimpl.cpp"
-//      WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(list_class_name) // name must be the same as above!
-//
-// This is necessary because at the moment of DEFINE_OBJARRAY class parsing the
-// element_type must be fully defined (i.e. forward declaration is not
-// enough), while WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY may be done anywhere. The separation of
-// two allows to break cicrcular dependencies with classes which have member
-// variables of objarray type.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(T, name)                        \
-    WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(T, name, wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(T, name)               \
-    WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(T, name, WXDLLEXPORT)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(T, name, expmode) \
-    typedef T _wxObjArray##name;                            \
-    _WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(_wxObjArray##name, name, wxArrayPtrVoid, class expmode)
-
-// WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY is going to be redefined when arrimpl.cpp is included,
-// try to provoke a human-understandable error if it used incorrectly.
-//
-// there is no real need for 3 different macros in the DEFINE case but do it
-// anyhow for consistency
-#define WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(name) DidYouIncludeArrimplCpp
-#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(name)   WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(name)
-#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(name)   WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(name)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Some commonly used predefined base arrays
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(const void *, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid);
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(short,        wxBaseArrayShort);
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(int,          wxBaseArrayInt);
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(long,         wxBaseArrayLong);
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(double,       wxBaseArrayDouble);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Convenience macros to define arrays from base arrays
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY(T, name)                                       \
-    WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid)
-#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(T, name)                              \
-    WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid)
-#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY(T, name, expmode)                \
-    WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid, expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name)                                 \
-    WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort)
-#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name)                        \
-    WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort)
-#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name, expmode)          \
-    WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort, expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_INT(T, name)                                   \
-    WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt)
-#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT(T, name)                          \
-    WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt)
-#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT(T, name, expmode)            \
-    WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt, expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_LONG(T, name)                                  \
-    WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong)
-#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_LONG(T, name)                         \
-    WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong)
-#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_LONG(T, name, expmode)           \
-    WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong, expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_DOUBLE(T, name)                                \
-    WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayDouble)
-#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_DOUBLE(T, name)                       \
-    WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayDouble)
-#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_DOUBLE(T, name, expmode)         \
-    WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayDouble, expmode)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Convenience macros to define sorted arrays from base arrays
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY(T, name)                                \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY(T, name)                       \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY(T, name, expmode)         \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid, expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name)                          \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name)                 \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name, expmode)   \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort, expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_INT(T, name)                            \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT(T, name)                   \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT(T, name, expmode)     \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt, expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_LONG(T, name)                           \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_LONG(T, name)                  \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_LONG(T, name, expmode)    \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong, expmode)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Convenience macros to define sorted arrays from base arrays
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name)                   \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name)          \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc,           \
-                                                     name, expmode)    \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name,     \
-                                                 wxBaseArrayPtrVoid, expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CMP_SHORT(T, cmpfunc, name)             \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayShort)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_SHORT(T, cmpfunc, name)    \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayShort)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_SHORT(T, cmpfunc,     \
-                                                       name, expmode)  \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name,     \
-                                                 wxBaseArrayShort, expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CMP_INT(T, cmpfunc, name)               \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayInt)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_INT(T, cmpfunc, name)      \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayInt)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_INT(T, cmpfunc,       \
-                                                     name, expmode)    \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name,     \
-                                                 wxBaseArrayInt, expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CMP_LONG(T, cmpfunc, name)              \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayLong)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_LONG(T, cmpfunc, name)     \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayLong)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_LONG(T, cmpfunc,      \
-                                                      name, expmode)   \
-    WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name,     \
-                                                 wxBaseArrayLong, expmode)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Some commonly used predefined arrays
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SHORT (short,  wxArrayShort);
-WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT   (int,    wxArrayInt);
-WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_LONG  (long,   wxArrayLong);
-WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY       (void *, wxArrayPtrVoid);
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// convenience macros
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// append all element of one array to another one
-#define WX_APPEND_ARRAY(array, other)                                         \
-    {                                                                         \
-        size_t count = (other).Count();                                       \
-        for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )                                  \
-        {                                                                     \
-            (array).Add((other)[n]);                                          \
-        }                                                                     \
-    }
-
-// delete all array elements
-//
-// NB: the class declaration of the array elements must be visible from the
-//     place where you use this macro, otherwise the proper destructor may not
-//     be called (a decent compiler should give a warning about it, but don't
-//     count on it)!
-#define WX_CLEAR_ARRAY(array)                                                 \
-    {                                                                         \
-        size_t count = (array).Count();                                       \
-        for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )                                  \
-        {                                                                     \
-            delete (array)[n];                                                \
-        }                                                                     \
-                                                                              \
-        (array).Empty();                                                      \
-    }
-
-#endif // _DYNARRAY_H
-

include/wx/dynlib.h

@@ -1,246 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/dynlib.h
-// Purpose:     Dynamic library loading classes
-// Author:      Guilhem Lavaux, Vadim Zeitlin, Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     20/07/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DYNLIB_H__
-#define _WX_DYNLIB_H__
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#   pragma interface "dynlib.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/setup.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER
-
-#include "wx/dynload.h"  // Use the new (version of) wxDynamicLibrary instead
-
-#elif wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/hash.h"
-
-// this is normally done by configure, but I leave it here for now...
-#if defined(__UNIX__) && !(defined(HAVE_DLOPEN) || defined(HAVE_SHL_LOAD))
-#   if defined(__LINUX__) || defined(__SOLARIS__) || defined(__SUNOS__) || defined(__FREEBSD__)
-#      define HAVE_DLOPEN
-#   elif defined(__HPUX__)
-#      define HAVE_SHL_LOAD
-#   endif // Unix flavour
-#endif // !Unix or already have some HAVE_xxx defined
-
-// Note: WXPM/EMX has to be tested first, since we want to use
-// native version, even if configure detected presence of DLOPEN.
-#if defined(__WXPM__) || defined(__EMX__)
-#   define INCL_DOS
-#   include <os2.h>
-    typedef HMODULE wxDllType;
-#elif defined(HAVE_DLOPEN)
-#   include <dlfcn.h>
-    typedef void *wxDllType;
-#elif defined(HAVE_SHL_LOAD)
-#   include <dl.h>
-    typedef shl_t wxDllType;
-#elif defined(__WINDOWS__)
-#   include <windows.h>         // needed to get HMODULE
-    typedef HMODULE wxDllType;
-#elif defined(__DARWIN__)
-    typedef void *wxDllType;
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    typedef void *wxDllType;
-#else
-#   error "wxLibrary can't be compiled on this platform, sorry."
-#endif // OS
-
-// LoadLibrary is defined in windows.h as LoadLibraryA, but wxDllLoader method
-// should be called LoadLibrary, not LoadLibraryA or LoadLibraryW!
-#if defined(__WIN32__) && defined(LoadLibrary)
-#   include "wx/msw/winundef.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDllLoader: low level DLL functions, use wxDynamicLibrary in your code
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
-    wxDllLoader is a class providing an interface similar to unix's dlopen().
-    It is used by wxDynamicLibrary wxLibrary and manages the actual loading of
-    DLLs and the resolving of symbols in them. There are no instances of this
-    class, it simply serves as a namespace for its static member functions.
-*/
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDllLoader
-{
-public:
-    /*
-      This function loads the shared library libname into memory.
-
-      libname may be either the full path to the file or just the filename in
-      which case the library is searched for in all standard locations
-      (use GetDllExt() to construct the filename)
-
-      if success pointer is not NULL, it will be filled with TRUE if everything
-      went ok and FALSE otherwise
-     */
-    static wxDllType LoadLibrary(const wxString& libname, bool *success = 0);
-
-    /*
-      This function unloads the shared library previously loaded with
-      LoadLibrary
-     */
-    static void UnloadLibrary(wxDllType dll);
-
-    /*
-       This function returns a valid handle for the main program
-       itself or NULL if back linking is not supported by the current platform
-       (e.g. Win32).
-     */
-    static wxDllType GetProgramHandle();
-
-    /*
-       This function resolves a symbol in a loaded DLL, such as a
-       variable or function name.
-
-       dllHandle Handle of the DLL, as returned by LoadDll().
-       name Name of the symbol.
-
-       Returns the pointer to the symbol or NULL on error.
-     */
-    static void *GetSymbol(wxDllType dllHandle,
-                           const wxString &name,
-                           bool *success = NULL);
-
-    // return the standard DLL extension (with leading dot) for this platform
-    static const wxString &GetDllExt() { return ms_dllext; }
-
-private:
-    // forbid construction of objects
-    wxDllLoader();
-    static const wxString   ms_dllext;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDynamicLibrary - friendly interface to wxDllLoader
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDynamicLibrary
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-    wxDynamicLibrary() { m_library = 0; }
-    wxDynamicLibrary(const wxString& name) { Load(name); }
-
-    // return TRUE if the library was loaded successfully
-    bool IsLoaded() const { return m_library != 0; }
-    operator bool() const { return IsLoaded(); }
-
-    // load the library with the given name (full or not), return TRUE on
-    // success
-    bool Load(const wxString& name)
-    {
-        m_library = wxDllLoader::LoadLibrary(name);
-
-        return IsLoaded();
-    }
-
-    // unload the library, also done automatically in dtor
-    void Unload()
-    {
-        if ( IsLoaded() )
-            wxDllLoader::UnloadLibrary(m_library);
-    }
-
-    // load a symbol from the library, return NULL if an error occured or
-    // symbol wasn't found
-    void *GetSymbol(const wxString& name) const
-    {
-        wxCHECK_MSG( IsLoaded(), NULL,
-                     _T("can't load symbol from unloaded library") );
-
-        return wxDllLoader::GetSymbol(m_library, name);
-    }
-
-    // unload the library
-    //
-    // NB: dtor is not virtual, don't derive from this class
-    ~wxDynamicLibrary() { Unload(); }
-
-private:
-    // the handle to DLL or NULL
-    wxDllType m_library;
-
-    // no copy ctor/assignment operators (or we'd try to unload the library
-    // twice)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDynamicLibrary)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxLibrary
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxLibrary : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxLibrary(wxDllType handle);
-    virtual ~wxLibrary();
-
-    // Get a symbol from the dynamic library
-    void *GetSymbol(const wxString& symbname);
-
-    // Create the object whose classname is "name"
-    wxObject *CreateObject(const wxString& name);
-
-protected:
-    void PrepareClasses(wxClassInfo *first);
-
-    wxDllType m_handle;
-
-public:
-    wxHashTable classTable;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxLibraries
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxLibraries
-{
-public:
-    wxLibraries();
-    ~wxLibraries();
-
-    // caller is responsible for deleting the returned pointer if !NULL
-    wxLibrary *LoadLibrary(const wxString& basename);
-
-    wxObject *CreateObject(const wxString& name);
-
-protected:
-    wxList m_loaded;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Global variables
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxLibraries) wxTheLibraries;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Interesting defines
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define WXDLL_ENTRY_FUNCTION() \
-extern "C" WXEXPORT const wxClassInfo *wxGetClassFirst(); \
-const wxClassInfo *wxGetClassFirst() { \
-  return wxClassInfo::GetFirst(); \
-}
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS
-
-#endif // _WX_DYNLIB_H__

include/wx/dynload.h

@@ -1,332 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:         dynload.h
-// Purpose:      Dynamic loading framework
-// Author:       Ron Lee, David Falkinder, Vadim Zeitlin and a cast of 1000's
-//               (derived in part from dynlib.cpp (c) 1998 Guilhem Lavaux)
-// Modified by:
-// Created:      03/12/01
-// RCS-ID:       $Id$
-// Copyright:    (c) 2001 Ron Lee <ron@debian.org>
-// Licence:      wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DYNAMICLOADER_H__
-#define _WX_DYNAMICLOADER_H__
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "dynload.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER
-
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-#include "wx/module.h"
-
-// FIXME: can this go in private.h or something too??
-#if defined(__WXPM__) || defined(__EMX__)
-#define INCL_DOS
-#include <os2.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-#include "wx/msw/private.h"
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPluginLibrary;
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxPluginLibrary *, wxDLManifest);
-typedef wxDLManifest wxDLImports;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// conditional compilation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-    // Note: WXPM/EMX has to be tested first, since we want to use
-    // native version, even if configure detected presence of DLOPEN.
-
-#if defined(__WXPM__) || defined(__EMX__) || defined(__WINDOWS__)
-typedef HMODULE             wxDllType;
-#elif defined(HAVE_DLOPEN)
-#include <dlfcn.h>
-typedef void               *wxDllType;
-#elif defined(HAVE_SHL_LOAD)
-#include <dl.h>
-typedef shl_t               wxDllType;
-#elif defined(__DARWIN__)
-typedef void               *wxDllType;
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-typedef CFragConnectionID   wxDllType;
-#else
-#error "Dynamic Loading classes can't be compiled on this platform, sorry."
-#endif
-
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDynamicLibrary
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-//FIXME:  This class isn't really common at all, it should be moved
-//        into platform dependent files.
-
-// NOTE: this class is (deliberately) not virtual, do not attempt
-//       to use it polymorphically.
-
-enum wxDLFlags
-{
-    wxDL_LAZY       = 0x00000001,   // resolve undefined symbols at first use
-    wxDL_NOW        = 0x00000002,   // resolve undefined symbols on load
-    wxDL_GLOBAL     = 0x00000004,   // export extern symbols to subsequently
-                                    // loaded libs.
-    wxDL_VERBATIM   = 0x00000008,   // Attempt to load the supplied library
-                                    // name without appending the usual dll
-                                    // filename extension.
-
-    wxDL_NOSHARE    = 0x00000010,   // load new DLL, don't reuse already loaded
-
-    // FIXME: why? (VZ)
-#ifdef __osf__
-    wxDL_DEFAULT    = wxDL_LAZY
-#else
-    wxDL_DEFAULT    = wxDL_LAZY | wxDL_GLOBAL
-#endif
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDynamicLibrary
-{
-public:
-
-        // return a valid handle for the main program itself or NULL if
-        // back linking is not supported by the current platform (e.g. Win32)
-
-    static wxDllType         GetProgramHandle();
-
-        // return the platform standard DLL extension (with leading dot)
-
-    static const wxChar *GetDllExt() { return ms_dllext; }
-
-    wxDynamicLibrary() : m_handle(0) {}
-    wxDynamicLibrary(wxString libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT)
-        : m_handle(0)
-    {
-        Load(libname, flags);
-    }
-    ~wxDynamicLibrary() { Unload(); }
-
-        // return TRUE if the library was loaded successfully
-
-    bool IsLoaded() const { return m_handle != 0; }
-
-        // load the library with the given name
-        // (full or not), return TRUE on success
-
-    bool Load(wxString libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT);
-
-        // detach the library object from its handle, i.e. prevent the object
-        // from unloading the library in its dtor -- the caller is now
-        // responsible for doing this
-    wxDllType Detach() { wxDllType h = m_handle; m_handle = 0; return h; }
-
-        // unload the library, also done automatically in dtor
-
-    void Unload();
-
-        // Return the raw handle from dlopen and friends.
-
-    wxDllType GetLibHandle() const { return m_handle; }
-
-        // resolve a symbol in a loaded DLL, such as a variable or function
-        // name.  'name' is the (possibly mangled) name of the symbol.
-        // (use extern "C" to export unmangled names)
-        //
-        // Since it is perfectly valid for the returned symbol to actually be
-        // NULL, that is not always indication of an error.  Pass and test the
-        // parameter 'success' for a true indication of success or failure to
-        // load the symbol.
-        //
-        // Returns a pointer to the symbol on success, or NULL if an error
-        // occurred or the symbol wasn't found.
-
-    void *GetSymbol(const wxString& name, bool *success = 0) const;
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_2
-    operator bool() const { return IsLoaded(); }
-#endif
-
-protected:
-
-        // Platform specific shared lib suffix.
-
-    static const wxChar *ms_dllext;
-
-        // the handle to DLL or NULL
-
-    wxDllType m_handle;
-
-        // no copy ctor/assignment operators
-        // or we'd try to unload the library twice
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDynamicLibrary)
-};
-
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPluginLibrary
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NOTE: Do not attempt to use a base class pointer to this class.
-//       wxDL is not virtual and we deliberately hide some of it's
-//       methods here.
-//
-//       Unless you know exacty why you need to, you probably shouldn't
-//       instantiate this class directly anyway, use wxPluginManager
-//       instead.
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPluginLibrary : public wxDynamicLibrary
-{
-public:
-
-    static wxDLImports* ms_classes;  // Static hash of all imported classes.
-
-    wxPluginLibrary( const wxString &libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT );
-    ~wxPluginLibrary();
-
-    wxPluginLibrary  *RefLib();
-    bool              UnrefLib();
-
-        // These two are called by the PluginSentinel on (PLUGGABLE) object
-        // creation/destruction.  There is usually no reason for the user to
-        // call them directly.  We have to separate this from the link count,
-        // since the two are not interchangeable.
-
-        // FIXME: for even better debugging PluginSentinel should register
-        //        the name of the class created too, then we can state
-        //        exactly which object was not destroyed which may be
-        //        difficult to find otherwise.  Also this code should
-        //        probably only be active in DEBUG mode, but let's just
-        //        get it right first.
-
-    void  RefObj() { ++m_objcount; }
-    void  UnrefObj()
-    {
-        wxASSERT_MSG( m_objcount > 0, _T("Too many objects deleted??") );
-        --m_objcount;
-    }
-
-        // Override/hide some base class methods
-
-    bool  IsLoaded() const { return m_linkcount > 0; }
-    void  Unload() { UnrefLib(); }
-
-private:
-
-    wxClassInfo    *m_before;       // sm_first before loading this lib
-    wxClassInfo    *m_after;        // ..and after.
-
-    size_t          m_linkcount;    // Ref count of library link calls
-    size_t          m_objcount;     // ..and (pluggable) object instantiations.
-    wxModuleList    m_wxmodules;    // any wxModules that we initialised.
-
-    void    UpdateClassInfo();      // Update the wxClassInfo table
-    void    RestoreClassInfo();     // Restore the original wxClassInfo state.
-    void    RegisterModules();      // Init any wxModules in the lib.
-    void    UnregisterModules();    // Cleanup any wxModules we installed.
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPluginLibrary)
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPluginManager
-{
-public:
-
-        // Static accessors.
-
-    static wxPluginLibrary    *LoadLibrary( const wxString &libname,
-                                            int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT );
-    static bool                UnloadLibrary(const wxString &libname);
-
-        // This is used by wxDllLoader.  It's wrapped in the compatibility
-        // macro because it's of arguable use outside of that.
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_2
-    static wxPluginLibrary *GetObjectFromHandle(wxDllType handle);
-#endif
-
-        // Instance methods.
-
-    wxPluginManager() : m_entry(NULL) {};
-    wxPluginManager(const wxString &libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT)
-    {
-        Load(libname, flags);
-    }
-    ~wxPluginManager() { Unload(); }
-
-    bool   Load(const wxString &libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT);
-    void   Unload();
-
-    bool   IsLoaded() const { return m_entry && m_entry->IsLoaded(); }
-    void  *GetSymbol(const wxString &symbol, bool *success = 0)
-    {
-        return m_entry->GetSymbol( symbol, success );
-    }
-
-    static void CreateManifest() { ms_manifest = new wxDLManifest(wxKEY_STRING); }
-    static void ClearManifest() { delete ms_manifest; ms_manifest = NULL; }
-
-private:
-    // return the pointer to the entry for the library with given name in
-    // ms_manifest or NULL if none
-    static wxPluginLibrary *FindByName(const wxString& name)
-    {
-        const wxDLManifest::iterator i = ms_manifest->find(name);
-
-        return i == ms_manifest->end() ? NULL : i->second;
-    }
-
-    static wxDLManifest* ms_manifest;  // Static hash of loaded libs.
-    wxPluginLibrary*     m_entry;      // Cache our entry in the manifest.
-
-    // We could allow this class to be copied if we really
-    // wanted to, but not without modification.
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPluginManager)
-};
-
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDllLoader
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-    //  Cross platform wrapper for dlopen and friends.
-    //  There are no instances of this class, it simply
-    //  serves as a namespace for its static member functions.
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_2
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxDllLoader
-{
-public:
-
-    static wxDllType    LoadLibrary(const wxString& name, bool *success = NULL);
-    static void         UnloadLibrary(wxDllType dll);
-
-    static wxDllType GetProgramHandle() { return wxDynamicLibrary::GetProgramHandle(); }
-
-    static void *GetSymbol(wxDllType dllHandle, const wxString &name, bool *success = 0);
-
-    static wxString GetDllExt() { return wxDynamicLibrary::GetDllExt(); }
-
-private:
-
-    wxDllLoader();                    // forbid construction of objects
-};
-#endif
-
-#endif  // wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER
-#endif  // _WX_DYNAMICLOADER_H__
-

include/wx/effects.h

@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        effects.h
-// Purpose:     wxEffects class
-//              Draws 3D effects.
-// Author:      Julian Smart et al
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     25/4/2000
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "effects.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _WX_EFFECTS_H_
-#define _WX_EFFECTS_H_
-
-/*
- * wxEffects: various 3D effects
- */
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxEffects: public wxObject
-{
-DECLARE_CLASS(wxEffects)
-
-public:
-    // Assume system colours
-    wxEffects() ;
-    // Going from lightest to darkest
-    wxEffects(const wxColour& highlightColour, const wxColour& lightShadow,
-              const wxColour& faceColour, const wxColour& mediumShadow,
-              const wxColour& darkShadow) ;
-
-    // Accessors
-    wxColour GetHighlightColour() const { return m_highlightColour; }
-    wxColour GetLightShadow() const { return m_lightShadow; }
-    wxColour GetFaceColour() const { return m_faceColour; }
-    wxColour GetMediumShadow() const { return m_mediumShadow; }
-    wxColour GetDarkShadow() const { return m_darkShadow; }
-
-    void SetHighlightColour(const wxColour& c) { m_highlightColour = c; }
-    void SetLightShadow(const wxColour& c) { m_lightShadow = c; }
-    void SetFaceColour(const wxColour& c) { m_faceColour = c; }
-    void SetMediumShadow(const wxColour& c) { m_mediumShadow = c; }
-    void SetDarkShadow(const wxColour& c) { m_darkShadow = c; }
-
-    void Set(const wxColour& highlightColour, const wxColour& lightShadow,
-             const wxColour& faceColour, const wxColour& mediumShadow,
-             const wxColour& darkShadow)
-    {
-        SetHighlightColour(highlightColour);
-        SetLightShadow(lightShadow);
-        SetFaceColour(faceColour);
-        SetMediumShadow(mediumShadow);
-        SetDarkShadow(darkShadow);
-    }
-
-    // Draw a sunken edge
-    void DrawSunkenEdge(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int borderSize = 1);
-
-    // Tile a bitmap
-    bool TileBitmap(const wxRect& rect, wxDC& dc, wxBitmap& bitmap);
-
-protected:
-    wxColour    m_highlightColour;  // Usually white
-    wxColour    m_lightShadow;      // Usually light grey
-    wxColour    m_faceColour;       // Usually grey
-    wxColour    m_mediumShadow;     // Usually dark grey
-    wxColour    m_darkShadow;       // Usually black
-};
-
-#endif
-

include/wx/encconv.h

@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/encconv.h
-// Purpose:     wxEncodingConverter class for converting between different
-//              font encodings
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ENCCONV_H_
-#define _WX_ENCCONV_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "encconv.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FONTMAP
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/fontenc.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum
-{
-    wxCONVERT_STRICT,
-    wxCONVERT_SUBSTITUTE
-};
-
-
-enum
-{
-    wxPLATFORM_CURRENT = -1,
-
-    wxPLATFORM_UNIX = 0,
-    wxPLATFORM_WINDOWS,
-    wxPLATFORM_OS2,
-    wxPLATFORM_MAC
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_INT(wxFontEncoding, wxFontEncodingArray);
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEncodingConverter
-//                  This class is capable of converting strings between any two
-//                  8bit encodings/charsets. It can also convert from/to Unicode
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxEncodingConverter : public wxObject
-{
-    public:
-
-            wxEncodingConverter();
-            ~wxEncodingConverter() { if (m_Table) delete[] m_Table; }
-
-            // Initialize conversion. Both output or input encoding may
-            // be wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE, but only if wxUSE_WCHAR_T is set to 1.
-            //
-            // All subsequent calls to Convert() will interpret it's argument
-            // as a string in input_enc encoding and will output string in
-            // output_enc encoding.
-            //
-            // You must call this method before calling Convert. You may call
-            // it more than once in order to switch to another conversion
-            //
-            // Method affects behaviour of Convert() in case input character
-            // cannot be converted because it does not exist in output encoding:
-            //     wxCONVERT_STRICT --
-            //              follow behaviour of GNU Recode - just copy unconvertable
-            //              characters to output and don't change them (it's integer
-            //              value will stay the same)
-            //     wxCONVERT_SUBSTITUTE --
-            //              try some (lossy) substitutions - e.g. replace
-            //              unconvertable latin capitals with acute by ordinary
-            //              capitals, replace en-dash or em-dash by '-' etc.
-            //     both modes gurantee that output string will have same length
-            //     as input string
-            //
-            // Returns FALSE if given conversion is impossible, TRUE otherwise
-            // (conversion may be impossible either if you try to convert
-            // to Unicode with non-Unicode build of wxWindows or if input
-            // or output encoding is not supported.)
-            bool Init(wxFontEncoding input_enc, wxFontEncoding output_enc, int method = wxCONVERT_STRICT);
-
-            // Convert input string according to settings passed to Init.
-            // Note that you must call Init before using Convert!
-            void Convert(const char* input, char* output);
-            void Convert(char* str) { Convert(str, str); }
-            wxString Convert(const wxString& input);
-
-#if wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-            void Convert(const char* input, wchar_t* output);
-            void Convert(const wchar_t* input, char* output);
-            void Convert(const wchar_t* input, wchar_t* output);
-            void Convert(wchar_t* str) { Convert(str, str); }
-#endif
-            // Return equivalent(s) for given font that are used
-            // under given platform. wxPLATFORM_CURRENT means the plaform
-            // this binary was compiled for
-            //
-            // Examples:
-            //     current platform          enc    returned value
-            // -----------------------------------------------------
-            //     unix                   CP1250         {ISO8859_2}
-            //     unix                ISO8859_2                  {}
-            //     windows             ISO8859_2            {CP1250}
-            //
-            // Equivalence is defined in terms of convertibility:
-            // 2 encodings are equivalent if you can convert text between
-            // then without loosing information (it may - and will - happen
-            // that you loose special chars like quotation marks or em-dashes
-            // but you shouldn't loose any diacritics and language-specific
-            // characters when converting between equivalent encodings).
-            //
-            // Convert() method is not limited to converting between
-            // equivalent encodings, it can convert between arbitrary
-            // two encodings!
-            //
-            // Remember that this function does _NOT_ check for presence of
-            // fonts in system. It only tells you what are most suitable
-            // encodings. (It usually returns only one encoding)
-            //
-            // Note that argument enc itself may be present in returned array!
-            // (so that you can -- as a side effect -- detect whether the
-            // encoding is native for this platform or not)
-            static wxFontEncodingArray GetPlatformEquivalents(wxFontEncoding enc, int platform = wxPLATFORM_CURRENT);
-
-            // Similar to GetPlatformEquivalent, but this one will return ALL
-            // equivalent encodings, regardless the platform, including itself.
-            static wxFontEncodingArray GetAllEquivalents(wxFontEncoding enc);
-
-    private:
-
-#if wxUSE_WCHAR_T
-            wchar_t *m_Table;
-#else
-            char *m_Table;
-#endif
-            bool m_UnicodeInput, m_UnicodeOutput;
-            bool m_JustCopy;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEncodingConverter)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP
-
-#endif  // _WX_ENCCONV_H_

include/wx/evtloop.h

@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/evtloop.h
-// Purpose:     declares wxEventLoop class
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01.06.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_EVTLOOP_H_
-#define _WX_EVTLOOP_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "evtloop.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEventLoop: a GUI event loop
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxEventLoop
-{
-public:
-    // ctor
-    wxEventLoop() { m_impl = NULL; }
-
-    // dtor
-    virtual ~wxEventLoop();
-
-    // start the event loop, return the exit code when it is finished
-    virtual int Run();
-
-    // exit from the loop with the given exit code
-    virtual void Exit(int rc = 0);
-
-    // return TRUE if any events are available
-    virtual bool Pending() const;
-
-    // dispatch a single event, return FALSE if we should exit from the loop
-    virtual bool Dispatch();
-
-    // is the event loop running now?
-    virtual bool IsRunning() const;
-    
-    // return currently active (running) event loop, may be NULL
-    static wxEventLoop *GetActive() { return ms_activeLoop; }
-
-    // set currently active (running) event loop
-    static void SetActive(wxEventLoop* loop) { ms_activeLoop = loop; }
-
-protected:
-    // the pointer to the port specific implementation class
-    class WXDLLEXPORT wxEventLoopImpl *m_impl;
-    // the pointer to currently active loop
-    static wxEventLoop *ms_activeLoop;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEventLoop)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_EVTLOOP_H_

include/wx/fdrepdlg.h

@@ -1,222 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/fdrepdlg.h
-// Purpose:     wxFindReplaceDialog class
-// Author:      Markus Greither and Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     23/03/2001
-// RCS-ID:
-// Copyright:   (c) Markus Greither
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FINDREPLACEDLG_H_
-#define _WX_FINDREPLACEDLG_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "fdrepdlg.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG
-
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFindDialogEvent;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFindReplaceDialog;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFindReplaceData;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFindReplaceDialogImpl;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Flags for wxFindReplaceData.Flags
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// flages used by wxFindDialogEvent::GetFlags()
-enum wxFindReplaceFlags
-{
-    // downward search/replace selected (otherwise - upwards)
-    wxFR_DOWN       = 1,
-
-    // whole word search/replace selected
-    wxFR_WHOLEWORD  = 2,
-
-    // case sensitive search/replace selected (otherwise - case insensitive)
-    wxFR_MATCHCASE  = 4
-};
-
-// these flags can be specified in wxFindReplaceDialog ctor or Create()
-enum wxFindReplaceDialogStyles
-{
-    // replace dialog (otherwise find dialog)
-    wxFR_REPLACEDIALOG = 1,
-
-    // don't allow changing the search direction
-    wxFR_NOUPDOWN      = 2,
-
-    // don't allow case sensitive searching
-    wxFR_NOMATCHCASE   = 4,
-
-    // don't allow whole word searching
-    wxFR_NOWHOLEWORD   = 8
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFindReplaceData: holds Setup Data/Feedback Data for wxFindReplaceDialog
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFindReplaceData : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxFindReplaceData() { Init(); }
-    wxFindReplaceData(wxUint32 flags) { Init(); SetFlags(flags); }
-
-    // accessors
-    const wxString& GetFindString() { return m_FindWhat; }
-    const wxString& GetReplaceString() { return m_ReplaceWith; }
-
-    int GetFlags() const { return m_Flags; }
-
-    // setters: may only be called before showing the dialog, no effect later
-    void SetFlags(wxUint32 flags) { m_Flags = flags; }
-
-    void SetFindString(const wxString& str) { m_FindWhat = str; }
-    void SetReplaceString(const wxString& str) { m_ReplaceWith = str; }
-
-protected:
-    void Init();
-
-private:
-    wxUint32 m_Flags;
-    wxString m_FindWhat,
-             m_ReplaceWith;
-
-    friend class wxFindReplaceDialogBase;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFindReplaceDialogBase
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFindReplaceDialogBase : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
-    // ctors and such
-    wxFindReplaceDialogBase() { m_FindReplaceData = NULL; }
-    wxFindReplaceDialogBase(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent),
-                            wxFindReplaceData *data,
-                            const wxString& WXUNUSED(title),
-                            int WXUNUSED(style) = 0)
-    {
-        m_FindReplaceData = data;
-    }
-
-    virtual ~wxFindReplaceDialogBase();
-
-    // find dialog data access
-    const wxFindReplaceData *GetData() const { return m_FindReplaceData; }
-    void SetData(wxFindReplaceData *data) { m_FindReplaceData = data; }
-
-    // implementation only, don't use
-    void Send(wxFindDialogEvent& event);
-
-protected:
-    wxFindReplaceData *m_FindReplaceData;
-
-    // the last string we searched for
-    wxString m_lastSearch;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFindReplaceDialogBase)
-};
-
-// include wxFindReplaceDialog declaration
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/msw/fdrepdlg.h"
-#else
-    #define wxGenericFindReplaceDialog wxFindReplaceDialog
-    #define sm_classwxGenericFindReplaceDialog sm_classwxFindReplaceDialog
-
-    #include "wx/generic/fdrepdlg.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFindReplaceDialog events
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFindDialogEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
-    wxFindDialogEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0)
-        : wxCommandEvent(commandType, id) { }
-
-    int GetFlags() const { return GetInt(); }
-    wxString GetFindString() const { return GetString(); }
-    const wxString& GetReplaceString() const { return m_strReplace; }
-
-    wxFindReplaceDialog *GetDialog() const
-        { return wxStaticCast(GetEventObject(), wxFindReplaceDialog); }
-
-    // implementation only
-    void SetFlags(int flags) { SetInt(flags); }
-    void SetFindString(const wxString& str) { SetString(str); }
-    void SetReplaceString(const wxString& str) { m_strReplace = str; }
-
-private:
-    wxString m_strReplace;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFindDialogEvent)
-};
-
-BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND, 510)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_NEXT, 511)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_REPLACE, 512)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_REPLACE_ALL, 513)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_CLOSE, 514)
-END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxFindDialogEventFunction)(wxFindDialogEvent&);
-
-#define EVT_FIND(id, fn) \
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( \
-        wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND, id, -1, \
-        (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)(wxFindDialogEventFunction) \
-        & fn, \
-        (wxObject *) NULL \
-    ),
-
-#define EVT_FIND_NEXT(id, fn) \
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( \
-        wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_NEXT, id, -1, \
-        (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)(wxFindDialogEventFunction) \
-        & fn, \
-        (wxObject *) NULL \
-    ),
-
-#define EVT_FIND_REPLACE(id, fn) \
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( \
-        wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_REPLACE, id, -1, \
-        (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)(wxFindDialogEventFunction) \
-        & fn, \
-        (wxObject *) NULL \
-    ),
-
-#define EVT_FIND_REPLACE_ALL(id, fn) \
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( \
-        wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_REPLACE_ALL, id, -1, \
-        (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)(wxFindDialogEventFunction) \
-        & fn, \
-        (wxObject *) NULL \
-    ),
-
-#define EVT_FIND_CLOSE(id, fn) \
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( \
-        wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_CLOSE, id, -1, \
-        (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)(wxFindDialogEventFunction) \
-        & fn, \
-        (wxObject *) NULL \
-    ),
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_FDREPDLG_H

include/wx/features.h

@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/features.h
-// Purpose:     test macros for the features which might be available in some
-//              wxWindows ports but not others
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     18.03.02
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 2002 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FEATURES_H_
-#define _WX_FEATURES_H_
-
-// radio menu items are currently only implemented in wxGTK and wxMSW
-#if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #define wxHAS_RADIO_MENU_ITEMS
-#else
-    #undef wxHAS_RADIO_MENU_ITEMS
-#endif
-
-// the raw keyboard codes are generated under wxGTK and wxMSW only
-#if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #define wxHAS_RAW_KEY_CODES
-#else
-    #undef wxHAS_RAW_KEY_CODES
-#endif
-
-// taskbar is only implemented in wxMSW and X11 ports
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || \
-        defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__)
-    #define wxHAS_TASK_BAR_ICON
-#else
-    #undef wxHAS_TASK_BAR_ICON
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_FEATURES_H_
-

include/wx/ffile.h

@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/ffile.h
-// Purpose:     wxFFile - encapsulates "FILE *" stream
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     14.07.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef   _WX_FFILE_H_
-#define   _WX_FFILE_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "ffile.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"        // for wxUSE_FFILE
-
-#if wxUSE_FFILE
-
-#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
-  #include  "wx/string.h"
-  #include  "wx/filefn.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class wxFFile: standard C stream library IO
-//
-// NB: for space efficiency this class has no virtual functions, including
-//     dtor which is _not_ virtual, so it shouldn't be used as a base class.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFFile
-{
-public:
-  // ctors
-  // -----
-    // def ctor
-  wxFFile() { m_fp = NULL; }
-    // open specified file (may fail, use IsOpened())
-  wxFFile(const wxChar *filename, const wxChar *mode = _T("r"));
-    // attach to (already opened) file
-  wxFFile(FILE *fp) { m_fp = fp; }
-
-  // open/close
-    // open a file (existing or not - the mode controls what happens)
-  bool Open(const wxChar *filename, const wxChar *mode = _T("r"));
-    // closes the opened file (this is a NOP if not opened)
-  bool Close();
-
-  // assign an existing file descriptor and get it back from wxFFile object
-  void Attach(FILE *fp, const wxString& name = wxT(""))
-    { Close(); m_fp = fp; m_name = name; }
-  void Detach() { m_fp = NULL; }
-  FILE *fp() const { return m_fp; }
-
-  // read/write (unbuffered)
-    // read all data from the file into a string (useful for text files)
-  bool ReadAll(wxString *str);
-    // returns number of bytes read - use Eof() and Error() to see if an error
-    // occured or not
-  size_t Read(void *pBuf, size_t nCount);
-    // returns the number of bytes written
-  size_t Write(const void *pBuf, size_t nCount);
-    // returns true on success
-  bool Write(const wxString& s, wxMBConv& conv = wxConvUTF8)
-  {
-      const wxWX2MBbuf buf = s.mb_str(conv);
-      size_t size = strlen(buf);
-      return Write((const char *)buf, size) == size;
-  }
-    // flush data not yet written
-  bool Flush();
-
-  // file pointer operations (return ofsInvalid on failure)
-    // move ptr ofs bytes related to start/current pos/end of file
-  bool Seek(long ofs, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart);
-    // move ptr to ofs bytes before the end
-  bool SeekEnd(long ofs = 0) { return Seek(ofs, wxFromEnd); }
-    // get current position in the file
-  size_t Tell() const;
-    // get current file length
-  size_t Length() const;
-
-  // simple accessors
-    // is file opened?
-  bool IsOpened() const { return m_fp != NULL; }
-    // is end of file reached?
-  bool Eof() const { return feof(m_fp) != 0; }
-    // is an error occured?
-  bool Error() const { return ferror(m_fp) != 0; }
-    // get the file name
-  const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
-
-  // dtor closes the file if opened
-  ~wxFFile() { Close(); }
-
-private:
-  // copy ctor and assignment operator are private because it doesn't make
-  // sense to copy files this way: attempt to do it will provoke a compile-time
-  // error.
-  wxFFile(const wxFFile&);
-  wxFFile& operator=(const wxFFile&);
-
-  FILE *m_fp;       // IO stream or NULL if not opened
-
-  wxString m_name;  // the name of the file (for diagnostic messages)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FFILE
-
-#endif // _WX_FFILE_H_
-

include/wx/file.h

@@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        file.h
-// Purpose:     wxFile - encapsulates low-level "file descriptor"
-//              wxTempFile - safely replace the old file
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     29/01/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FILEH__
-#define _WX_FILEH__
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "file.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
-  #include  "wx/string.h"
-  #include  "wx/filefn.h"
-  #include  "wx/strconv.h"
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_FILE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// we redefine these constants here because S_IREAD &c are _not_ standard
-// however, we do assume that the values correspond to the Unix umask bits
-#define wxS_IRUSR 00400
-#define wxS_IWUSR 00200
-#define wxS_IXUSR 00100
-
-#define wxS_IRGRP 00040
-#define wxS_IWGRP 00020
-#define wxS_IXGRP 00010
-
-#define wxS_IROTH 00004
-#define wxS_IWOTH 00002
-#define wxS_IXOTH 00001
-
-// default mode for the new files: corresponds to umask 022
-#define wxS_DEFAULT   (wxS_IRUSR | wxS_IWUSR | wxS_IRGRP | wxS_IWGRP |\
-                       wxS_IROTH | wxS_IWOTH)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class wxFile: raw file IO
-//
-// NB: for space efficiency this class has no virtual functions, including
-//     dtor which is _not_ virtual, so it shouldn't be used as a base class.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFile
-{
-public:
-  // more file constants
-  // -------------------
-    // opening mode
-  enum OpenMode { read, write, read_write, write_append, write_excl };
-    // standard values for file descriptor
-  enum { fd_invalid = -1, fd_stdin, fd_stdout, fd_stderr };
-
-  // static functions
-  // ----------------
-    // check whether a regular file by this name exists
-  static bool Exists(const wxChar *name);
-    // check whetther we can access the given file in given mode
-    // (only read and write make sense here)
-  static bool Access(const wxChar *name, OpenMode mode);
-
-  // ctors
-  // -----
-    // def ctor
-  wxFile() { m_fd = fd_invalid; }
-    // open specified file (may fail, use IsOpened())
-  wxFile(const wxChar *szFileName, OpenMode mode = read);
-    // attach to (already opened) file
-  wxFile(int fd) { m_fd = fd; }
-
-  // open/close
-    // create a new file (with the default value of bOverwrite, it will fail if
-    // the file already exists, otherwise it will overwrite it and succeed)
-  bool Create(const wxChar *szFileName, bool bOverwrite = FALSE,
-              int access = wxS_DEFAULT);
-  bool Open(const wxChar *szFileName, OpenMode mode = read,
-            int access = wxS_DEFAULT);
-  bool Close();  // Close is a NOP if not opened
-
-  // assign an existing file descriptor and get it back from wxFile object
-  void Attach(int fd) { Close(); m_fd = fd; }
-  void Detach()       { m_fd = fd_invalid;  }
-  int  fd() const { return m_fd; }
-
-  // read/write (unbuffered)
-    // returns number of bytes read or ofsInvalid on error
-  off_t Read(void *pBuf, off_t nCount);
-    // returns the number of bytes written
-  size_t Write(const void *pBuf, size_t nCount);
-    // returns true on success
-  bool Write(const wxString& s, wxMBConv& conv = wxConvUTF8)
-  {
-      const wxWX2MBbuf buf = s.mb_str(conv);
-      size_t size = strlen(buf);
-      return Write((const char *) buf, size) == size;
-  }
-    // flush data not yet written
-  bool Flush();
-
-  // file pointer operations (return ofsInvalid on failure)
-    // move ptr ofs bytes related to start/current off_t/end of file
-  off_t Seek(off_t ofs, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart);
-    // move ptr to ofs bytes before the end
-  off_t SeekEnd(off_t ofs = 0) { return Seek(ofs, wxFromEnd); }
-    // get current off_t
-  off_t Tell() const;
-    // get current file length
-  off_t Length() const;
-
-  // simple accessors
-    // is file opened?
-  bool IsOpened() const { return m_fd != fd_invalid; }
-    // is end of file reached?
-  bool Eof() const;
-    // has an error occured?
-  bool Error() const { return m_error; }
-
-  // dtor closes the file if opened
-  ~wxFile() { Close(); }
-
-private:
-  // copy ctor and assignment operator are private because
-  // it doesn't make sense to copy files this way:
-  // attempt to do it will provoke a compile-time error.
-  wxFile(const wxFile&);
-  wxFile& operator=(const wxFile&);
-
-  int m_fd; // file descriptor or INVALID_FD if not opened
-  bool m_error; // error memory
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class wxTempFile: if you want to replace another file, create an instance
-// of wxTempFile passing the name of the file to be replaced to the ctor. Then
-// you can write to wxTempFile and call Commit() function to replace the old
-// file (and close this one) or call Discard() to cancel the modification. If
-// you call neither of them, dtor will call Discard().
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxTempFile
-{
-public:
-  // ctors
-    // default
-  wxTempFile() { }
-    // associates the temp file with the file to be replaced and opens it
-  wxTempFile(const wxString& strName);
-
-  // open the temp file (strName is the name of file to be replaced)
-  bool Open(const wxString& strName);
-
-  // is the file opened?
-  bool IsOpened() const { return m_file.IsOpened(); }
-
-  // I/O (both functions return true on success, false on failure)
-  bool Write(const void *p, size_t n) { return m_file.Write(p, n) != 0; }
-  bool Write(const wxString& str, wxMBConv& conv = wxConvUTF8)
-    { return m_file.Write(str, conv); }
-
-  // different ways to close the file
-    // validate changes and delete the old file of name m_strName
-  bool Commit();
-    // discard changes
-  void Discard();
-
-  // dtor calls Discard() if file is still opened
- ~wxTempFile();
-
-private:
-  // no copy ctor/assignment operator
-  wxTempFile(const wxTempFile&);
-  wxTempFile& operator=(const wxTempFile&);
-
-  wxString  m_strName,  // name of the file to replace in Commit()
-            m_strTemp;  // temporary file name
-  wxFile    m_file;     // the temporary file
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FILE
-
-#endif // _WX_FILEH__

include/wx/fileconf.h

@@ -1,226 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/fileconf.h
-// Purpose:     wxFileConfig derivation of wxConfigBase
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     07.04.98 (adapted from appconf.cpp)
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1997 Karsten Ball<6C>der   &  Vadim Zeitlin
-//                       Ballueder@usa.net     <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef   _FILECONF_H
-#define   _FILECONF_H
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "fileconf.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-#include "wx/textfile.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileConfig
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
-  wxFileConfig derives from base Config and implements file based config class,
-  i.e. it uses ASCII disk files to store the information. These files are
-  alternatively called INI, .conf or .rc in the documentation. They are
-  organized in groups or sections, which can nest (i.e. a group contains
-  subgroups, which contain their own subgroups &c). Each group has some
-  number of entries, which are "key = value" pairs. More precisely, the format
-  is:
-
-  # comments are allowed after either ';' or '#' (Win/UNIX standard)
-
-  # blank lines (as above) are ignored
-
-  # global entries are members of special (no name) top group
-  written_for = Windows
-  platform    = Linux
-
-  # the start of the group 'Foo'
-  [Foo]                           # may put comments like this also
-  # following 3 lines are entries
-  key = value
-  another_key = "  strings with spaces in the beginning should be quoted, \
-                   otherwise the spaces are lost"
-  last_key = but you don't have to put " normally (nor quote them, like here)
-
-  # subgroup of the group 'Foo'
-  # (order is not important, only the name is: separator is '/', as in paths)
-  [Foo/Bar]
-  # entries prefixed with "!" are immutable, i.e. can't be changed if they are
-  # set in the system-wide config file
-  !special_key = value
-  bar_entry = whatever
-
-  [Foo/Bar/Fubar]   # depth is (theoretically :-) unlimited
-  # may have the same name as key in another section
-  bar_entry = whatever not
-
-  You have {read/write/delete}Entry functions (guess what they do) and also
-  setCurrentPath to select current group. enum{Subgroups/Entries} allow you
-  to get all entries in the config file (in the current group). Finally,
-  flush() writes immediately all changed entries to disk (otherwise it would
-  be done automatically in dtor)
-
-  wxFileConfig manages not less than 2 config files for each program: global
-  and local (or system and user if you prefer). Entries are read from both of
-  them and the local entries override the global ones unless the latter is
-  immutable (prefixed with '!') in which case a warning message is generated
-  and local value is ignored. Of course, the changes are always written to local
-  file only.
-
-  The names of these files can be specified in a number of ways. First of all,
-  you can use the standard convention: using the ctor which takes 'strAppName'
-  parameter will probably be sufficient for 90% of cases. If, for whatever
-  reason you wish to use the files with some other names, you can always use the
-  second ctor.
-
-  wxFileConfig also may automatically expand the values of environment variables
-  in the entries it reads: for example, if you have an entry
-    score_file = $HOME/.score
-  a call to Read(&str, "score_file") will return a complete path to .score file
-  unless the expansion was previousle disabled with SetExpandEnvVars(FALSE) call
-  (it's on by default, the current status can be retrieved with
-   IsExpandingEnvVars function).
-*/
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileConfigGroup;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileConfigEntry;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileConfigLineList;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxInputStream;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileConfig : public wxConfigBase
-{
-public:
-  // construct the "standard" full name for global (system-wide) and
-  // local (user-specific) config files from the base file name.
-  //
-  // the following are the filenames returned by this functions:
-  //            global                local
-  // Unix   /etc/file.ext           ~/.file
-  // Win    %windir%\file.ext   %USERPROFILE%\file.ext
-  //
-  // where file is the basename of szFile, ext is it's extension
-  // or .conf (Unix) or .ini (Win) if it has none
-  static wxString GetGlobalFileName(const wxChar *szFile);
-  static wxString GetLocalFileName(const wxChar *szFile);
-
-  // ctor & dtor
-    // New constructor: one size fits all. Specify wxCONFIG_USE_LOCAL_FILE or
-    // wxCONFIG_USE_GLOBAL_FILE to say which files should be used.
-  wxFileConfig(const wxString& appName = wxT(""),
-               const wxString& vendorName = wxT(""),
-               const wxString& localFilename = wxT(""),
-               const wxString& globalFilename = wxT(""),
-               long style = wxCONFIG_USE_LOCAL_FILE,
-               wxMBConv& conv = wxConvUTF8);
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-    // ctor that takes an input stream.
-  wxFileConfig(wxInputStream &inStream,
-               wxMBConv& conv = wxConvUTF8);
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-    // dtor will save unsaved data
-  virtual ~wxFileConfig();
-
-  // under Unix, set the umask to be used for the file creation, do nothing
-  // under other systems
-#ifdef __UNIX__
-  void SetUmask(int mode) { m_umask = mode; }
-#else // !__UNIX__
-  void SetUmask(int WXUNUSED(mode)) { }
-#endif // __UNIX__/!__UNIX__
-
-  // implement inherited pure virtual functions
-  virtual void SetPath(const wxString& strPath);
-  virtual const wxString& GetPath() const { return m_strPath; }
-
-  virtual bool GetFirstGroup(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const;
-  virtual bool GetNextGroup (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const;
-  virtual bool GetFirstEntry(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const;
-  virtual bool GetNextEntry (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const;
-
-  virtual size_t GetNumberOfEntries(bool bRecursive = FALSE) const;
-  virtual size_t GetNumberOfGroups(bool bRecursive = FALSE) const;
-
-  virtual bool HasGroup(const wxString& strName) const;
-  virtual bool HasEntry(const wxString& strName) const;
-
-  virtual bool Flush(bool bCurrentOnly = FALSE);
-
-  virtual bool RenameEntry(const wxString& oldName, const wxString& newName);
-  virtual bool RenameGroup(const wxString& oldName, const wxString& newName);
-
-  virtual bool DeleteEntry(const wxString& key, bool bGroupIfEmptyAlso = TRUE);
-  virtual bool DeleteGroup(const wxString& szKey);
-  virtual bool DeleteAll();
-
-public:
-  // functions to work with this list
-  wxFileConfigLineList *LineListAppend(const wxString& str);
-  wxFileConfigLineList *LineListInsert(const wxString& str,
-                           wxFileConfigLineList *pLine);    // NULL => Prepend()
-  void      LineListRemove(wxFileConfigLineList *pLine);
-  bool      LineListIsEmpty();
-
-protected:
-  virtual bool DoReadString(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr) const;
-  virtual bool DoReadLong(const wxString& key, long *pl) const;
-
-  virtual bool DoWriteString(const wxString& key, const wxString& szValue);
-  virtual bool DoWriteLong(const wxString& key, long lValue);
-
-private:
-  // GetXXXFileName helpers: return ('/' terminated) directory names
-  static wxString GetGlobalDir();
-  static wxString GetLocalDir();
-
-  // common part of all ctors (assumes that m_str{Local|Global}File are already
-  // initialized
-  void Init();
-
-  // common part of from dtor and DeleteAll
-  void CleanUp();
-
-  // parse the whole file
-  void Parse(wxTextBuffer& buffer, bool bLocal);
-
-  // the same as SetPath("/")
-  void SetRootPath();
-
-  // member variables
-  // ----------------
-  wxFileConfigLineList *m_linesHead,        // head of the linked list
-                       *m_linesTail;        // tail
-
-  wxString    m_strLocalFile,     // local  file name passed to ctor
-              m_strGlobalFile;    // global
-  wxString    m_strPath;          // current path (not '/' terminated)
-
-  wxFileConfigGroup *m_pRootGroup,      // the top (unnamed) group
-                    *m_pCurrentGroup;   // the current group
-
-  wxMBConv   &m_conv;
-        
-#ifdef __UNIX__
-  int m_umask;                    // the umask to use for file creation
-#endif // __UNIX__
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileConfig)
-};
-
-#endif
-  // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-#endif  
-  //_FILECONF_H
-

include/wx/filedlg.h

@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        filedlg.h
-// Purpose:     wxFileDialog base header
-// Author:      Robert Roebling
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     8/17/99
-// Copyright:   (c) Robert Roebling
-// RCS-ID:
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FILEDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_FILEDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#if wxUSE_FILEDLG
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "filedlg.h"
-#endif
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileDialog data and generic functions
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum
-{
-    wxOPEN              = 0x0001,
-    wxSAVE              = 0x0002,
-    wxOVERWRITE_PROMPT  = 0x0004,
-    wxHIDE_READONLY     = 0x0008,
-    wxFILE_MUST_EXIST   = 0x0010,
-    wxMULTIPLE          = 0x0020,
-    wxCHANGE_DIR        = 0x0040
-};
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxFileSelectorPromptStr;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr;
-
-// Parses the filterStr, returning the number of filters.
-// Returns 0 if none or if there's a problem, they arrays will contain an equal
-// number of items found before the error.
-// filterStr is in the form:
-// "All files (*.*)|*.*|Image Files (*.jpeg *.png)|*.jpg;*.png"
-extern int wxParseFileFilter(const wxString& filterStr,
-                             wxArrayString& descriptions,
-                             wxArrayString& filters);
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileDialog convenience functions
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// File selector - backward compatibility
-WXDLLEXPORT wxString
-wxFileSelector(const wxChar *message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
-               const wxChar *default_path = NULL,
-               const wxChar *default_filename = NULL,
-               const wxChar *default_extension = NULL,
-               const wxChar *wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
-               int flags = 0,
-               wxWindow *parent = NULL,
-               int x = -1, int y = -1);
-
-// An extended version of wxFileSelector
-WXDLLEXPORT wxString
-wxFileSelectorEx(const wxChar *message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
-                 const wxChar *default_path = NULL,
-                 const wxChar *default_filename = NULL,
-                 int *indexDefaultExtension = NULL,
-                 const wxChar *wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
-                 int flags = 0,
-                 wxWindow *parent = NULL,
-                 int x = -1, int y = -1);
-
-// Ask for filename to load
-WXDLLEXPORT wxString
-wxLoadFileSelector(const wxChar *what,
-                   const wxChar *extension,
-                   const wxChar *default_name = (const wxChar *)NULL,
-                   wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL);
-
-// Ask for filename to save
-WXDLLEXPORT wxString
-wxSaveFileSelector(const wxChar *what,
-                   const wxChar *extension,
-                   const wxChar *default_name = (const wxChar *) NULL,
-                   wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL);
-
-
-#if defined (__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-#include "wx/generic/filedlgg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-#include "wx/msw/filedlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-#include "wx/motif/filedlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#include "wx/generic/filedlgg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-#include "wx/generic/filedlgg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-#include "wx/generic/filedlgg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-#include "wx/mac/filedlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-#include "wx/generic/filedlgg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/filedlg.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FILEDLG
-
-#endif // _WX_FILEDLG_H_BASE_

include/wx/filefn.h

@@ -1,386 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        filefn.h
-// Purpose:     File- and directory-related functions
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     29/01/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Julian Smart
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef   _FILEFN_H_
-#define   _FILEFN_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "filefn.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/list.h"
-
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
-#include <time.h>
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
-    typedef long off_t;
-#else
-
-// define off_t
-#if !defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__MACH__)
-    #include  <sys/types.h>
-#else
-    typedef long off_t;
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) || ( defined(__MWERKS__) && defined( __INTEL__) )
-    typedef _off_t off_t;
-#elif defined(__BORLANDC__) && defined(__WIN16__)
-    typedef long off_t;
-#elif defined(__SYMANTEC__)
-    typedef long off_t;
-#elif defined(__MWERKS__) && !defined(__INTEL__) && !defined(__MACH__)
-    typedef long off_t;
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400
-//
-// VisualAge C++ V4.0 cannot have any external linkage const decs
-// in headers included by more than one primary source
-//
-extern const off_t wxInvalidOffset;
-#else
-const off_t wxInvalidOffset = (off_t)-1;
-#endif
-
-enum wxSeekMode
-{
-  wxFromStart,
-  wxFromCurrent,
-  wxFromEnd
-};
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxEmptyString;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// declare our versions of low level file functions: some compilers prepend
-// underscores to the usual names, some also have Unicode versions of them
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Microsoft compiler loves underscores, feed them to it
-#if defined( __VISUALC__ ) \
-    || ( defined(__MINGW32__) && !defined(__WINE__) && wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( 0, 5 ) ) \
-    || ( defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(__WXMSW__) )
-    // functions
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
-    #define   _tell        tell
-#endif
-    #define   wxClose      _close
-    #define   wxRead       _read
-    #define   wxWrite      _write
-    #define   wxLseek      _lseek
-    #define   wxFsync      _commit
-    #define   wxEof        _eof
-
-    #define   wxTell       _tell
-
-    #if wxUSE_UNICODE
-        #if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU
-            #define   wxOpen       wxMSLU__wopen
- 
-            #define   wxAccess     wxMSLU__waccess
-            #define   wxMkDir      wxMSLU__wmkdir
-            #define   wxRmDir      wxMSLU__wrmdir
-            #define   wxStat       wxMSLU__wstat
-        #else
-            #define   wxOpen       _wopen
-            #define   wxAccess     _waccess
-            #define   wxMkDir      _wmkdir
-            #define   wxRmDir      _wrmdir
-            #define   wxStat       _wstat
-        #endif
-    #else // !wxUSE_UNICODE
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
-        #define   wxOpen       open
-#else
-        #define   wxOpen       _open
-#endif
-        #define   wxAccess     _access
-        #define   wxMkDir      _mkdir
-        #define   wxRmDir      _rmdir
-        #define   wxStat       _stat
-    #endif
-
-    // types
-    #define   wxStructStat struct _stat
-
-    // constants (unless already defined by the user code)
-    #if !defined(O_RDONLY) && !defined(__BORLANDC__)
-        #define   O_RDONLY    _O_RDONLY
-        #define   O_WRONLY    _O_WRONLY
-        #define   O_RDWR      _O_RDWR
-        #define   O_EXCL      _O_EXCL
-        #define   O_CREAT     _O_CREAT
-        #define   O_BINARY    _O_BINARY
-    #endif
-
-    #ifndef __BORLANDC__
-        #define   S_IFMT      _S_IFMT
-        #define   S_IFDIR     _S_IFDIR
-        #define   S_IFREG     _S_IFREG
-    #endif // O_RDONLY
-#else
-    // functions
-    #define   wxClose      close
-    #define   wxRead       read
-    #define   wxWrite      write
-    #define   wxLseek      lseek
-    #define   wxFsync      commit
-    #define   wxEof        eof
-
-    #define   wxMkDir      mkdir
-    #define   wxRmDir      rmdir
-
-    #define   wxTell(fd)   lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)
-
-    #define   wxStructStat struct stat
-    
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-#   define wxNEED_WX_UNISTD_H
-#if defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(macintosh)
-	#include <sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-WXDLLEXPORT int wxStat( const wxChar *file_name, wxStructStat *buf );
-WXDLLEXPORT int wxAccess( const wxChar *pathname, int mode );
-WXDLLEXPORT int wxOpen( const wxChar *pathname, int flags, mode_t mode );
-#else
-    #define   wxOpen       open
-    #define   wxStat       stat
-    #define   wxAccess     access
-#endif
-
-#endif  // VC++
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxFileExists(const wxString& filename);
-
-// does the path exist? (may have or not '/' or '\\' at the end)
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxPathExists(const wxChar *pszPathName);
-
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxIsAbsolutePath(const wxString& filename);
-
-// Get filename
-WXDLLEXPORT wxChar* wxFileNameFromPath(wxChar *path);
-WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxFileNameFromPath(const wxString& path);
-
-// Get directory
-WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxPathOnly(const wxString& path);
-
-// wxString version
-WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxRealPath(const wxString& path);
-
-WXDLLEXPORT void wxDos2UnixFilename(wxChar *s);
-
-WXDLLEXPORT void wxUnix2DosFilename(wxChar *s);
-
-// Strip the extension, in situ
-WXDLLEXPORT void wxStripExtension(wxChar *buffer);
-WXDLLEXPORT void wxStripExtension(wxString& buffer);
-
-// Get a temporary filename
-WXDLLEXPORT wxChar* wxGetTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, wxChar *buf = (wxChar *) NULL);
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxGetTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, wxString& buf);
-
-// Expand file name (~/ and ${OPENWINHOME}/ stuff)
-WXDLLEXPORT wxChar* wxExpandPath(wxChar *dest, const wxChar *path);
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxExpandPath(wxString& dest, const wxChar *path);
-
-// Contract w.r.t environment (</usr/openwin/lib, OPENWHOME> -> ${OPENWINHOME}/lib)
-// and make (if under the home tree) relative to home
-// [caller must copy-- volatile]
-WXDLLEXPORT wxChar* wxContractPath(const wxString& filename,
-                                   const wxString& envname = wxEmptyString,
-                                   const wxString& user = wxEmptyString);
-
-// Destructive removal of /./ and /../ stuff
-WXDLLEXPORT wxChar* wxRealPath(wxChar *path);
-
-// Allocate a copy of the full absolute path
-WXDLLEXPORT wxChar* wxCopyAbsolutePath(const wxString& path);
-
-// Get first file name matching given wild card.
-// Flags are reserved for future use.
-#define wxFILE  1
-#define wxDIR   2
-WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxFindFirstFile(const wxChar *spec, int flags = wxFILE);
-WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxFindNextFile();
-
-// Does the pattern contain wildcards?
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxIsWild(const wxString& pattern);
-
-// Does the pattern match the text (usually a filename)?
-// If dot_special is TRUE, doesn't match * against . (eliminating
-// `hidden' dot files)
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxMatchWild(const wxString& pattern,  const wxString& text, bool dot_special = TRUE);
-
-// Concatenate two files to form third
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxConcatFiles(const wxString& file1, const wxString& file2, const wxString& file3);
-
-// Copy file1 to file2
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxCopyFile(const wxString& file1, const wxString& file2,
-                            bool overwrite = TRUE);
-
-// Remove file
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxRemoveFile(const wxString& file);
-
-// Rename file
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxRenameFile(const wxString& file1, const wxString& file2);
-
-// Get current working directory.
-// If buf is NULL, allocates space using new, else
-// copies into buf.
-// IMPORTANT NOTE getcwd is know not to work under some releases
-// of Win32s 1.3, according to MS release notes!
-WXDLLEXPORT wxChar* wxGetWorkingDirectory(wxChar *buf = (wxChar *) NULL, int sz = 1000);
-// new and preferred version of wxGetWorkingDirectory
-// NB: can't have the same name because of overloading ambiguity
-WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxGetCwd();
-
-// Set working directory
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxSetWorkingDirectory(const wxString& d);
-
-// Make directory
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxMkdir(const wxString& dir, int perm = 0777);
-
-// Remove directory. Flags reserved for future use.
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxRmdir(const wxString& dir, int flags = 0);
-
-// compatibility defines, don't use in new code
-#define wxDirExists wxPathExists
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2
-    #define FileExists wxFileExists
-    #define DirExists wxDirExists
-    #define IsAbsolutePath wxIsAbsolutePath
-    #define FileNameFromPath wxFileNameFromPath
-    #define PathOnly wxPathOnly
-    #define Dos2UnixFilename wxDos2UnixFilename
-    #define Unix2DosFilename wxUnix2DosFilename
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// separators in file names
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// between file name and extension
-#define wxFILE_SEP_EXT        wxT('.')
-
-// between drive/volume name and the path
-#define wxFILE_SEP_DSK        wxT(':')
-
-// between the path components
-#define wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS   wxT('\\')
-#define wxFILE_SEP_PATH_UNIX  wxT('/')
-#define wxFILE_SEP_PATH_MAC   wxT(':')
-#define wxFILE_SEP_PATH_VMS   wxT('.') // VMS also uses '[' and ']'
-
-// separator in the path list (as in PATH environment variable)
-// there is no PATH variable in Classic Mac OS so just use the
-// semicolon (it must be different from the file name separator)
-// NB: these are strings and not characters on purpose!
-#define wxPATH_SEP_DOS        wxT(";")
-#define wxPATH_SEP_UNIX       wxT(":")
-#define wxPATH_SEP_MAC        wxT(";")
-
-// platform independent versions
-#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
-  #define wxFILE_SEP_PATH     wxFILE_SEP_PATH_UNIX
-  #define wxPATH_SEP          wxPATH_SEP_UNIX
-#elif defined(__MAC__)
-  #define wxFILE_SEP_PATH     wxFILE_SEP_PATH_MAC
-  #define wxPATH_SEP          wxPATH_SEP_MAC
-#elif defined(__CYGWIN__) // Cygwin
-  #define wxFILE_SEP_PATH     wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS
-  #define wxPATH_SEP          wxPATH_SEP_UNIX
-#else   // Windows and OS/2
-  #define wxFILE_SEP_PATH     wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS
-  #define wxPATH_SEP          wxPATH_SEP_DOS
-#endif  // Unix/Windows
-
-// this is useful for wxString::IsSameAs(): to compare two file names use
-// filename1.IsSameAs(filename2, wxARE_FILENAMES_CASE_SENSITIVE)
-#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__DARWIN__)
-  #define wxARE_FILENAMES_CASE_SENSITIVE  TRUE
-#else   // Windows, Mac OS and OS/2
-  #define wxARE_FILENAMES_CASE_SENSITIVE  FALSE
-#endif  // Unix/Windows
-
-// is the char a path separator?
-inline bool wxIsPathSeparator(wxChar c)
-{
-    // under DOS/Windows we should understand both Unix and DOS file separators
-#if defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__MAC__)
-    return c == wxFILE_SEP_PATH;
-#else
-    return c == wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS || c == wxFILE_SEP_PATH_UNIX;
-#endif
-}
-
-// does the string ends with path separator?
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxEndsWithPathSeparator(const wxChar *pszFileName);
-
-// split the full path into path (including drive for DOS), name and extension
-// (understands both '/' and '\\')
-WXDLLEXPORT void wxSplitPath(const wxChar *pszFileName,
-                             wxString *pstrPath,
-                             wxString *pstrName,
-                             wxString *pstrExt);
-
-// find a file in a list of directories, returns false if not found
-WXDLLEXPORT bool wxFindFileInPath(wxString *pStr, const wxChar *pszPath, const wxChar *pszFile);
-
-// Get the OS directory if appropriate (such as the Windows directory).
-// On non-Windows platform, probably just return the empty string.
-WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxGetOSDirectory();
-
-// Get file modification time
-WXDLLEXPORT time_t wxFileModificationTime(const wxString& filename);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Path searching
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPathList : public wxStringList
-{
-public:
-    // Adds all paths in environment variable
-    void AddEnvList(const wxString& envVariable);
-
-    void Add(const wxString& path);
-    // Avoid compiler warning
-    wxNode *Add(const wxChar *s) { return wxStringList::Add(s); }
-    // Find the first full path for which the file exists
-    wxString FindValidPath(const wxString& filename);
-    // Find the first full path for which the file exists; ensure it's an
-    // absolute path that gets returned.
-    wxString FindAbsoluteValidPath(const wxString& filename);
-    // Given full path and filename, add path to list
-    void EnsureFileAccessible(const wxString& path);
-    // Returns TRUE if the path is in the list
-    bool Member(const wxString& path);
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPathList)
-};
-
-#endif
-  // _WX_FILEFN_H_

include/wx/filename.h

@@ -1,427 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/filename.h
-// Purpose:     wxFileName - encapsulates a file path
-// Author:      Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     28.12.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Robert Roebling
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef   _WX_FILENAME_H_
-#define   _WX_FILENAME_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "filename.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
-    #include  "wx/string.h"
-#endif
-
-/*
-    TODO:
-
-    1. support for drives under Windows
-    2. more file operations:
-        a) chmod()
-        b) [acm]time() - get and set
-        c) file size
-        d) file permissions with readable accessors for most common bits
-           such as IsReadable() &c
-        e) rename()?
-    3. SameFileAs() function to compare inodes under Unix
- */
-
-// ridiculously enough, this will replace DirExists with wxDirExists etc
-#include "wx/filefn.h"
-#include "wx/datetime.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFile;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the various values for the path format: this mainly affects the path
-// separator but also whether or not the path has the drive part (as under
-// Windows)
-enum wxPathFormat
-{
-    wxPATH_NATIVE = 0,      // the path format for the current platform
-    wxPATH_UNIX,
-    wxPATH_MAC,
-    wxPATH_DOS,
-    wxPATH_VMS,
-
-    wxPATH_BEOS = wxPATH_UNIX,
-    wxPATH_WIN = wxPATH_DOS,
-    wxPATH_OS2 = wxPATH_DOS
-};
-
-// the kind of normalization to do with the file name: these values can be
-// or'd together to perform several operations at once
-enum wxPathNormalize
-{
-    wxPATH_NORM_ENV_VARS = 0x0001,  // replace env vars with their values
-    wxPATH_NORM_DOTS     = 0x0002,  // squeeze all .. and . and prepend cwd
-    wxPATH_NORM_TILDE    = 0x0004,  // Unix only: replace ~ and ~user
-    wxPATH_NORM_CASE     = 0x0008,  // if case insensitive => tolower
-    wxPATH_NORM_ABSOLUTE = 0x0010,  // make the path absolute
-    wxPATH_NORM_LONG =     0x0020,  // make the path the long form
-    wxPATH_NORM_ALL      = 0x003f
-};
-
-// what exactly should GetPath() return?
-enum
-{
-    wxPATH_GET_VOLUME    = 0x0001,  // include the volume if applicable
-    wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR = 0x0002   // terminate the path with the separator
-};
-
-// MkDir flags
-enum
-{
-    wxPATH_MKDIR_FULL    = 0x0001   // create directories recursively
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileName: encapsulates a file path
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileName
-{
-public:
-    // constructors and assignment
-
-        // the usual stuff
-    wxFileName() { Clear(); }
-    wxFileName( const wxFileName &filepath ) { Assign(filepath); }
-
-        // from a full filename: if it terminates with a '/', a directory path
-        // is contructed (the name will be empty), otherwise a file name and
-        // extension are extracted from it
-    wxFileName( const wxString& fullpath, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE )
-        { Assign( fullpath, format ); }
-
-        // from a directory name and a file name
-    wxFileName(const wxString& path,
-               const wxString& name,
-               wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE)
-        { Assign(path, name, format); }
-
-        // from a volume, directory name, file base name and extension
-    wxFileName(const wxString& volume,
-               const wxString& path,
-               const wxString& name,
-               const wxString& ext,
-               wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE)
-        { Assign(volume, path, name, ext, format); }
-
-        // from a directory name, file base name and extension
-    wxFileName(const wxString& path,
-               const wxString& name,
-               const wxString& ext,
-               wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE)
-        { Assign(path, name, ext, format); }
-
-        // the same for delayed initialization
-
-    void Assign(const wxFileName& filepath);
-
-    void Assign(const wxString& fullpath,
-                wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
-    void Assign(const wxString& volume,
-                const wxString& path,
-                const wxString& name,
-                const wxString& ext,
-                wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
-    void Assign(const wxString& path,
-                const wxString& name,
-                wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
-    void Assign(const wxString& path,
-                const wxString& name,
-                const wxString& ext,
-                wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE)
-    {
-        // empty volume
-        Assign(_T(""), path, name, ext, format);
-    }
-
-    void AssignDir(const wxString& dir, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
-        // assorted assignment operators
-
-    wxFileName& operator=(const wxFileName& filename)
-        { Assign(filename); return *this; }
-
-    wxFileName& operator=(const wxString& filename)
-        { Assign(filename); return *this; }
-
-        // reset all components to default, uninitialized state
-    void Clear();
-
-        // static pseudo constructors
-    static wxFileName FileName(const wxString& file);
-    static wxFileName DirName(const wxString& dir);
-
-    // file tests
-
-        // is the filename valid at all?
-    bool IsOk() const { return !m_dirs.IsEmpty() || !m_name.IsEmpty(); }
-
-        // does the file with this name exists?
-    bool FileExists() const;
-    static bool FileExists( const wxString &file );
-
-        // does the directory with this name exists?
-    bool DirExists() const;
-    static bool DirExists( const wxString &dir );
-
-        // VZ: also need: IsDirWritable(), IsFileExecutable() &c (TODO)
-
-    // time functions
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
-        // set the file last access/mod and creation times
-        // (any of the pointers may be NULL)
-    bool SetTimes(const wxDateTime *dtAccess,
-                  const wxDateTime *dtMod,
-                  const wxDateTime *dtCreate);
-
-        // set the access and modification times to the current moment
-    bool Touch();
-
-        // return the last access, last modification and create times
-        // (any of the pointers may be NULL)
-    bool GetTimes(wxDateTime *dtAccess,
-                  wxDateTime *dtMod,
-                  wxDateTime *dtCreate) const;
-
-        // convenience wrapper: get just the last mod time of the file
-    wxDateTime GetModificationTime() const
-    {
-        wxDateTime dtMod;
-        (void)GetTimes(NULL, &dtMod, NULL);
-        return dtMod;
-    }
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
-
-#ifdef __WXMAC__
-    bool MacSetTypeAndCreator( wxUint32 type , wxUint32 creator ) ;
-    bool MacGetTypeAndCreator( wxUint32 *type , wxUint32 *creator ) ;
-    // gets the 'common' type and creator for a certain extension
-    static bool MacFindDefaultTypeAndCreator( const wxString& ext , wxUint32 *type , wxUint32 *creator ) ;
-    // registers application defined extensions and their default type and creator
-    static void MacRegisterDefaultTypeAndCreator( const wxString& ext , wxUint32 type , wxUint32 creator ) ;
-    // looks up the appropriate type and creator from the registration and then sets
-    bool MacSetDefaultTypeAndCreator() ;
-#endif
-
-    // various file/dir operations
-
-        // retrieve the value of the current working directory
-    void AssignCwd(const wxString& volume = wxEmptyString);
-    static wxString GetCwd(const wxString& volume = wxEmptyString);
-
-        // change the current working directory
-    bool SetCwd();
-    static bool SetCwd( const wxString &cwd );
-
-        // get the value of user home (Unix only mainly)
-    void AssignHomeDir();
-    static wxString GetHomeDir();
-
-        // get a temp file name starting with the specified prefix and open the
-        // file passed to us using this name for writing (atomically if
-        // possible)
-    void AssignTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, wxFile *fileTemp = NULL);
-    static wxString CreateTempFileName(const wxString& prefix,
-                                       wxFile *fileTemp = NULL);
-
-    // directory creation and removal.
-    // if full is TRUE, will try to make each directory in the path.
-    bool Mkdir( int perm = 0777, int flags = 0);
-    static bool Mkdir( const wxString &dir, int perm = 0777, int flags = 0 );
-
-    bool Rmdir();
-    static bool Rmdir( const wxString &dir );
-
-    // operations on the path
-
-        // normalize the path: with the default flags value, the path will be
-        // made absolute, without any ".." and "." and all environment
-        // variables will be expanded in it
-        //
-        // this may be done using another (than current) value of cwd
-    bool Normalize(int flags = wxPATH_NORM_ALL,
-                   const wxString& cwd = wxEmptyString,
-                   wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
-        // get a path path relative to the given base directory, i.e. opposite
-        // of Normalize
-        //
-        // pass an empty string to get a path relative to the working directory
-        //
-        // returns TRUE if the file name was modified, FALSE if we failed to do
-        // anything with it (happens when the file is on a different volume,
-        // for example)
-    bool MakeRelativeTo(const wxString& pathBase = _T(""),
-                        wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
-        // make the path absolute
-        //
-        // this may be done using another (than current) value of cwd
-    bool MakeAbsolute(const wxString& cwd = wxEmptyString,
-                      wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE)
-        { return Normalize(wxPATH_NORM_DOTS | wxPATH_NORM_ABSOLUTE |
-                           wxPATH_NORM_TILDE, cwd, format); }
-
-    // Comparison
-
-        // compares with the rules of the given platforms format
-    bool SameAs(const wxFileName& filepath,
-                wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const;
-
-        // compare with another filename object
-    bool operator==(const wxFileName& filename) const
-        { return SameAs(filename); }
-    bool operator!=(const wxFileName& filename) const
-        { return !SameAs(filename); }
-
-        // compare with a filename string interpreted as a native file name
-    bool operator==(const wxString& filename) const
-        { return SameAs(wxFileName(filename)); }
-    bool operator!=(const wxString& filename) const
-        { return !SameAs(wxFileName(filename)); }
-
-        // are the file names of this type cases sensitive?
-    static bool IsCaseSensitive( wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE );
-
-        // is this filename absolute?
-    bool IsAbsolute(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const;
-
-        // is this filename relative?
-    bool IsRelative(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const
-        { return !IsAbsolute(format); }
-
-    // Information about path format
-
-    // get the string separating the volume from the path for this format,
-    // return an empty string if this format doesn't support the notion of
-    // volumes at all
-    static wxString GetVolumeSeparator(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
-    // get the string of path separators for this format
-    static wxString GetPathSeparators(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
-    // get the canonical path separator for this format
-    static wxChar GetPathSeparator(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE)
-        { return GetPathSeparators(format)[0u]; }
-
-    // is the char a path separator for this format?
-    static bool IsPathSeparator(wxChar ch, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
-    // Dir accessors
-    void AppendDir( const wxString &dir );
-    void PrependDir( const wxString &dir );
-    void InsertDir( int before, const wxString &dir );
-    void RemoveDir( int pos );
-    size_t GetDirCount() const { return m_dirs.GetCount(); }
-
-    // Other accessors
-    void SetExt( const wxString &ext )          { m_ext = ext; }
-    wxString GetExt() const                     { return m_ext; }
-    bool HasExt() const                         { return !m_ext.empty(); }
-
-    void SetName( const wxString &name )        { m_name = name; }
-    wxString GetName() const                    { return m_name; }
-    bool HasName() const                        { return !m_name.empty(); }
-
-    void SetVolume( const wxString &volume )    { m_volume = volume; }
-    wxString GetVolume() const                  { return m_volume; }
-    bool HasVolume() const                      { return !m_volume.empty(); }
-
-    // full name is the file name + extension (but without the path)
-    void SetFullName(const wxString& fullname);
-    wxString GetFullName() const;
-
-    const wxArrayString& GetDirs() const        { return m_dirs; }
-
-    // flags are combination of wxPATH_GET_XXX flags
-    wxString GetPath(int flags = 0, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const;
-
-    // Replace current path with this one
-    void SetPath( const wxString &path, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE );
-
-    // Construct full path with name and ext
-    wxString GetFullPath( wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE ) const;
-
-    // Return the short form of the path (returns identity on non-Windows platforms)
-    wxString GetShortPath() const;
-
-    // Return the long form of the path (returns identity on non-Windows platforms)
-    wxString GetLongPath() const;
-
-    // Is this a file or directory (not necessarily an existing one)
-    bool IsDir() const { return m_name.empty() && m_ext.empty(); }
-
-    // various helpers
-
-        // get the canonical path format for this platform
-    static wxPathFormat GetFormat( wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE );
-
-        // split a fullpath into the volume, path, (base) name and extension
-        // (all of the pointers can be NULL)
-    static void SplitPath(const wxString& fullpath,
-                          wxString *volume,
-                          wxString *path,
-                          wxString *name,
-                          wxString *ext,
-                          wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
-        // compatibility version
-    static void SplitPath(const wxString& fullpath,
-                          wxString *path,
-                          wxString *name,
-                          wxString *ext,
-                          wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
-
-    // deprecated methods, don't use any more
-    // --------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __DIGITALMARS__
-    wxString GetPath( bool withSep, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE ) const
-        { return GetPath(withSep ? wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR : 0, format); }
-#endif
-    wxString GetPathWithSep(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE ) const
-        { return GetPath(wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR, format); }
-
-private:
-    // the drive/volume/device specification (always empty for Unix)
-    wxString        m_volume;
-
-    // the path components of the file
-    wxArrayString   m_dirs;
-
-    // the file name and extension (empty for directories)
-    wxString        m_name,
-                    m_ext;
-
-    // when m_dirs is empty it may mean either that we have no path at all or
-    // that our path is '/', i.e. the root directory
-    //
-    // we use m_relative to distinguish between these two cases, it will be
-    // TRUE in the former and FALSE in the latter
-    //
-    // NB: the path is not absolute just because m_relative is FALSE, it still
-    //     needs the drive (i.e. volume) in some formats (Windows)
-    bool            m_relative;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_FILENAME_H_
-

include/wx/filesys.h

@@ -1,268 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        filesys.h
-// Purpose:     class for opening files - virtual file system
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __FILESYS_H__
-#define __FILESYS_H__
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "filesys.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/setup.h"
-
-#if !wxUSE_STREAMS
-#error You cannot compile virtual file systems without wxUSE_STREAMS
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML && !wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-#error You cannot compile wxHTML without virtual file systems
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-#include "wx/url.h"
-#include "wx/datetime.h"
-#include "wx/filename.h"
-
-class wxFSFile;
-class wxFileSystemHandler;
-class wxFileSystem;
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFSFile
-//                  This class is a file opened using wxFileSystem. It consists of
-//                  input stream, location, mime type & optional anchor
-//                  (in 'index.htm#chapter2', 'chapter2' is anchor)
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFSFile : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxFSFile(wxInputStream *stream, const wxString& loc,
-             const wxString& mimetype, const wxString& anchor
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
-             , wxDateTime modif
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
-             )
-    {
-        m_Stream = stream;
-        m_Location = loc;
-        m_MimeType = mimetype; m_MimeType.MakeLower();
-        m_Anchor = anchor;
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
-        m_Modif = modif;
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
-    }
-
-    virtual ~wxFSFile() { if (m_Stream) delete m_Stream; }
-
-    // returns stream. This doesn't _create_ stream, it only returns
-    // pointer to it.
-    wxInputStream *GetStream() const {return m_Stream;}
-
-    // returns file's mime type
-    const wxString& GetMimeType() const {return m_MimeType;}
-
-    // returns the original location (aka filename) of the file
-    const wxString& GetLocation() const {return m_Location;}
-
-    const wxString& GetAnchor() const {return m_Anchor;}
-
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
-    wxDateTime GetModificationTime() const {return m_Modif;}
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
-
-private:
-    wxInputStream *m_Stream;
-    wxString m_Location;
-    wxString m_MimeType;
-    wxString m_Anchor;
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
-    wxDateTime m_Modif;
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
-
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFSFile)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFSFile)
-};
-
-
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileSystemHandler
-//                  This class is FS handler for wxFileSystem. It provides
-//                  interface to access certain
-//                  kinds of files (HTPP, FTP, local, tar.gz etc..)
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileSystemHandler : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxFileSystemHandler() : wxObject() {}
-
-    // returns TRUE if this handler is able to open given location
-    virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location) = 0;
-
-    // opens given file and returns pointer to input stream.
-    // Returns NULL if opening failed.
-    // The location is always absolute path.
-    virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location) = 0;
-
-    // Finds first/next file that matches spec wildcard. flags can be wxDIR for restricting
-    // the query to directories or wxFILE for files only or 0 for either.
-    // Returns filename or empty string if no more matching file exists
-    virtual wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0);
-    virtual wxString FindNext();
-
-protected:
-    // returns protocol ("file", "http", "tar" etc.) The last (most right)
-    // protocol is used:
-    // {it returns "tar" for "file:subdir/archive.tar.gz#tar:/README.txt"}
-    wxString GetProtocol(const wxString& location) const;
-
-    // returns left part of address:
-    // {it returns "file:subdir/archive.tar.gz" for "file:subdir/archive.tar.gz#tar:/README.txt"}
-    wxString GetLeftLocation(const wxString& location) const;
-
-    // returns anchor part of address:
-    // {it returns "anchor" for "file:subdir/archive.tar.gz#tar:/README.txt#anchor"}
-    // NOTE:  anchor is NOT a part of GetLeftLocation()'s return value
-    wxString GetAnchor(const wxString& location) const;
-
-    // returns right part of address:
-    // {it returns "/README.txt" for "file:subdir/archive.tar.gz#tar:/README.txt"}
-    wxString GetRightLocation(const wxString& location) const;
-
-    // Returns MIME type of the file - w/o need to open it
-    // (default behaviour is that it returns type based on extension)
-    wxString GetMimeTypeFromExt(const wxString& location);
-
-    DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFileSystemHandler)
-};
-
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileSystem
-//                  This class provides simple interface for opening various
-//                  kinds of files (HTPP, FTP, local, tar.gz etc..)
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileSystem : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxFileSystem() : wxObject() {m_Path = m_LastName = wxEmptyString; m_Handlers.DeleteContents(TRUE); m_FindFileHandler = NULL;}
-
-    // sets the current location. Every call to OpenFile is
-    // relative to this location.
-    // NOTE !!
-    // unless is_dir = TRUE 'location' is *not* the directory but
-    // file contained in this directory
-    // (so ChangePathTo("dir/subdir/xh.htm") sets m_Path to "dir/subdir/")
-    void ChangePathTo(const wxString& location, bool is_dir = FALSE);
-
-    wxString GetPath() const {return m_Path;}
-
-    // opens given file and returns pointer to input stream.
-    // Returns NULL if opening failed.
-    // It first tries to open the file in relative scope
-    // (based on ChangePathTo()'s value) and then as an absolute
-    // path.
-    wxFSFile* OpenFile(const wxString& location);
-
-    // Finds first/next file that matches spec wildcard. flags can be wxDIR for restricting
-    // the query to directories or wxFILE for files only or 0 for either.
-    // Returns filename or empty string if no more matching file exists
-    wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0);
-    wxString FindNext();
-
-    // Adds FS handler.
-    // In fact, this class is only front-end to the FS hanlers :-)
-    static void AddHandler(wxFileSystemHandler *handler);
-
-    // remove all items from the m_Handlers list
-    static void CleanUpHandlers();
-
-    // Returns the native path for a file URL
-    static wxFileName URLToFileName(const wxString& url);
-
-    // Returns the file URL for a native path
-    static wxString FileNameToURL(const wxFileName& filename);
-
-
-protected:
-    wxString m_Path;
-            // the path (location) we are currently in
-            // this is path, not file!
-            // (so if you opened test/demo.htm, it is
-            // "test/", not "test/demo.htm")
-    wxString m_LastName;
-            // name of last opened file (full path)
-    static wxList m_Handlers;
-            // list of FS handlers
-    wxFileSystemHandler *m_FindFileHandler;
-            // handler that succeed in FindFirst query
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileSystem)
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileSystem)
-};
-
-
-/*
-
-'location' syntax:
-
-To determine FS type, we're using standard KDE notation:
-file:/absolute/path/file.htm
-file:relative_path/xxxxx.html
-/some/path/x.file               ('file:' is default)
-http://www.gnome.org
-file:subdir/archive.tar.gz#tar:/README.txt
-
-special characters :
-  ':' - FS identificator is before this char
-  '#' - separator. It can be either HTML anchor ("index.html#news")
-            (in case there is no ':' in the string to the right from it)
-        or FS separator
-            (example : http://www.wxhtml.org/wxhtml-0.1.tar.gz#tar:/include/wxhtml/filesys.h"
-             this would access tgz archive stored on web)
-  '/' - directory (path) separator. It is used to determine upper-level path.
-        HEY! Don't use \ even if you're on Windows!
-
-*/
-
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxLocalFSHandler : public wxFileSystemHandler
-{
-public:
-    virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location);
-    virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location);
-    virtual wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0);
-    virtual wxString FindNext();
-
-    // wxLocalFSHandler will prefix all filenames with 'root' before accessing
-    // files on disk. This effectively makes 'root' the top-level directory
-    // and prevents access to files outside this directory.
-    // (This is similar to Unix command 'chroot'.)
-    static void Chroot(const wxString& root) { ms_root = root; }
-
-protected:
-    static wxString ms_root;
-};
-
-
-
-#endif
-  // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-
-#endif
-  // __FILESYS_H__

include/wx/fmappriv.h

@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/fmappriv.h
-// Purpose:     private wxFontMapper stuff, not to be used by the library users
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     21.06.2003 (extracted from common/fontmap.cpp)
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999-2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FMAPPRIV_H_
-#define _WX_FMAPPRIV_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// a special pseudo encoding which means "don't ask me about this charset
-// any more" -- we need it to avoid driving the user crazy with asking him
-// time after time about the same charset which he [presumably] doesn't
-// have the fonts for
-enum { wxFONTENCODING_UNKNOWN = -2 };
-
-// the config paths we use
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-#define FONTMAPPER_ROOT_PATH wxT("/wxWindows/FontMapper")
-#define FONTMAPPER_CHARSET_PATH wxT("Charsets")
-#define FONTMAPPER_CHARSET_ALIAS_PATH wxT("Aliases")
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFontMapperPathChanger: change the config path during our lifetime
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-class wxFontMapperPathChanger
-{
-public:
-    wxFontMapperPathChanger(wxFontMapperBase *fontMapper, const wxString& path)
-    {
-        m_fontMapper = fontMapper;
-        m_ok = m_fontMapper->ChangePath(path, &m_pathOld);
-    }
-
-    bool IsOk() const { return m_ok; }
-
-    ~wxFontMapperPathChanger()
-    {
-        if ( IsOk() )
-            m_fontMapper->RestorePath(m_pathOld);
-    }
-
-private:
-    // the fontmapper object we're working with
-    wxFontMapperBase *m_fontMapper;
-
-    // the old path to be restored if m_ok
-    wxString m_pathOld;
-
-    // have we changed the path successfully?
-    bool m_ok;
-
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFontMapperPathChanger)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-#endif // _WX_FMAPPRIV_H_
-

include/wx/font.h

@@ -1,237 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/font.h
-// Purpose:     wxFontBase class: the interface of wxFont
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     20.09.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FONT_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_FONT_H_BASE_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "fontbase.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"        // for wxDEFAULT &c
-#include "wx/fontenc.h"     // the font encoding constants
-#include "wx/gdiobj.h"      // the base class
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declarations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontData;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontBase;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFont;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// font constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// standard font families: these may be used only for the font creation, it
-// doesn't make sense to query an existing font for its font family as,
-// especially if the font had been created from a native font description, it
-// may be unknown
-enum wxFontFamily
-{
-    wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT = wxDEFAULT,
-    wxFONTFAMILY_DECORATIVE = wxDECORATIVE,
-    wxFONTFAMILY_ROMAN = wxROMAN,
-    wxFONTFAMILY_SCRIPT = wxSCRIPT,
-    wxFONTFAMILY_SWISS = wxSWISS,
-    wxFONTFAMILY_MODERN = wxMODERN,
-    wxFONTFAMILY_TELETYPE = wxTELETYPE,
-    wxFONTFAMILY_MAX,
-    wxFONTFAMILY_UNKNOWN = wxFONTFAMILY_MAX
-};
-
-// font styles
-enum wxFontStyle
-{
-    wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL = wxNORMAL,
-    wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC = wxITALIC,
-    wxFONTSTYLE_SLANT = wxSLANT,
-    wxFONTSTYLE_MAX
-};
-
-// font weights
-enum wxFontWeight
-{
-    wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL = wxNORMAL,
-    wxFONTWEIGHT_LIGHT = wxLIGHT,
-    wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD = wxBOLD,
-    wxFONTWEIGHT_MAX
-};
-
-// the font flag bits for the new font ctor accepting one combined flags word
-enum
-{
-    // no special flags: font with default weight/slant/anti-aliasing
-    wxFONTFLAG_DEFAULT          = 0,
-
-    // slant flags (default: no slant)
-    wxFONTFLAG_ITALIC           = 1 << 0,
-    wxFONTFLAG_SLANT            = 1 << 1,
-
-    // weight flags (default: medium)
-    wxFONTFLAG_LIGHT            = 1 << 2,
-    wxFONTFLAG_BOLD             = 1 << 3,
-
-    // anti-aliasing flag: force on or off (default: the current system default)
-    wxFONTFLAG_ANTIALIASED      = 1 << 4,
-    wxFONTFLAG_NOT_ANTIALIASED  = 1 << 5,
-
-    // underlined/strikethrough flags (default: no lines)
-    wxFONTFLAG_UNDERLINED       = 1 << 6,
-    wxFONTFLAG_STRIKETHROUGH    = 1 << 7,
-
-    // the mask of all currently used flags
-    wxFONTFLAG_MASK = wxFONTFLAG_ITALIC             |
-                      wxFONTFLAG_SLANT              |
-                      wxFONTFLAG_LIGHT              |
-                      wxFONTFLAG_BOLD               |
-                      wxFONTFLAG_ANTIALIASED        |
-                      wxFONTFLAG_NOT_ANTIALIASED    |
-                      wxFONTFLAG_UNDERLINED         |
-                      wxFONTFLAG_STRIKETHROUGH
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFontBase represents a font object
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontRefData;
-struct WXDLLEXPORT wxNativeFontInfo;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontBase : public wxGDIObject
-{
-public:
-    // creator function
-    virtual ~wxFontBase();
-
-    // from the font components
-    static wxFont *New(
-        int pointSize,              // size of the font in points
-        int family,                 // see wxFontFamily enum
-        int style,                  // see wxFontStyle enum
-        int weight,                 // see wxFontWeight enum
-        bool underlined = FALSE,    // not underlined by default
-        const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,              // facename
-        wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); // ISO8859-X, ...
-
-    // from the font components but using the font flags instead of separate
-    // parameters for each flag
-    static wxFont *New(int pointSize,
-                       wxFontFamily family,
-                       int flags = wxFONTFLAG_DEFAULT,
-                       const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
-                       wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT);
-
-    // from the (opaque) native font description object
-    static wxFont *New(const wxNativeFontInfo& nativeFontDesc);
-
-    // from the string representation of wxNativeFontInfo
-    static wxFont *New(const wxString& strNativeFontDesc);
-
-    // was the font successfully created?
-    bool Ok() const { return m_refData != NULL; }
-
-    // comparison
-    bool operator == (const wxFont& font) const;
-    bool operator != (const wxFont& font) const;
-
-    // accessors: get the font characteristics
-    virtual int GetPointSize() const = 0;
-    virtual int GetFamily() const = 0;
-    virtual int GetStyle() const = 0;
-    virtual int GetWeight() const = 0;
-    virtual bool GetUnderlined() const = 0;
-    virtual wxString GetFaceName() const = 0;
-    virtual wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const = 0;
-    virtual wxNativeFontInfo *GetNativeFontInfo() const;
-
-    virtual bool IsFixedWidth() const;
-
-    wxString GetNativeFontInfoDesc() const;
-    wxString GetNativeFontInfoUserDesc() const;
-
-    // change the font characteristics
-    virtual void SetPointSize( int pointSize ) = 0;
-    virtual void SetFamily( int family ) = 0;
-    virtual void SetStyle( int style ) = 0;
-    virtual void SetWeight( int weight ) = 0;
-    virtual void SetFaceName( const wxString& faceName ) = 0;
-    virtual void SetUnderlined( bool underlined ) = 0;
-    virtual void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding) = 0;
-    void SetNativeFontInfo(const wxNativeFontInfo& info)
-        { DoSetNativeFontInfo(info); }
-
-    void SetNativeFontInfo(const wxString& info);
-    void SetNativeFontInfoUserDesc(const wxString& info);
-
-    // translate the fonts into human-readable string (i.e. GetStyleString()
-    // will return "wxITALIC" for an italic font, ...)
-    wxString GetFamilyString() const;
-    wxString GetStyleString() const;
-    wxString GetWeightString() const;
-
-    // Unofficial API, don't use
-    virtual void SetNoAntiAliasing( bool WXUNUSED(no) = TRUE ) {  }
-    virtual bool GetNoAntiAliasing() { return FALSE; }
-
-    // the default encoding is used for creating all fonts with default
-    // encoding parameter
-    static wxFontEncoding GetDefaultEncoding() { return ms_encodingDefault; }
-    static void SetDefaultEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding);
-
-protected:
-    // get the internal data
-    wxFontRefData *GetFontData() const
-        { return (wxFontRefData *)m_refData; }
-
-    // the function called by both overloads of SetNativeFontInfo()
-    virtual void DoSetNativeFontInfo(const wxNativeFontInfo& info);
-
-private:
-    // the currently default encoding: by default, it's the default system
-    // encoding, but may be changed by the application using
-    // SetDefaultEncoding() to make all subsequent fonts created without
-    // specifing encoding parameter using this encoding
-    static wxFontEncoding ms_encodingDefault;
-};
-
-// include the real class declaration
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/font.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/font.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/font.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-    #include "wx/x11/font.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-    #include "wx/mgl/font.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/font.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/cocoa/font.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/font.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define M_FONTDATA GetFontData()
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_FONT_H_BASE_

include/wx/fontdlg.h

@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/fontdlg.h
-// Purpose:     common interface for different wxFontDialog classes
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     12.05.02
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1997-2002 wxWindows team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FONTDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_FONTDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"            // for wxUSE_FONTDLG
-
-#if wxUSE_FONTDLG
-
-#include "wx/dialog.h"          // the base class
-#include "wx/cmndata.h"         // wxFontData
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFontDialog interface
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontDialogBase : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
-    // create the font dialog
-    wxFontDialogBase() { }
-    wxFontDialogBase(wxWindow *parent) { m_parent = parent; }
-    wxFontDialogBase(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data)
-        { m_parent = parent; InitFontData(&data); }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent)
-        { return DoCreate(parent); }
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data)
-        { InitFontData(&data); return Create(parent); }
-
-    virtual ~wxFontDialogBase();
-
-    // retrieve the font data
-    const wxFontData& GetFontData() const { return m_fontData; }
-    wxFontData& GetFontData() { return m_fontData; }
-
-    // deprecated interface, for compatibility only, don't use
-    wxFontDialogBase(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data)
-        { m_parent = parent; InitFontData(data); }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data)
-        { InitFontData(data); return Create(parent); }
-
-protected:
-    virtual bool DoCreate(wxWindow *parent) { m_parent = parent; return TRUE; }
-
-    void InitFontData(const wxFontData *data = NULL)
-        { if ( data ) m_fontData = *data; }
-
-    wxFontData m_fontData;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// platform-specific wxFontDialog implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-    #include "wx/generic/fontdlgg.h"
-    #define wxFontDialog wxGenericFontDialog
-    #define sm_classwxFontDialog sm_classwxGenericFontDialog
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include "wx/msw/fontdlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/fontdlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/fontdlg.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global public functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// get the font from user and return it, returns wxNullFont if the dialog was
-// cancelled
-wxFont WXDLLEXPORT
-wxGetFontFromUser(wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *)NULL,
-                  const wxFont& fontInit = wxNullFont);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FONTDLG
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_FONTDLG_H_BASE_

include/wx/fontenc.h

@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/fontenc.h
-// Purpose:     wxFontEncoding constants
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     29.03.00
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FONTENC_H_
-#define _WX_FONTENC_H_
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// font encodings
-enum wxFontEncoding
-{
-    wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM = -1,     // system default
-    wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT,         // current default encoding
-
-    // ISO8859 standard defines a number of single-byte charsets
-    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1,       // West European (Latin1)
-    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_2,       // Central and East European (Latin2)
-    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_3,       // Esperanto (Latin3)
-    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_4,       // Baltic (old) (Latin4)
-    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_5,       // Cyrillic
-    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_6,       // Arabic
-    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_7,       // Greek
-    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_8,       // Hebrew
-    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_9,       // Turkish (Latin5)
-    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_10,      // Variation of Latin4 (Latin6)
-    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_11,      // Thai
-    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_12,      // doesn't exist currently, but put it
-                                    // here anyhow to make all ISO8859
-                                    // consecutive numbers
-    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_13,      // Baltic (Latin7)
-    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_14,      // Latin8
-    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_15,      // Latin9 (a.k.a. Latin0, includes euro)
-    wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_MAX,
-
-    // Cyrillic charset soup (see http://czyborra.com/charsets/cyrillic.html)
-    wxFONTENCODING_KOI8,            // we don't support any of KOI8 variants
-    wxFONTENCODING_ALTERNATIVE,     // same as MS-DOS CP866
-    wxFONTENCODING_BULGARIAN,       // used under Linux in Bulgaria
-
-    // what would we do without Microsoft? They have their own encodings
-        // for DOS
-    wxFONTENCODING_CP437,           // original MS-DOS codepage
-    wxFONTENCODING_CP850,           // CP437 merged with Latin1
-    wxFONTENCODING_CP852,           // CP437 merged with Latin2
-    wxFONTENCODING_CP855,           // another cyrillic encoding
-    wxFONTENCODING_CP866,           // and another one
-        // and for Windows
-    wxFONTENCODING_CP874,           // WinThai
-    wxFONTENCODING_CP932,           // Japanese (shift-JIS)
-    wxFONTENCODING_CP936,           // Chinese simplified (GB)
-    wxFONTENCODING_CP949,           // Korean (Hangul charset)
-    wxFONTENCODING_CP950,           // Chinese (traditional - Big5)
-    wxFONTENCODING_CP1250,          // WinLatin2
-    wxFONTENCODING_CP1251,          // WinCyrillic
-    wxFONTENCODING_CP1252,          // WinLatin1
-    wxFONTENCODING_CP1253,          // WinGreek (8859-7)
-    wxFONTENCODING_CP1254,          // WinTurkish
-    wxFONTENCODING_CP1255,          // WinHebrew
-    wxFONTENCODING_CP1256,          // WinArabic
-    wxFONTENCODING_CP1257,          // WinBaltic (same as Latin 7)
-    wxFONTENCODING_CP12_MAX,
-
-    wxFONTENCODING_UTF7,            // UTF-7 Unicode encoding
-    wxFONTENCODING_UTF8,            // UTF-8 Unicode encoding
-
-    // Far Eastern encodings
-        // Chinese
-    wxFONTENCODING_GB2312 = wxFONTENCODING_CP936, // Simplified Chinese
-    wxFONTENCODING_BIG5 = wxFONTENCODING_CP950,   // Traditional Chinese
-
-        // Japanese (see http://zsigri.tripod.com/fontboard/cjk/jis.html)
-    wxFONTENCODING_SHIFT_JIS = wxFONTENCODING_CP932,  // Shift JIS
-    wxFONTENCODING_EUC_JP = wxFONTENCODING_UTF8 + 1,  // Extended Unix Codepage
-                                                      // for Japanese
-
-    wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE,         // Unicode (for wxEncodingConverter only)
-
-    wxFONTENCODING_MAX
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-// This private structure specifies all the parameters needed to create a font
-// with the given encoding on this platform.
-//
-// Under X, it contains the last 2 elements of the font specifications
-// (registry and encoding).
-//
-// Under Windows, it contains a number which is one of predefined CHARSET_XXX
-// values.
-//
-// Under all platforms it also contains a facename string which should be
-// used, if not empty, to create fonts in this encoding (this is the only way
-// to create a font of non-standard encoding (like KOI8) under Windows - the
-// facename specifies the encoding then)
-
-struct WXDLLEXPORT wxNativeEncodingInfo
-{
-    wxString facename;          // may be empty meaning "any"
-    wxFontEncoding encoding;    // so that we know what this struct represents
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__) || defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) // FIXME: __WXCOCOA__
-    wxNativeEncodingInfo()
-        : facename()
-        , encoding(wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM)
-        , charset(0) /* ANSI_CHARSET */
-    { }
-
-    int      charset;
-#elif defined(_WX_X_FONTLIKE)
-    wxString xregistry,
-             xencoding;
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-    // No way to specify this in Pango as this
-    // seems to be handled internally.
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-    int      mglEncoding;
-#else
-    #error "Unsupported toolkit"
-#endif
-
-    // this struct is saved in config by wxFontMapper, so it should know to
-    // serialise itself (implemented in platform-specific code)
-    bool FromString(const wxString& s);
-    wxString ToString() const;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-#endif // _WX_FONTENC_H_

include/wx/fontenum.h

@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        fontenum.h
-// Purpose:     wxFontEnumerator class for getting available fonts
-// Author:      Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by: extended to enumerate more than just font facenames and works
-//              not only on Windows now (VZ)
-// Created:     04/01/98
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FONTENUM_H_
-#define _WX_FONTENUM_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "fontenum.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/fontenc.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFontEnumerator enumerates all available fonts on the system or only the
-// fonts with given attributes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontEnumerator
-{
-public:
-    wxFontEnumerator() : m_Facenames(NULL), m_Encodings(NULL) { }
-
-    // start enumerating font facenames (either all of them or those which
-    // support the given encoding) - will result in OnFacename() being
-    // called for each available facename (until they are exhausted or
-    // OnFacename returns FALSE)
-    virtual bool EnumerateFacenames
-                 (
-                    wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM, // all
-                    bool fixedWidthOnly = FALSE
-                 );
-
-    // enumerate the different encodings either for given font facename or for
-    // all facenames - will result in OnFontEncoding() being called for each
-    // available (facename, encoding) couple
-    virtual bool EnumerateEncodings(const wxString& facename = wxT(""));
-
-    // callbacks which are called after one of EnumerateXXX() functions from
-    // above is invoked - all of them may return FALSE to stop enumeration or
-    // TRUE to continue with it
-
-    // called by EnumerateFacenames
-    virtual bool OnFacename(const wxString& facename)
-        { 
-            if (m_Facenames == NULL) m_Facenames = new wxArrayString;
-            m_Facenames -> Add(facename);
-            return TRUE;
-        }
-
-    // called by EnumerateEncodings
-    virtual bool OnFontEncoding(const wxString& WXUNUSED(facename),
-                                const wxString& encoding)
-        { 
-            if (m_Encodings == NULL) m_Encodings = new wxArrayString;
-            m_Encodings -> Add(encoding);
-            return TRUE;
-        }
-        
-    // convenience function that returns array of facenames. Cannot be called
-    // before EnumerateFacenames.
-    wxArrayString *GetFacenames() 
-        { return m_Facenames; }
-
-    // convenience function that returns array of encodings.
-    // Cannot be called before EnumerateEncodings.
-    wxArrayString *GetEncodings() 
-        { return m_Encodings; }
-        
-    // virtual dtor for the base class
-    virtual ~wxFontEnumerator() 
-        { 
-            if (m_Facenames) delete m_Facenames;
-            if (m_Encodings) delete m_Encodings;
-        }
-    
-private:
-    wxArrayString *m_Facenames, *m_Encodings;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFontEnumerator)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_FONTENUM_H_

include/wx/fontmap.h

@@ -1,267 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/fontmap.h
-// Purpose:     wxFontMapper class
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     04.11.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FONTMAPPER_H_
-#define _WX_FONTMAPPER_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_FONTMAP
-
-#include "wx/fontenc.h"         // for wxFontEncoding
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-    #include "wx/fontutil.h"    // for wxNativeEncodingInfo
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
-    class WXDLLEXPORT wxConfigBase;
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontMapper;
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-    class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ============================================================================
-// wxFontMapper manages user-definable correspondence between wxWindows font
-// encodings and the fonts present on the machine.
-//
-// This is a singleton class, font mapper objects can only be accessed using
-// wxFontMapper::Get().
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFontMapperBase: this is a non-interactive class which just uses its built
-//                   in knowledge of the encodings equivalence
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontMapperBase
-{
-public:
-    // constructtor and such
-    // ---------------------
-
-    // default ctor
-    wxFontMapperBase();
-
-    // virtual dtor for any base class
-    virtual ~wxFontMapperBase();
-
-    // return instance of the wxFontMapper singleton
-    static wxFontMapper *Get();
-
-    // set the sigleton to 'mapper' instance and return previous one
-    static wxFontMapper *Set(wxFontMapper *mapper);
-
-
-    // translates charset strings to encoding
-    // --------------------------------------
-
-    // returns the encoding for the given charset (in the form of RFC 2046) or
-    // wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM if couldn't decode it
-    //
-    // interactive parameter is ignored in the base class, we behave as if it
-    // were always false
-    virtual wxFontEncoding CharsetToEncoding(const wxString& charset,
-                                             bool interactive = true);
-
-
-    // information about supported encodings
-    // -------------------------------------
-
-    // get the number of font encodings we know about
-    static size_t GetSupportedEncodingsCount();
-
-    // get the n-th supported encoding
-    static wxFontEncoding GetEncoding(size_t n);
-
-    // return internal string identifier for the encoding (see also
-    // GetEncodingDescription())
-    static wxString GetEncodingName(wxFontEncoding encoding);
-
-    // return user-readable string describing the given encoding
-    //
-    // NB: hard-coded now, but might change later (read it from config?)
-    static wxString GetEncodingDescription(wxFontEncoding encoding);
-
-
-    // functions which allow to configure the config object used: by default,
-    // the global one (from wxConfigBase::Get() will be used) and the default
-    // root path for the config settings is the string returned by
-    // GetDefaultConfigPath()
-    // ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
-    // set the config object to use (may be NULL to use default)
-    void SetConfig(wxConfigBase *config) { m_config = config; }
-
-    // set the root config path to use (should be an absolute path)
-    void SetConfigPath(const wxString& prefix);
-
-    // return default config path
-    static const wxChar *GetDefaultConfigPath();
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-
-protected:
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
-    // get the config object we're using -- if it wasn't set explicitly, this
-    // function will use wxConfig::Get() to get the global one
-    wxConfigBase *GetConfig();
-
-    // gets the root path for our settings -- if it wasn't set explicitly, use
-    // GetDefaultConfigPath()
-    const wxString& GetConfigPath();
-
-    // change to the given (relative) path in the config, return true if ok
-    // (then GetConfig() will return something !NULL), false if no config
-    // object
-    //
-    // caller should provide a pointer to the string variable which should be
-    // later passed to RestorePath()
-    bool ChangePath(const wxString& pathNew, wxString *pathOld);
-
-    // restore the config path after use
-    void RestorePath(const wxString& pathOld);
-
-    // config object and path (in it) to use
-    wxConfigBase *m_config;
-    bool m_configIsDummy;
-
-    wxString m_configRootPath;
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-private:
-    // the global fontmapper object or NULL
-    static wxFontMapper *sm_instance;
-
-    friend class wxFontMapperPathChanger;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFontMapperBase)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFontMapper: interactive extension of wxFontMapperBase
-//
-// The default implementations of all functions will ask the user if they are
-// not capable of finding the answer themselves and store the answer in a
-// config file (configurable via SetConfigXXX functions). This behaviour may
-// be disabled by giving the value of false to "interactive" parameter.
-// However, the functions will always consult the config file to allow the
-// user-defined values override the default logic and there is no way to
-// disable this -- which shouldn't be ever needed because if "interactive" was
-// never true, the config file is never created anyhow.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontMapper : public wxFontMapperBase
-{
-public:
-    // default ctor
-    wxFontMapper();
-
-    // virtual dtor for a base class
-    virtual ~wxFontMapper();
-
-    // working with the encodings
-    // --------------------------
-
-    // returns the encoding for the given charset (in the form of RFC 2046) or
-    // wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM if couldn't decode it
-    virtual wxFontEncoding CharsetToEncoding(const wxString& charset,
-                                             bool interactive = true);
-
-    // find an alternative for the given encoding (which is supposed to not be
-    // available on this system). If successful, return true and fill info
-    // structure with the parameters required to create the font, otherwise
-    // return false
-    virtual bool GetAltForEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding,
-                                   wxNativeEncodingInfo *info,
-                                   const wxString& facename = wxEmptyString,
-                                   bool interactive = true);
-
-    // version better suitable for 'public' use. Returns wxFontEcoding
-    // that can be used it wxFont ctor
-    bool GetAltForEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding,
-                           wxFontEncoding *alt_encoding,
-                           const wxString& facename = wxEmptyString,
-                           bool interactive = true);
-
-    // checks whether given encoding is available in given face or not.
-    // If no facename is given, 
-    virtual bool IsEncodingAvailable(wxFontEncoding encoding,
-                                     const wxString& facename = wxEmptyString);
-
-
-    // configure the appearance of the dialogs we may popup
-    // ----------------------------------------------------
-
-    // the parent window for modal dialogs
-    void SetDialogParent(wxWindow *parent) { m_windowParent = parent; }
-
-    // the title for the dialogs (note that default is quite reasonable)
-    void SetDialogTitle(const wxString& title) { m_titleDialog = title; }
-
-
-protected:
-    // GetAltForEncoding() helper: tests for the existence of the given
-    // encoding and saves the result in config if ok - this results in the
-    // following (desired) behaviour: when an unknown/unavailable encoding is
-    // requested for the first time, the user is asked about a replacement,
-    // but if he doesn't choose any and the default logic finds one, it will
-    // be saved in the config so that the user won't be asked about it any
-    // more
-    bool TestAltEncoding(const wxString& configEntry,
-                         wxFontEncoding encReplacement,
-                         wxNativeEncodingInfo *info);
-
-    // the title for our dialogs
-    wxString m_titleDialog;
-
-    // the parent window for our dialogs
-    wxWindow *m_windowParent;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFontMapper)
-};
-
-#else // !wxUSE_GUI
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontMapper : public wxFontMapperBase
-{
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI/!wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global variables
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the default font mapper for wxWindows programs do NOT use! This is for
-// backward compatibility, use wxFontMapper::Get() instead
-#define wxTheFontMapper (wxFontMapper::Get())
-
-#else // !wxUSE_FONTMAP
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-    // wxEncodingToCodepage (utils.cpp) needs wxGetNativeFontEncoding
-    #include "wx/fontutil.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP/!wxUSE_FONTMAP
-
-#endif // _WX_FONTMAPPER_H_
-

include/wx/fontutil.h

@@ -1,199 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/fontutil.h
-// Purpose:     font-related helper functions
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     05.11.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// General note: this header is private to wxWindows and is not supposed to be
-// included by user code. The functions declared here are implemented in
-// msw/fontutil.cpp for Windows, unix/fontutil.cpp for GTK/Motif &c.
-
-#ifndef _WX_FONTUTIL_H_
-#define _WX_FONTUTIL_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "fontutil.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/font.h"        // for wxFont and wxFontEncoding
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #include <windows.h>
-    #include "wx/msw/winundef.h"
-#endif
-
-#if defined(_WX_X_FONTLIKE)
-
-// the symbolic names for the XLFD fields (with examples for their value)
-//
-// NB: we suppose that the font always starts with the empty token (font name
-//     registry field) as we never use nor generate it anyhow
-enum wxXLFDField
-{
-    wxXLFD_FOUNDRY,     // adobe
-    wxXLFD_FAMILY,      // courier, times, ...
-    wxXLFD_WEIGHT,      // black, bold, demibold, medium, regular, light
-    wxXLFD_SLANT,       // r/i/o (roman/italique/oblique)
-    wxXLFD_SETWIDTH,    // condensed, expanded, ...
-    wxXLFD_ADDSTYLE,    // whatever - usually nothing
-    wxXLFD_PIXELSIZE,   // size in pixels
-    wxXLFD_POINTSIZE,   // size in points
-    wxXLFD_RESX,        // 72, 75, 100, ...
-    wxXLFD_RESY,
-    wxXLFD_SPACING,     // m/p/c (monospaced/proportional/character cell)
-    wxXLFD_AVGWIDTH,    // average width in 1/10 pixels
-    wxXLFD_REGISTRY,    // iso8859, rawin, koi8, ...
-    wxXLFD_ENCODING,    // 1, r, r, ...
-    wxXLFD_MAX
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_X_FONTLIKE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxNativeFontInfo is platform-specific font representation: this struct
-// should be considered as opaque font description only used by the native
-// functions, the user code can only get the objects of this type from
-// somewhere and pass it somewhere else (possibly save them somewhere using
-// ToString() and restore them using FromString())
-//
-// NB: it is a POD currently for max efficiency but if it continues to grow
-//     further it might make sense to make it a real class with virtual methods
-struct WXDLLEXPORT wxNativeFontInfo
-{
-#if wxUSE_PANGO
-    PangoFontDescription *description;
-#elif defined(_WX_X_FONTLIKE)
-    // the members can't be accessed directly as we only parse the
-    // xFontName on demand
-private:
-    // the components of the XLFD
-    wxString     fontElements[wxXLFD_MAX];
-
-    // the full XLFD
-    wxString     xFontName;
-
-    // true until SetXFontName() is called
-    bool         m_isDefault;
-
-    // return true if we have already initialized fontElements
-    inline bool HasElements() const;
-
-public:
-    // init the elements from an XLFD, return TRUE if ok
-    bool FromXFontName(const wxString& xFontName);
-
-    // return false if we were never initialized with a valid XLFD
-    bool IsDefault() const { return m_isDefault; }
-
-    // return the XLFD (using the fontElements if necessary)
-    wxString GetXFontName() const;
-
-    // get the given XFLD component
-    wxString GetXFontComponent(wxXLFDField field) const;
-
-    // change the font component
-    void SetXFontComponent(wxXLFDField field, const wxString& value);
-
-    // set the XFLD
-    void SetXFontName(const wxString& xFontName);
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    LOGFONT      lf;
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    // OS/2 native structures that define a font
-    FATTRS       fa;
-    FONTMETRICS  fm;
-    FACENAMEDESC fn;
-#else // other platforms
-    //
-    //  This is a generic implementation that should work on all ports
-    //  without specific support by the port.
-    //
-    #define wxNO_NATIVE_FONTINFO
-
-    int           pointSize;
-    wxFontFamily  family;
-    wxFontStyle   style;
-    wxFontWeight  weight;
-    bool          underlined;
-    wxString      faceName;
-    wxFontEncoding encoding;
-#endif // platforms
-
-    // default ctor (default copy ctor is ok)
-    wxNativeFontInfo() { Init(); }
-
-    // reset to the default state
-    void Init();
-
-    // accessors and modifiers for the font elements
-    int GetPointSize() const;
-    wxFontStyle GetStyle() const;
-    wxFontWeight GetWeight() const;
-    bool GetUnderlined() const;
-    wxString GetFaceName() const;
-    wxFontFamily GetFamily() const;
-    wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const;
-
-    void SetPointSize(int pointsize);
-    void SetStyle(wxFontStyle style);
-    void SetWeight(wxFontWeight weight);
-    void SetUnderlined(bool underlined);
-    void SetFaceName(wxString facename);
-    void SetFamily(wxFontFamily family);
-    void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding);
-
-    // it is important to be able to serialize wxNativeFontInfo objects to be
-    // able to store them (in config file, for example)
-    bool FromString(const wxString& s);
-    wxString ToString() const;
-
-    // we also want to present the native font descriptions to the user in some
-    // human-readable form (it is not platform independent neither, but can
-    // hopefully be understood by the user)
-    bool FromUserString(const wxString& s);
-    wxString ToUserString() const;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// font-related functions (common)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// translate a wxFontEncoding into native encoding parameter (defined above),
-// returning TRUE if an (exact) macth could be found, FALSE otherwise (without
-// attempting any substitutions)
-extern bool wxGetNativeFontEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding,
-                                    wxNativeEncodingInfo *info);
-
-// test for the existence of the font described by this facename/encoding,
-// return TRUE if such font(s) exist, FALSE otherwise
-extern bool wxTestFontEncoding(const wxNativeEncodingInfo& info);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// font-related functions (X and GTK)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef _WX_X_FONTLIKE
-    #include "wx/unix/fontutil.h"
-#endif // X || GDK
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// font-related functions (MGL)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef __WXMGL__
-    #include "wx/mgl/fontutil.h"
-#endif // __WXMGL__
-
-#endif // _WX_FONTUTIL_H_

include/wx/frame.h

@@ -1,241 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/frame.h
-// Purpose:     wxFrame class interface
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     15.11.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FRAME_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_FRAME_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "framebase.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/toplevel.h"      // the base class
-
-// the default names for various classs
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxFrameNameStr;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxStatusLineNameStr;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxToolBarNameStr;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFrame;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuBar;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStatusBar;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxToolBar;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFrame is a top-level window with optional menubar, statusbar and toolbar
-//
-// For each of *bars, a frame may have several of them, but only one is
-// managed by the frame, i.e. resized/moved when the frame is and whose size
-// is accounted for in client size calculations - all others should be taken
-// care of manually. The CreateXXXBar() functions create this, main, XXXBar,
-// but the actual creation is done in OnCreateXXXBar() functions which may be
-// overridden to create custom objects instead of standard ones when
-// CreateXXXBar() is called.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFrameBase : public wxTopLevelWindow
-{
-public:
-    // construction
-    wxFrameBase();
-    virtual ~wxFrameBase();
-
-    wxFrame *New(wxWindow *parent,
-                 wxWindowID winid,
-                 const wxString& title,
-                 const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                 const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                 long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
-                 const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
-
-    // frame state
-    // -----------
-
-    // get the origin of the client area (which may be different from (0, 0)
-    // if the frame has a toolbar) in client coordinates
-    virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const;
-
-    // sends a size event to the window using its current size -- this has an
-    // effect of refreshing the window layout
-    //
-    // currently it is only implemented under MSW but is declared here to make
-    // it possible to call it in portable code without using #ifdef's
-    virtual void SendSizeEvent() { }
-
-    // menu bar functions
-    // ------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-    virtual void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menubar);
-    virtual wxMenuBar *GetMenuBar() const { return m_frameMenuBar; }
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-#ifdef WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_2
-    // call this to simulate a menu command
-    bool Command(int winid) { return ProcessCommand(winid); }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_2
-
-    // process menu command: returns TRUE if processed
-    bool ProcessCommand(int winid);
-
-    // status bar functions
-    // --------------------
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-    // create the main status bar by calling OnCreateStatusBar()
-    virtual wxStatusBar* CreateStatusBar(int number = 1,
-                                         long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP,
-                                         wxWindowID winid = 0,
-                                         const wxString& name =
-                                            wxStatusLineNameStr);
-    // return a new status bar
-    virtual wxStatusBar *OnCreateStatusBar(int number,
-                                           long style,
-                                           wxWindowID winid,
-                                           const wxString& name);
-    // get the main status bar
-    virtual wxStatusBar *GetStatusBar() const { return m_frameStatusBar; }
-
-    // sets the main status bar
-    void SetStatusBar(wxStatusBar *statBar) { m_frameStatusBar = statBar; }
-
-    // forward these to status bar
-    virtual void SetStatusText(const wxString &text, int number = 0);
-    virtual void SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths_field[]);
-    void PushStatusText(const wxString &text, int number = 0);
-    void PopStatusText(int number = 0);
-
-    // set the status bar pane the help will be shown in
-    void SetStatusBarPane(int n) { m_statusBarPane = n; }
-    int GetStatusBarPane() const { return m_statusBarPane; }
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-    // toolbar functions
-    // -----------------
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-    // create main toolbar bycalling OnCreateToolBar()
-    virtual wxToolBar* CreateToolBar(long style = wxNO_BORDER|wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
-                                     wxWindowID winid = -1,
-                                     const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
-    // return a new toolbar
-    virtual wxToolBar *OnCreateToolBar(long style,
-                                       wxWindowID winid,
-                                       const wxString& name );
-
-    // get/set the main toolbar
-    virtual wxToolBar *GetToolBar() const { return m_frameToolBar; }
-    virtual void SetToolBar(wxToolBar *toolbar) { m_frameToolBar = toolbar; }
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    // -------------------------------
-
-    // event handlers
-    void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
-    void OnMenuHighlight(wxMenuEvent& event);
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-    // send wxUpdateUIEvents for all menu items (called from OnIdle())
-    void DoMenuUpdates();
-    void DoMenuUpdates(wxMenu* menu, wxWindow* focusWin);
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-    // if there is no real wxTopLevelWindow on this platform we have to define
-    // some wxTopLevelWindowBase pure virtual functions here to avoid breaking
-    // old ports (wxMotif) which don't define them in wxFrame
-#ifndef wxTopLevelWindowNative
-    virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool WXUNUSED(show),
-                                long WXUNUSED(style) = wxFULLSCREEN_ALL)
-        { return FALSE; }
-    virtual bool IsFullScreen() const
-        { return FALSE; }
-#endif // no wxTopLevelWindowNative
-
-    // show help text (typically in the statusbar); show is FALSE
-    // if you are hiding the help, TRUE otherwise
-    virtual void DoGiveHelp(const wxString& text, bool show);
-
-protected:
-    // the frame main menu/status/tool bars
-    // ------------------------------------
-
-    // this (non virtual!) function should be called from dtor to delete the
-    // main menubar, statusbar and toolbar (if any)
-    void DeleteAllBars();
-
-    // test whether this window makes part of the frame
-    virtual bool IsOneOfBars(const wxWindow *win) const;
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-    // override to update menu bar position when the frame size changes
-    virtual void PositionMenuBar() { }
-
-    // override to do something special when the menu bar is being removed
-    // from the frame
-    virtual void DetachMenuBar();
-
-    // override to do something special when the menu bar is attached to the
-    // frame
-    virtual void AttachMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menubar);
-
-    wxMenuBar *m_frameMenuBar;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-    // override to update status bar position (or anything else) when
-    // something changes
-    virtual void PositionStatusBar() { }
-
-    // show the help string for this menu item in the given status bar: the
-    // status bar pointer can be NULL; return TRUE if help was shown
-    bool ShowMenuHelp(wxStatusBar *statbar, int helpid);
-
-    wxStatusBar *m_frameStatusBar;
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-
-    int m_statusBarPane;
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-    // override to update status bar position (or anything else) when
-    // something changes
-    virtual void PositionToolBar() { }
-
-    wxToolBar *m_frameToolBar;
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFrameBase)
-};
-
-// include the real class declaration
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) // && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)
-    #include "wx/univ/frame.h"
-#else // !__WXUNIVERSAL__
-    #if defined(__WXMSW__)
-        #include "wx/msw/frame.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-        #include "wx/gtk/frame.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-        #include "wx/motif/frame.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-        #include "wx/mac/frame.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-        #include "wx/cocoa/frame.h"
-    #elif defined(__WXPM__)
-        #include "wx/os2/frame.h"
-    #endif
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_FRAME_H_BASE_

include/wx/fs_inet.h

@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        fs_inet.h
-// Purpose:     HTTP and FTP file system
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*
-
-REMARKS :
-
-This FS creates local cache (in /tmp directory). The cache is freed
-on program exit.
-
-Size of cache is limited to cca 1000 items (due to GetTempFileName
-limitation)
-
-
-*/
-#ifndef _WX_FS_INET_H_
-#define _WX_FS_INET_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "fs_inet.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM && wxUSE_FS_INET && wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_SOCKETS
-
-#ifndef WXPRECOMP
-    #include "wx/hash.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/filesys.h"
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxInternetFSHandler
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxInternetFSHandler : public wxFileSystemHandler
-{
-    private:
-        wxHashTable m_Cache;
-
-    public:
-        virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location);
-        virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location);
-        ~wxInternetFSHandler();
-};
-
-#endif
-  // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM && wxUSE_FS_INET && wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_SOCKETS
-
-#endif // _WX_FS_INET_H_
-

include/wx/fs_mem.h

@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        fs_mem.h
-// Purpose:     in-memory file system
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright:   (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FS_MEM_H_
-#define _WX_FS_MEM_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "fs_mem.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/wxprec.h"
-
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
-#pragma hdrstop
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-
-#include "wx/filesys.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxImage;
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMemoryFSHandler
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMemoryFSHandlerBase : public wxFileSystemHandler
-{
-public:
-    wxMemoryFSHandlerBase();
-    ~wxMemoryFSHandlerBase();
-
-    // Add file to list of files stored in memory. Stored data (bitmap, text or
-    // raw data) will be copied into private memory stream and available under
-    // name "memory:" + filename
-    static void AddFile(const wxString& filename, const wxString& textdata);
-    static void AddFile(const wxString& filename, const void *binarydata, size_t size);
-
-    // Remove file from memory FS and free occupied memory
-    static void RemoveFile(const wxString& filename);
-
-    virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location);
-    virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location);
-    virtual wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0);
-    virtual wxString FindNext();
-
-protected:
-    static bool CheckHash(const wxString& filename);
-    static wxHashTable *m_Hash;
-};
-
-class wxMemoryFSHandler : public wxMemoryFSHandlerBase
-{
-public:
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
-    static void AddFile(const wxString& filename, wxImage& image, long type);
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-    static void AddFile(const wxString& filename, const wxBitmap& bitmap, long type);
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-
-#endif // _WX_FS_MEM_H_
-

include/wx/fs_zip.h

@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        fs_zip.h
-// Purpose:     ZIP file system
-// Author:      Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// CVS-ID:      $Id$
-// Licence:     wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FS_ZIP_H_
-#define _WX_FS_ZIP_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "fs_zip.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/wxprec.h"
-
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
-#pragma hdrstop
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM && wxUSE_FS_ZIP && wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#include "wx/filesys.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxHashTableLong;
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxZipFSHandler
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxZipFSHandler : public wxFileSystemHandler
-{
-    public:
-        wxZipFSHandler();
-        virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location);
-        virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location);
-        virtual wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0);
-        virtual wxString FindNext();
-        ~wxZipFSHandler();
-
-    private:
-        // these vars are used by FindFirst/Next:
-        void *m_Archive;
-        wxString m_Pattern, m_BaseDir, m_ZipFile;
-        bool m_AllowDirs, m_AllowFiles;
-        wxHashTableLong *m_DirsFound;
-
-        wxString DoFind();
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxZipFSHandler)
-};
-
-
-#endif
-  // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM && wxUSE_FS_ZIP && wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#endif // _WX_FS_ZIP_H_
-

include/wx/gauge.h

@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/gauge.h
-// Purpose:     wxGauge interface
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     20.02.01
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1996-2001 wxWindows team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GAUGE_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_GAUGE_H_BASE_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "gaugebase.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_GAUGE
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxGaugeNameStr;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGauge: a progress bar
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxGaugeBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
-    virtual ~wxGaugeBase();
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                int range,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
-                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
-                const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr);
-
-    // set/get the control range
-    virtual void SetRange(int range);
-    virtual int GetRange() const;
-
-    // position
-    virtual void SetValue(int pos);
-    virtual int GetValue() const;
-
-    // appearance params (not implemented for most ports)
-
-    virtual void SetShadowWidth(int w);
-    virtual int GetShadowWidth() const;
-
-    virtual void SetBezelFace(int w);
-    virtual int GetBezelFace() const;
-
-    // overriden base class virtuals
-    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return FALSE; }
-
-protected:
-    // the max position
-    int m_rangeMax;
-
-    // the current position
-    int m_gaugePos;
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-    #include "wx/univ/gauge.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
-    #ifdef __WIN95__
-        #include "wx/msw/gauge95.h"
-        #define wxGauge wxGauge95
-        #define sm_classwxGauge sm_classwxGauge95
-    #else // !__WIN95__
-        // Gauge no longer supported on 16-bit Windows
-    #endif
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    #include "wx/motif/gauge.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    #include "wx/gtk/gauge.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    #include "wx/mac/gauge.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    #include "wx/os2/gauge.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GAUGE
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_GAUGE_H_BASE_

include/wx/gdicmn.h

@@ -1,566 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        gdicmn.h
-// Purpose:     Common GDI classes, types and declarations
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c)
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GDICMNH__
-#define _WX_GDICMNH__
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "gdicmn.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/setup.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/fontenc.h"
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declarations
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBrush;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxColour;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCursor;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFont;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxIcon;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPalette;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPen;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRegion;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxString;
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Bitmap flags
-enum wxBitmapType
-{
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID,          // should be == 0 for compatibility!
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_RESOURCE = wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_XBM,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_TIF,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_TIF_RESOURCE,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_GIF,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_GIF_RESOURCE,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG_RESOURCE,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG_RESOURCE,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNM,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNM_RESOURCE,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_PCX,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_PCX_RESOURCE,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_PICT,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_PICT_RESOURCE,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANI,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_IFF,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR_RESOURCE,
-    wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY = 50
-};
-
-// Standard cursors
-enum wxStockCursor
-{
-    wxCURSOR_NONE,          // should be 0
-    wxCURSOR_ARROW,
-    wxCURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW,
-    wxCURSOR_BULLSEYE,
-    wxCURSOR_CHAR,
-    wxCURSOR_CROSS,
-    wxCURSOR_HAND,
-    wxCURSOR_IBEAM,
-    wxCURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON,
-    wxCURSOR_MAGNIFIER,
-    wxCURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON,
-    wxCURSOR_NO_ENTRY,
-    wxCURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH,
-    wxCURSOR_PENCIL,
-    wxCURSOR_POINT_LEFT,
-    wxCURSOR_POINT_RIGHT,
-    wxCURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW,
-    wxCURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON,
-    wxCURSOR_SIZENESW,
-    wxCURSOR_SIZENS,
-    wxCURSOR_SIZENWSE,
-    wxCURSOR_SIZEWE,
-    wxCURSOR_SIZING,
-    wxCURSOR_SPRAYCAN,
-    wxCURSOR_WAIT,
-    wxCURSOR_WATCH,
-    wxCURSOR_BLANK,
-#ifdef __WXGTK__
-    wxCURSOR_DEFAULT, // standard X11 cursor
-#endif
-#ifdef __WXMAC__
-	wxCURSOR_COPY_ARROW , // MacOS Theme Plus arrow 
-#endif
-#ifdef __X__
-    // Not yet implemented for Windows
-    wxCURSOR_CROSS_REVERSE,
-    wxCURSOR_DOUBLE_ARROW,
-    wxCURSOR_BASED_ARROW_UP,
-    wxCURSOR_BASED_ARROW_DOWN,
-#endif // X11
-
-    wxCURSOR_ARROWWAIT,
-
-    wxCURSOR_MAX
-};
-
-#ifndef __WXGTK__
-    #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT wxCURSOR_ARROW
-#endif
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/* Useful macro for creating icons portably, for example:
-
-    wxIcon *icon = new wxICON(mondrian);
-
-  expands into:
-
-    wxIcon *icon = new wxIcon("mondrian");      // On wxMSW
-    wxIcon *icon = new wxIcon(mondrian_xpm);    // On wxGTK
- */
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-    // Load from a resource
-    #define wxICON(X) wxIcon(wxT(#X))
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-    // Load from a resource
-    #define wxICON(X) wxIcon(wxT(#X))
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-    // Initialize from an included XPM
-    #define wxICON(X) wxIcon( (const char**) X##_xpm )
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-    // Initialize from an included XPM
-    #define wxICON(X) wxIcon( (const char**) X##_xpm )
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-    // Initialize from an included XPM
-    #define wxICON(X) wxIcon( (const char**) X##_xpm )
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-    // Initialize from an included XPM
-    #define wxICON(X) wxIcon( X##_xpm )
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-    // Initialize from an included XPM
-    #define wxICON(X) wxIcon( X##_xpm )
-#else
-    // This will usually mean something on any platform
-    #define wxICON(X) wxIcon(wxT(#X))
-#endif // platform
-
-/* Another macro: this one is for portable creation of bitmaps. We assume that
-   under Unix bitmaps live in XPMs and under Windows they're in ressources.
- */
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__)
-    #define wxBITMAP(name) wxBitmap(wxT(#name), wxBITMAP_TYPE_RESOURCE)
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__) || defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXMGL__)
-    // Initialize from an included XPM
-    #define wxBITMAP(name) wxBitmap( (const char**) name##_xpm )
-#else // other platforms
-    #define wxBITMAP(name) wxBitmap(name##_xpm, wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM)
-#endif // platform
-
-// ===========================================================================
-// classes
-// ===========================================================================
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSize
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSize
-{
-public:
-    // members are public for compatibility, don't use them directly.
-    int x, y;
-
-    // constructors
-    wxSize() : x(0), y(0) { }
-    wxSize(int xx, int yy) : x(xx), y(yy) { }
-
-    // no copy ctor or assignment operator - the defaults are ok
-
-    bool operator==(const wxSize& sz) const { return x == sz.x && y == sz.y; }
-    bool operator!=(const wxSize& sz) const { return x != sz.x || y != sz.y; }
-
-    // FIXME are these really useful? If they're, we should have += &c as well
-    wxSize operator+(const wxSize& sz) { return wxSize(x + sz.x, y + sz.y); }
-    wxSize operator-(const wxSize& sz) { return wxSize(x - sz.x, y - sz.y); }
-
-    // accessors
-    void Set(int xx, int yy) { x = xx; y = yy; }
-    void SetWidth(int w) { x = w; }
-    void SetHeight(int h) { y = h; }
-
-    int GetWidth() const { return x; }
-    int GetHeight() const { return y; }
-
-    // compatibility
-    int GetX() const { return x; }
-    int GetY() const { return y; }
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Point classes: with real or integer coordinates
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRealPoint
-{
-public:
-    double x;
-    double y;
-
-    wxRealPoint() : x(0.0), y(0.0) { }
-    wxRealPoint(double xx, double yy) : x(xx), y(yy) { }
-
-    wxRealPoint operator+(const wxRealPoint& pt) const { return wxRealPoint(x + pt.x, y + pt.y); }
-    wxRealPoint operator-(const wxRealPoint& pt) const { return wxRealPoint(x - pt.x, y - pt.y); }
-
-    bool operator==(const wxRealPoint& pt) const { return x == pt.x && y == pt.y; }
-    bool operator!=(const wxRealPoint& pt) const { return x != pt.x || y != pt.y; }
-};
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPoint
-{
-public:
-    int x, y;
-
-    wxPoint() : x(0), y(0) { }
-    wxPoint(int xx, int yy) : x(xx), y(yy) { }
-
-    // no copy ctor or assignment operator - the defaults are ok
-
-    // comparison
-    bool operator==(const wxPoint& p) const { return x == p.x && y == p.y; }
-    bool operator!=(const wxPoint& p) const { return !(*this == p); }
-
-    // arithmetic operations (component wise)
-    wxPoint operator+(const wxPoint& p) const { return wxPoint(x + p.x, y + p.y); }
-    wxPoint operator-(const wxPoint& p) const { return wxPoint(x - p.x, y - p.y); }
-
-    wxPoint& operator+=(const wxPoint& p) { x += p.x; y += p.y; return *this; }
-    wxPoint& operator-=(const wxPoint& p) { x -= p.x; y -= p.y; return *this; }
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
-    #define wxIntPoint wxPoint
-    #define wxRectangle wxRect
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRect
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxRect
-{
-public:
-    wxRect()
-        : x(0), y(0), width(0), height(0)
-        { }
-    wxRect(int xx, int yy, int ww, int hh)
-        : x(xx), y(yy), width(ww), height(hh)
-        { }
-    wxRect(const wxPoint& topLeft, const wxPoint& bottomRight);
-    wxRect(const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size);
-
-    // default copy ctor and assignment operators ok
-
-    int GetX() const { return x; }
-    void SetX(int xx) { x = xx; }
-
-    int GetY() const { return y; }
-    void SetY(int yy) { y = yy; }
-
-    int GetWidth() const { return width; }
-    void SetWidth(int w) { width = w; }
-
-    int GetHeight() const { return height; }
-    void SetHeight(int h) { height = h; }
-
-    wxPoint GetPosition() const { return wxPoint(x, y); }
-    void SetPosition( const wxPoint &p ) { x = p.x; y = p.y; }
-
-    wxSize GetSize() const { return wxSize(width, height); }
-    void SetSize( const wxSize &s ) { width = s.GetWidth(); height = s.GetHeight(); }
-
-    int GetLeft()   const { return x; }
-    int GetTop()    const { return y; }
-    int GetBottom() const { return y + height - 1; }
-    int GetRight()  const { return x + width - 1; }
-
-    void SetLeft(int left) { x = left; }
-    void SetRight(int right) { width = right - x + 1; }
-    void SetTop(int top) { y = top; }
-    void SetBottom(int bottom) { height = bottom - y + 1; }
-
-    // operations with rect
-    wxRect& Inflate(wxCoord dx, wxCoord dy);
-    wxRect& Inflate(wxCoord d) { return Inflate(d, d); }
-    wxRect Inflate(wxCoord dx, wxCoord dy) const
-    {
-        wxRect r = *this;
-        r.Inflate(dx, dy);
-        return r;
-    }
-
-    wxRect& Deflate(wxCoord dx, wxCoord dy) { return Inflate(-dx, -dy); }
-    wxRect& Deflate(wxCoord d) { return Inflate(-d); }
-    wxRect Deflate(wxCoord dx, wxCoord dy) const
-    {
-        wxRect r = *this;
-        r.Deflate(dx, dy);
-        return r;
-    }
-
-    void Offset(wxCoord dx, wxCoord dy) { x += dx; y += dy; }
-    void Offset(const wxPoint& pt) { Offset(pt.x, pt.y); }
-
-    wxRect& Intersect(const wxRect& rect);
-    wxRect Intersect(const wxRect& rect) const
-    {
-        wxRect r = *this;
-        r.Intersect(rect);
-        return r;
-    }
-
-    wxRect operator+(const wxRect& rect) const;
-    wxRect& operator+=(const wxRect& rect);
-
-    // compare rectangles
-    bool operator==(const wxRect& rect) const;
-    bool operator!=(const wxRect& rect) const { return !(*this == rect); }
-
-    // return TRUE if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect
-    bool Inside(int x, int y) const;
-    bool Inside(const wxPoint& pt) const { return Inside(pt.x, pt.y); }
-
-    // return TRUE if the rectangles have a non empty intersection
-    bool Intersects(const wxRect& rect) const;
-
-public:
-    int x, y, width, height;
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Management of pens, brushes and fonts
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef wxInt8 wxDash;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxPenList : public wxList
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPenList)
-
-public:
-    wxPenList() { }
-    ~wxPenList();
-
-    void AddPen(wxPen *pen);
-    void RemovePen(wxPen *pen);
-    wxPen *FindOrCreatePen(const wxColour& colour, int width, int style);
-};
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBrushList : public wxList
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBrushList)
-
-public:
-    wxBrushList() { }
-    ~wxBrushList();
-
-    void AddBrush(wxBrush *brush);
-    void RemoveBrush(wxBrush *brush);
-    wxBrush *FindOrCreateBrush(const wxColour& colour, int style);
-};
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxEmptyString;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontList : public wxList
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontList)
-
-public:
-    wxFontList() { }
-    ~wxFontList();
-
-    void AddFont(wxFont *font);
-    void RemoveFont(wxFont *font);
-    wxFont *FindOrCreateFont(int pointSize, int family, int style, int weight,
-                             bool underline = FALSE,
-                             const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
-                             wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT);
-};
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxColourDatabase : public wxList
-{
-    DECLARE_CLASS(wxColourDatabase)
-
-public:
-    wxColourDatabase(int type);
-    ~wxColourDatabase() ;
-
-    // Not const because it may add a name to the database
-    wxColour *FindColour(const wxString& colour) ;
-    wxString FindName(const wxColour& colour) const;
-    void Initialize();
-#ifdef __WXPM__
-    // PM keeps its own type of colour table
-    long*                           m_palTable;
-    size_t                          m_nSize;
-#endif
-};
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapList : public wxList
-{
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapList)
-
-public:
-    wxBitmapList();
-    ~wxBitmapList();
-
-    void AddBitmap(wxBitmap *bitmap);
-    void RemoveBitmap(wxBitmap *bitmap);
-};
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxResourceCache: public wxList
-{
-public:
-    wxResourceCache() { }
-    wxResourceCache(const unsigned int keyType) : wxList(keyType) { }
-    ~wxResourceCache();
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxResourceCache)
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global variables
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Lists of GDI objects
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxPenList*)   wxThePenList;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxBrushList*)   wxTheBrushList;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxFontList*)    wxTheFontList;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxBitmapList*)  wxTheBitmapList;
-
-// Stock objects
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxFont*)      wxNORMAL_FONT;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxFont*)      wxSMALL_FONT;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxFont*)      wxITALIC_FONT;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxFont*)      wxSWISS_FONT;
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxPen*)      wxRED_PEN;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxPen*)      wxCYAN_PEN;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxPen*)      wxGREEN_PEN;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxPen*)      wxBLACK_PEN;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxPen*)      wxWHITE_PEN;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxPen*)      wxTRANSPARENT_PEN;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxPen*)      wxBLACK_DASHED_PEN;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxPen*)      wxGREY_PEN;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxPen*)      wxMEDIUM_GREY_PEN;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxPen*)      wxLIGHT_GREY_PEN;
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxBrush*)    wxBLUE_BRUSH;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxBrush*)    wxGREEN_BRUSH;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxBrush*)    wxWHITE_BRUSH;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxBrush*)    wxBLACK_BRUSH;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxBrush*)    wxGREY_BRUSH;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxBrush*)    wxMEDIUM_GREY_BRUSH;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxBrush*)    wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxBrush*)    wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxBrush*)    wxCYAN_BRUSH;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxBrush*)    wxRED_BRUSH;
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxColour*)    wxBLACK;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxColour*)    wxWHITE;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxColour*)    wxRED;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxColour*)    wxBLUE;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxColour*)    wxGREEN;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxColour*)    wxCYAN;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxColour*)    wxLIGHT_GREY;
-
-// 'Null' objects
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxBitmap)     wxNullBitmap;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxIcon)       wxNullIcon;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxCursor)     wxNullCursor;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxPen)        wxNullPen;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxBrush)      wxNullBrush;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxPalette)     wxNullPalette;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxFont)       wxNullFont;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxColour)     wxNullColour;
-
-// Stock cursors types
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxCursor*)    wxSTANDARD_CURSOR;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxCursor*)    wxHOURGLASS_CURSOR;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxCursor*)    wxCROSS_CURSOR;
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxColourDatabase*)  wxTheColourDatabase;
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxPanelNameStr;
-
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxSize) wxDefaultSize;
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxPoint) wxDefaultPosition;
-
-// The list of objects which should be deleted
-WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxList) wxPendingDelete;
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global functions
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// resource management
-extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxInitializeStockObjects();
-extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxInitializeStockLists();
-extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxDeleteStockObjects();
-extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxDeleteStockLists();
-
-// is the display colour (or monochrome)?
-extern bool WXDLLEXPORT wxColourDisplay();
-
-// Returns depth of screen
-extern int WXDLLEXPORT wxDisplayDepth();
-#define wxGetDisplayDepth wxDisplayDepth
-
-// get the display size
-extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxDisplaySize(int *width, int *height);
-extern wxSize WXDLLEXPORT wxGetDisplaySize();
-extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxDisplaySizeMM(int *width, int *height);
-extern wxSize WXDLLEXPORT wxGetDisplaySizeMM();
-
-// Get position and size of the display workarea
-extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxClientDisplayRect(int *x, int *y, int *width, int *height);
-extern wxRect WXDLLEXPORT wxGetClientDisplayRect();
-
-// set global cursor
-extern void WXDLLEXPORT wxSetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor);
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_GDICMNH__

include/wx/gdiobj.h

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _WX_GDIOBJ_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_GDIOBJ_H_BASE_
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-#include "wx/msw/gdiobj.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-#include "wx/motif/gdiobj.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#include "wx/gtk/gdiobj.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-#include "wx/x11/gdiobj.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMGL__)
-#include "wx/mgl/gdiobj.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-#include "wx/mac/gdiobj.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-#include "wx/cocoa/gdiobj.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/gdiobj.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-    // _WX_GDIOBJ_H_BASE_

include/wx/generic/.cvsignore

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-Makefile.in
-

include/wx/generic/accel.h

@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/generic/accel.h
-// Purpose:     wxAcceleratorTable class
-// Author:      Robert Roebling
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) Robert Roebling
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_ACCEL_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_ACCEL_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "accel.h"
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxKeyEvent;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAcceleratorTable
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxAcceleratorTable : public wxObject
-{
-public:
-    wxAcceleratorTable();
-    wxAcceleratorTable(int n, const wxAcceleratorEntry entries[]);
-    virtual ~wxAcceleratorTable();
-
-    wxAcceleratorTable(const wxAcceleratorTable& accel)
-        : wxObject()
-        { Ref(accel); }
-    wxAcceleratorTable& operator=(const wxAcceleratorTable& accel)
-      { if ( m_refData != accel.m_refData ) Ref(accel); return *this; }
-
-    bool operator==(const wxAcceleratorTable& accel) const
-        { return m_refData == accel.m_refData; } // FIXME: this is wrong (VZ)
-    bool operator!=(const wxAcceleratorTable& accel) const
-        { return !(*this == accel); }
-
-    bool Ok() const;
-
-    void Add(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry);
-    void Remove(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry);
-
-    // implementation
-    // --------------
-
-    wxMenuItem *GetMenuItem(const wxKeyEvent& event) const;
-    int GetCommand(const wxKeyEvent& event) const;
-
-    const wxAcceleratorEntry *GetEntry(const wxKeyEvent& event) const;
-
-protected:
-    // ref counting code
-    virtual wxObjectRefData *CreateRefData() const;
-    virtual wxObjectRefData *CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData *data) const;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAcceleratorTable)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_ACCEL_H_
-

include/wx/generic/calctrl.h

@@ -1,308 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        generic/calctrl.h
-// Purpose:     generic implementation of date-picker control
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     29.12.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "calctrl.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_CALCTRL_H
-#define _WX_GENERIC_CALCTRL_H
-
-#include "wx/control.h"         // the base class
-#include "wx/dcclient.h"        // for wxPaintDC
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxComboBox;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticText;
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinCtrl;
-
-#define wxCalendarNameStr _T("CalendarCtrl")
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCalendarCtrl: a control allowing the user to pick a date interactively
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCalendarCtrl : public wxControl
-{
-friend class wxMonthComboBox;
-friend class wxYearSpinCtrl;
-
-public:
-    // construction
-    wxCalendarCtrl() { Init(); }
-    wxCalendarCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
-                   wxWindowID id,
-                   const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime,
-                   const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                   const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                   long style = wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS | wxWANTS_CHARS,
-                   const wxString& name = wxCalendarNameStr);
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                wxWindowID id,
-                const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
-                long style = wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS | wxWANTS_CHARS,
-                const wxString& name = wxCalendarNameStr);
-
-    virtual ~wxCalendarCtrl();
-
-    virtual bool Destroy();
-
-    // set/get the current date
-    // ------------------------
-
-    bool SetDate(const wxDateTime& date); // we need to be able to control if the event should be sent in SetDateAndNotify(...)
-    const wxDateTime& GetDate() const { return m_date; }
-
-    // set/get the range in which selection can occur
-    // ---------------------------------------------
-
-    bool SetLowerDateLimit(const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime);
-    const wxDateTime& GetLowerDateLimit() const { return m_lowdate; }
-    bool SetUpperDateLimit(const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime);
-    const wxDateTime& GetUpperDateLimit() const { return m_highdate; }
-
-    bool SetDateRange(const wxDateTime& lowerdate = wxDefaultDateTime, const wxDateTime& upperdate = wxDefaultDateTime);
-
-    // calendar mode
-    // -------------
-
-    // some calendar styles can't be changed after the control creation by
-    // just using SetWindowStyle() and Refresh() and the functions below
-    // should be used instead for them
-
-    // corresponds to wxCAL_NO_YEAR_CHANGE bit
-    void EnableYearChange(bool enable = TRUE);
-
-    // corresponds to wxCAL_NO_MONTH_CHANGE bit
-    void EnableMonthChange(bool enable = TRUE);
-
-    // corresponds to wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS bit
-    void EnableHolidayDisplay(bool display = TRUE);
-
-    // customization
-    // -------------
-
-    // header colours are used for painting the weekdays at the top
-    void SetHeaderColours(const wxColour& colFg, const wxColour& colBg)
-    {
-        m_colHeaderFg = colFg;
-        m_colHeaderBg = colBg;
-    }
-
-    const wxColour& GetHeaderColourFg() const { return m_colHeaderFg; }
-    const wxColour& GetHeaderColourBg() const { return m_colHeaderBg; }
-
-    // highlight colour is used for the currently selected date
-    void SetHighlightColours(const wxColour& colFg, const wxColour& colBg)
-    {
-        m_colHighlightFg = colFg;
-        m_colHighlightBg = colBg;
-    }
-
-    const wxColour& GetHighlightColourFg() const { return m_colHighlightFg; }
-    const wxColour& GetHighlightColourBg() const { return m_colHighlightBg; }
-
-    // holiday colour is used for the holidays (if style & wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS)
-    void SetHolidayColours(const wxColour& colFg, const wxColour& colBg)
-    {
-        m_colHolidayFg = colFg;
-        m_colHolidayBg = colBg;
-    }
-
-    const wxColour& GetHolidayColourFg() const { return m_colHolidayFg; }
-    const wxColour& GetHolidayColourBg() const { return m_colHolidayBg; }
-
-    // an item without custom attributes is drawn with the default colours and
-    // font and without border, setting custom attributes allows to modify this
-    //
-    // the day parameter should be in 1..31 range, for days 29, 30, 31 the
-    // corresponding attribute is just unused if there is no such day in the
-    // current month
-
-    wxCalendarDateAttr *GetAttr(size_t day) const
-    {
-        wxCHECK_MSG( day > 0 && day < 32, NULL, _T("invalid day") );
-
-        return m_attrs[day - 1];
-    }
-
-    void SetAttr(size_t day, wxCalendarDateAttr *attr)
-    {
-        wxCHECK_RET( day > 0 && day < 32, _T("invalid day") );
-
-        delete m_attrs[day - 1];
-        m_attrs[day - 1] = attr;
-    }
-
-    void SetHoliday(size_t day);
-
-    void ResetAttr(size_t day) { SetAttr(day, (wxCalendarDateAttr *)NULL); }
-
-    // returns one of wxCAL_HITTEST_XXX constants and fills either date or wd
-    // with the corresponding value (none for NOWHERE, the date for DAY and wd
-    // for HEADER)
-    wxCalendarHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pos,
-                                    wxDateTime *date = NULL,
-                                    wxDateTime::WeekDay *wd = NULL);
-
-    // implementation only from now on
-    // -------------------------------
-
-    // forward these functions to all subcontrols
-    virtual bool Enable(bool enable = TRUE);
-    virtual bool Show(bool show = TRUE);
-
-private:
-    // common part of all ctors
-    void Init();
-
-    // event handlers
-    void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-    void OnClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
-    void OnDClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
-    void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
-    void OnMonthChange(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnYearChange(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-    // override some base class virtuals
-    virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-    virtual void DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const;
-    virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
-    virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags);
-    virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
-
-    // (re)calc m_widthCol and m_heightRow
-    void RecalcGeometry();
-
-    // set the date and send the notification
-    void SetDateAndNotify(const wxDateTime& date);
-
-    // get the week (row, in range 1..6) for the given date
-    size_t GetWeek(const wxDateTime& date) const;
-
-    // get the date from which we start drawing days
-    wxDateTime GetStartDate() const;
-
-    // is this date shown?
-    bool IsDateShown(const wxDateTime& date) const;
-
-    // is this date in the given range?
-    bool IsDateInRange(const wxDateTime& date) const;
-
-    // range helpers
-    bool ChangeYear(wxDateTime* target) const;
-    bool ChangeMonth(wxDateTime* target) const;
-
-    // redraw the given date
-    void RefreshDate(const wxDateTime& date);
-
-    // change the date inside the same month/year
-    void ChangeDay(const wxDateTime& date);
-
-    // set the attributes for the holidays if needed
-    void SetHolidayAttrs();
-
-    // reset all holidays
-    void ResetHolidayAttrs();
-
-    // generate the given calendar event(s)
-    void GenerateEvent(wxEventType type)
-    {
-        wxCalendarEvent event(this, type);
-        (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
-    }
-
-    void GenerateEvents(wxEventType type1, wxEventType type2)
-    {
-        GenerateEvent(type1);
-        GenerateEvent(type2);
-    }
-
-    // do we allow changing the month/year?
-    bool AllowMonthChange() const
-    {
-        return (GetWindowStyle() & wxCAL_NO_MONTH_CHANGE)
-                != wxCAL_NO_MONTH_CHANGE;
-    }
-    bool AllowYearChange() const
-    {
-        return !(GetWindowStyle() & wxCAL_NO_YEAR_CHANGE);
-    }
-
-    // show the correct controls
-    void ShowCurrentControls();
-
-    // get the currently shown control for month/year
-    wxControl *GetMonthControl() const;
-    wxControl *GetYearControl() const;
-
-    // OnPaint helper-methods
-
-    // Highlight the [fromdate : todate] range using pen and brush
-    void HighlightRange(wxPaintDC* dc, const wxDateTime& fromdate, const wxDateTime& todate, wxPen* pen, wxBrush* brush);
-
-    // Get the "coordinates" for the date relative to the month currently displayed.
-    // using (day, week): upper left coord is (1, 1), lower right coord is (7, 6)
-    // if the date isn't visible (-1, -1) is put in (day, week) and false is returned
-    bool GetDateCoord(const wxDateTime& date, int *day, int *week) const;
-
-    // Set the flag for SetDate(): otherwise it would overwrite the year
-    // typed in by the user
-    void SetUserChangedYear() { m_userChangedYear = TRUE; }
-
-    // the subcontrols
-    wxStaticText *m_staticMonth;
-    wxComboBox *m_comboMonth;
-
-    wxStaticText *m_staticYear;
-    wxSpinCtrl *m_spinYear;
-
-    // the current selection
-    wxDateTime m_date;
-
-    // the date-range
-    wxDateTime m_lowdate;
-    wxDateTime m_highdate;
-
-    // default attributes
-    wxColour m_colHighlightFg,
-             m_colHighlightBg,
-             m_colHolidayFg,
-             m_colHolidayBg,
-             m_colHeaderFg,
-             m_colHeaderBg;
-
-    // the attributes for each of the month days
-    wxCalendarDateAttr *m_attrs[31];
-
-    // the width and height of one column/row in the calendar
-    wxCoord m_widthCol,
-            m_heightRow,
-            m_rowOffset;
-
-    wxRect m_leftArrowRect,
-           m_rightArrowRect;
-
-    // the week day names
-    wxString m_weekdays[7];
-
-    // TRUE if SetDate() is being called as the result of changing the year in
-    // the year control
-    bool m_userChangedYear;
-
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCalendarCtrl)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCalendarCtrl)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_CALCTRL_H

include/wx/generic/caret.h

@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        generic/caret.h
-// Purpose:     generic wxCaret class
-// Author:      Vadim Zeitlin (original code by Robert Roebling)
-// Modified by:
-// Created:     25.05.99
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CARET_H_
-#define _WX_CARET_H_
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-#pragma interface "caret.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/timer.h"
-
-class wxCaret;
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxCaretTimer : public wxTimer
-{
-public:
-    wxCaretTimer(wxCaret *caret);
-    virtual void Notify();
-
-private:
-    wxCaret *m_caret;
-};
-
-class wxCaret : public wxCaretBase
-{
-public:
-    // ctors
-    // -----
-        // default - use Create()
-    wxCaret() : m_timer(this) { InitGeneric(); }
-        // creates a block caret associated with the given window
-    wxCaret(wxWindowBase *window, int width, int height)
-        : wxCaretBase(window, width, height), m_timer(this) { InitGeneric(); }
-    wxCaret(wxWindowBase *window, const wxSize& size)
-        : wxCaretBase(window, size), m_timer(this) { InitGeneric(); }
-
-    virtual ~wxCaret();
-
-    // implementation
-    // --------------
-
-    // called by wxWindow (not using the event tables)
-    virtual void OnSetFocus();
-    virtual void OnKillFocus();
-
-    // called by wxCaretTimer
-    void OnTimer();
-
-protected:
-    virtual void DoShow();
-    virtual void DoHide();
-    virtual void DoMove();
-
-    // blink the caret once
-    void Blink();
-
-    // refresh the caret
-    void Refresh();
-
-    // draw the caret on the given DC
-    void DoDraw(wxDC *dc);
-    
-private:
-    // GTK specific initialization
-    void InitGeneric();
-
-    // the bitmap holding the part of window hidden by the caret when it was
-    // at (m_xOld, m_yOld)
-    wxBitmap      m_bmpUnderCaret;
-    int           m_xOld,
-                  m_yOld;
-
-    wxCaretTimer  m_timer;
-    bool          m_blinkedOut,     // TRUE => caret hidden right now
-                  m_hasFocus;       // TRUE => our window has focus
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_CARET_H_

include/wx/generic/choicdgg.h

@@ -1,313 +0,0 @@
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        wx/generic/choicdgg.h
-// Purpose:     Generic choice dialogs
-// Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by: 03.11.00: VZ to add wxArrayString and multiple sel functions
-// Created:     01/02/97
-// RCS-ID:      $Id$
-// Copyright:   (c) wxWindows team
-// Licence:     wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __CHOICEDLGH_G__
-#define __CHOICEDLGH_G__
-
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__APPLE__)
-    #pragma interface "choicdgg.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxListBox;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// some (ugly...) constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxCHOICE_HEIGHT 150
-#define wxCHOICE_WIDTH 200
-
-#define wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE \
-    (wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxRESIZE_BORDER | wxOK | wxCANCEL | wxCENTRE)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAnyChoiceDialog: a base class for dialogs containing a listbox
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxAnyChoiceDialog : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
-    wxAnyChoiceDialog() { }
-
-    wxAnyChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent,
-                      const wxString& message,
-                      const wxString& caption,
-                      int n, const wxString *choices,
-                      long styleDlg = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
-                      const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                      long styleLbox = wxLB_ALWAYS_SB)
-    {
-        (void)Create(parent, message, caption, n, choices,
-                     styleDlg, pos, styleLbox);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                const wxString& message,
-                const wxString& caption,
-                int n, const wxString *choices,
-                long styleDlg = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
-                long styleLbox = wxLB_ALWAYS_SB);
-
-protected:
-    wxListBox  *m_listbox;
-
-    DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAnyChoiceDialog)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSingleChoiceDialog: a dialog with single selection listbox
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxSingleChoiceDialog : public wxAnyChoiceDialog
-{
-public:
-    wxSingleChoiceDialog()
-    {
-        m_selection = -1;
-    }
-
-    wxSingleChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent,
-                         const wxString& message,
-                         const wxString& caption,
-                         int n,
-                         const wxString *choices,
-                         char **clientData = (char **)NULL,
-                         long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
-                         const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                const wxString& message,
-                const wxString& caption,
-                int n,
-                const wxString *choices,
-                char **clientData = (char **)NULL,
-                long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
-
-    void SetSelection(int sel);
-    int GetSelection() const { return m_selection; }
-    wxString GetStringSelection() const { return m_stringSelection; }
-
-    // obsolete function (NB: no need to make it return wxChar, it's untyped)
-    char *GetSelectionClientData() const { return (char *)m_clientData; }
-
-    // implementation from now on
-    void OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event);
-    void OnListBoxDClick(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-    // old, deprecated methods
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2
-    wxSingleChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent,
-                         const wxString& message,
-                         const wxString& caption,
-                         const wxStringList& choices,
-                         char **clientData = (char **)NULL,
-                         long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
-                         const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                const wxString& message,
-                const wxString& caption,
-                const wxStringList& choices,
-                char **clientData = (char **)NULL,
-                long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2
-
-protected:
-    int         m_selection;
-    wxString    m_stringSelection;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSingleChoiceDialog)
-    DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMultiChoiceDialog: a dialog with multi selection listbox
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMultiChoiceDialog : public wxAnyChoiceDialog
-{
-public:
-    wxMultiChoiceDialog() { }
-
-    wxMultiChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent,
-                        const wxString& message,
-                        const wxString& caption,
-                        int n,
-                        const wxString *choices,
-                        long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
-                        const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition)
-    {
-        (void)Create(parent, message, caption, n, choices, style, pos);
-    }
-
-    bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
-                const wxString& message,
-                const wxString& caption,
-                int n,
-                const wxString *choices,
-                long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
-                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
-
-    void SetSelections(const wxArrayInt& selections);
-    wxArrayInt GetSelections() const { return m_selections; }
-
-    // implementation from now on
-    virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
-
-protected:
-    wxArrayInt m_selections;
-
-private:
-    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMultiChoiceDialog)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wrapper functions which can be used to get selection(s) from the user
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// get the user selection as a string
-WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxGetSingleChoice(const wxString& message,
-                                       const wxString& caption,
-                                       const wxArrayString& choices,
-                                       wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
-                                       int x = -1,
-                                       int y = -1,
-                                       bool centre = TRUE,
-                                       int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
-                                       int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
-
-WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxGetSingleChoice(const wxString& message,
-                                       const wxString& caption,
-                                       int n, const wxString *choices,
-                                       wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
-                                       int x = -1,
-                                       int y = -1,
-                                       bool centre = TRUE,
-                                       int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
-                                       int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
-
-// Same as above but gets position in list of strings, instead of string,
-// or -1 if no selection
-WXDLLEXPORT int wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(const wxString& message,
-                                       const wxString& caption,
-                                       const wxArrayString& choices,
-                                       wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
-                                       int x = -1,
-                                       int y = -1,
-                                       bool centre = TRUE,
-                                       int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
-                                       int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
-
-WXDLLEXPORT int wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(const wxString& message,
-                                       const wxString& caption,
-                                       int n, const wxString *choices,
-                                       wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
-                                       int x = -1,
-                                       int y = -1,
-                                       bool centre = TRUE,
-                                       int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
-                                       int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
-
-// Return client data instead or NULL if cancelled
-WXDLLEXPORT void* wxGetSingleChoiceData(const wxString& message,
-                                        const wxString& caption,
-                                        const wxArrayString& choices,
-                                        void **client_data,
-                                        wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
-                                        int x = -1, int y = -1,
-                                        bool centre = TRUE,
-                                        int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
-                                        int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
-
-WXDLLEXPORT void* wxGetSingleChoiceData(const wxString& message,
-                                        const wxString& caption,
-                                        int n, const wxString *choices,
-                                        void **client_data,
-                                        wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
-                                        int x = -1, int y = -1,
-                                        bool centre = TRUE,
-                                        int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
-                                        int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
-
-// fill the array with the indices of the chosen items, it will be empty
-// if no items were selected or Cancel was pressed - return the number of
-// selections
-WXDLLEXPORT size_t wxGetMultipleChoices(wxArrayInt& selections,
-                                        const wxString& message,
-                                        const wxString& caption,
-                                        int n, const wxString *choices,
-                                        wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
-                                        int x = -1,
-                                        int y = -1,
-                                        bool centre = TRUE,
-                                        int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
-                                        int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
-
-WXDLLEXPORT size_t wxGetMultipleChoices(wxArrayInt& selections,
-                                        const wxString& message,
-                                        const wxString& caption,
-                                        const wxArrayString& choices,
-                                        wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
-                                        int x = -1,
-                                        int y = -1,
-                                        bool centre = TRUE,
-                                        int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
-                                        int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// these methods are for backwards compatibility only, not documented and
-// deprecated
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2
-
-WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxGetSingleChoice(const wxString& message,
-                                       const wxString& caption,
-                                       int n, wxChar *choices[],
-                                       wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
-                                       int x = -1,
-                                       int y = -1,
-                                       bool centre = TRUE,
-                                       int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
-                                       int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
-
-WXDLLEXPORT int wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(const wxString& message,
-                                       const wxString& caption,
-                                       int n, wxChar *choices[],
-                                       wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
-                                       int x = -1,
-                                       int y = -1,
-                                       bool centre = TRUE,
-                                       int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
-                                       int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
-
-WXDLLEXPORT void* wxGetSingleChoiceData(const wxString& message,
-                                        const wxString& caption,
-                                        int n, wxChar **choices,
-                                        void **client_data,
-                                        wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
-                                        int x = -1, int y = -1,
-                                        bool centre = TRUE,
-                                        int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
-                                        int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
-
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2
-
-#endif // __CHOICEDLGH_G__
-